Çréla Rupa Gosvami’s

Çré Padyavali

Auspicious Introduction

TEXT 1
padyävalé viracitä rasikair mukunda-
sambandha-bandhura-padä pramadormi-sindhuù
ramyä samasta-tamasäà damané krameëa
saìgåhyate kåti-kadambaka-kautukäya

padyä—of
padyä—of verses; ävalé—anthology;
ävalé—anthology; viracitä—written;
viracitä—written; rasikaiù—by
rasikaiù—by
those who are expert a relishing the mellows of devotional service;
mukunda—with
mukunda—with Lord Mukunda; sambandha—in
sambandha—in relation; bandhura—
beautiful; pramada—of
pramada—of delight; ürmi—with
ürmi—with waves; sindhuù—ocean;
sindhuù—ocean;
ramyä—pleasing;
ramyä—pleasing; samasta—all;
samasta—all; tamasäm—of
tamasäm—of ignorance; damané—the
damané—the
destroyer; krameëa—with
krameëa—with a methodical arrangement; saìgåhyate—
collected; kåti—of
kåti—of devotees; kadambaka—of
kadambaka—of the multitude; kautukäya—
for the pleasure.

This Padyävalé (Anthology of Poetry) was written by devotees

expert in the mellows of devotional service. This book contains
many beautiful verses, which have been collected for the
pleasure of the devotees. It illuminates the darkness of
ignorance, and it is an ocean of transcendental bliss.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Granthärambhe maìgaläcaraëam
Auspicious Introductions

TEXT 2
namo nalina-neträya
veëu-vädya-vinodine
rädhädhara-sudhä-päna-
çäline vana-mäline

namaù—obeisances;
namaù—obeisances; nalina—lotus
nalina—lotus flowers; neträya—eyes;
neträya—eyes; veëu—
flute; vädya—music;
vädya—music; vinodine—pastimes;
vinodine—pastimes; rädhä—of
rädhä—of Çrématé
Rädhäräëé; adhara—of
adhara—of the lips; sudhä—nectar;
sudhä—nectar; päna—drinking;
päna—drinking; çäline—
engaged; vana-mäline—wearing
vana-mäline—wearing a garland of forest flowers.

To Çré Kåñëa, whose eyes are beautiful as lotus flowers, who

delights in playing the flute, who drinks the nectar Rädhä’s lips,
and who is garlanded with forest flowers, I offer respectful
obeisances.
—author unknown

TEXT 3
bhakti-prahva-vilokana-praëayiné nélotpala-spardhiné
dhyänälambanatäà samädhi-niratair néte hita-präptaye
lävaëyaika-mahä-nidhé rasikatäà rädhä-dåços tanvaté
yuñmäkaà kurutäà bhavärti-çamanaà netre tanur vä hareù

bhakti—with
bhakti—with devotion; prahva—bowed
prahva—bowed down; vilokana—with
vilokana—with the
sight; praëayiëé—affectionate;
praëayiëé— affectionate; néla—blue;
néla— blue; utpala—lotus
utpala—lotus flowers;
spardhiné—rivaling;
spardhiné—rivaling; dhyäna—meditation;
dhyäna—meditation; älambanatäm—support;
älambanatäm—support;
samädhi—in
samädhi— in meditation; nirataiù—by
nirataiù— by those who are engaged; néte—
attained; hita—of
hita—of auspiciousness; präptaye—for
präptaye—for the attainment;
lävaëya—of
lävaëya—of beauty; eka—one;
eka—one; mahä—great;
mahä—great; nidhé—abode;
nidhé—abode; rasikatäm—
love; rädhä—of
rädhä—of Çrématé Rädhäräëé; dåçoù—ofdåçoù—of the eyes; tanvaté—
expanding; yuçmäkam—of
yuçmäkam—of you; kurutäm—may
kurutäm—may He create; bhava—of
bhava—of the
material world; ärti—of
ärti—of the distresses; çamanam—the
çamanam—the quelling; netre—
eyes; tanuù—form;
tanuù—form; vä—or;
vä—or; hareù—of
hareù—of Lord Hari.

This verse may be interpreted for either Lord Kåñëa’s eyes or form.
The two possible translations follow.

Translation 1

May Lord Hari’s eyes, which lovingly gaze on the devotees,

which rival the splendor of blue lotuses, on which the yogés
meditate to attain auspiciousness, which are two great oceans
of handsomeness, and which fill Rädhä’s eyes with the nectar of
love, quell for you the sufferings of material life.

Translation 2

May Lord Hari’s form, on which the devotees lovingly gaze,

which rivals the splendor of blue lotuses, on which the yogés
meditate to attain auspiciousness, which is a great ocean of
handsomeness, and which fills Rädhä’s eyes with the nectar of
love, quell for you the sufferings of material life.
—Çré Säraìga

TEXT 4

ye govardhana-müla-kardama-rasa-vyädåñöa-barhäìgadä
 ye våndävana-kukñiñu vraja-vadhü-nélopadhänäni ca
ye cäbhyäìga-sugandhayaù kuvalayäpéòasya dänämbhasä
te vo maìgalam ädiçantu satataà kaàsa-dviño bähavaù

ye—which;
ye—which; govardhana—of
govardhana—of Govardhana Hill; müla—from
müla—from the base;
kardama-rasa—with
kardama-rasa—with mud; vyädåñöa—observed;
vyädåñöa—observed; barha—peacock
barha—peacock
feather; aìgadäù—bracelets;
aìgadäù—bracelets; ye—which;
ye—which; våndävana—of
våndävana—of Våndävana;
kukñiñu—in
kukñiñu—in the depths; vraja—of
vraja—of Våndävana; vadhü—of
vadhü—of the wives; néla
—dark; upadhänäni—pillows;
upadhänäni—pillows; ca—and;
ca—and; ye—which;
ye—which; ca—and;
ca—and; abhyaìga—
with aromatic substances; sugandhayaù—fragant;
sugandhayaù—fragant; kuvalayäpéòasya—of
kuvalayäpéòasya—of
Kuvaläypéòa elephant; däna-ambhasä—with
däna-ambhasä—with the liquid which flows from
the temples of a maddened elephant; te—they;
te—they; vaù—to
vaù—to you; maìgalam
—auspiciousness; ädiçantu—may
ädiçantu—may show; satatam—always;
satatam—always; kaàsa—of
kaàsa—of
Kaàsa; dviñaù—of
dviñaù— of the enemy (Çré Kåñëa); bähavaù—arms.
bähavaù— arms.

May Kåñëa’s arms, their golden ornaments and peacock

feathers anointed with mud when He lifted Govardhana Hill,
deep in Våndävana forest the gopés’ two blue pillows, and
anointed with Kuvalayäpéòa’s fragrant ichor, always grant
auspiciousness to you.
—Çubhäìka

TEXT 5
säyaà vyävartamänäkhila-surabhi-kulähväna-saìketa-nämäny
äbhéré-vånda-ceto-haöha-haraëa-kalä-siddha-manträkñaräëi
saubhägyaà vaù samantäd dadhatu madhu-bhidaù keli-gopäla-mürteù
sänandäkåñöa-våndävana-rasika-måga-çreëayo veëu-nädäù

säyam—at
säyam—at evening; vyävartamäha—becoming
vyävartamäha—becoming separated; akhila—all;
akhila—all;
surabhi—of
surabhi—of surabhi cows; kula—community;
kula—community; ähväna—calling;
ähväna—calling; saìketa—
hints; nämäni—names;
nämäni—names; äbhéré—of
äbhéré—of gopés; vånda—of
vånda—of the multitude;
cetaù—minds;
cetaù—minds; haöha—forcibly;
haöha—forcibly; haraëa—enchanting;
haraëa—enchanting; kalä—trick;
kalä—trick; siddha
—successful; mantra—mantra;
mantra—mantra; akñaräëi—syllables;
akñaräëi—syllables; saubhägyam—
blessedness; vaù—to
vaù— to you; samantät—completely;
samantät—completely; dadhatu—may
dadhatu—may grant;
madhu—of
madhu—of the Madhu demon; bhidaù—of
bhidaù—of the destroyer (Çré Kåñëa);
keli—pastimes;
keli— pastimes; gopäla—cowherd
gopäla— cowherd boy; mürteù—form;
mürteù—form; sa—with;
sa—with; änanda
—bliss; äkåñöa—attracted;
äkåñöa—attracted; våndävana—of
våndävana—of Våndävana; rasika—
connoisseurs; måga—deer;
måga—deer; çreëayaù—multitudes;
çreëayaù—multitudes; veëu—of
veëu—of the flute;
nädäù—sounds.
nädäù—sounds.

May playful Gopäla’s flute-music, which calls the faraway

surabhi cows by name, which is the mystic mantra that charms
the gopés’ hearts, and which delights and attracts the deer
enjoying in Våndävana, bless you all.
—Çré Hara
Çré Kåñëasya mahimä
The Glory of Kåñëa

TEXT 6

ambhodhiù sthalatäà sthalaà jaladhitäà dhülé-lavaù çailatäà

çailo måt-kaëatäà tåëaà kuliçatäà vajraà tåëa-kñéëatäm
vahniù çétalatäà himaà dahanatäm äyäti yasyecchayä
lélä-durlalitädbhuta-vyasanine kåñëäya tasmai namaù

ambhodhiù—ocean;
ambhodhiù—ocean; sthalatäm—the
sthalatäm—the state of being dry land; sthalam
—dry land; jaladhitäm—the
jaladhitäm—the state of being the ocean; dhülé—ofdhülé—of dust;
lavaù—a
lavaù—a particle; çailatäm—the
çailatäm—the state of being a mountain; çailaù—açailaù—a
mountain; måt-kaëatäm—the
måt-kaëatäm— the state of being a particle of dust; tåëam—a
tåëam—a
blade of grass; kuliçatäm—the
kuliçatäm—the state of being a thunderbolt; vajram—a
vajram—a
thunderbolt; tåëa—as
tåëa—as a blade of grass; kñéëatam—the
kñéëatam—the state of being
insignificant; vahniù—fire;
vahniù—fire; çétalatäm—the
çétalatäm—the state of being cool; himam—
snow; dahanatäm—the
dahanatäm—the state of being able to burn; äyäti—goes;
äyäti—goes; yasya—
of whom; icchayä—with
icchayä—with the wish; lélä—pastimes;
lélä—pastimes; durlalita—
mischievous; adbhuta—wonderful;
adbhuta—wonderful; vyasanine—attached
vyasanine—attached to performing;
kåñëäya—to
kåñëäya—to Kåñëa; tasmai—totasmai—to Him; namaù—Inamaù—I offer respectful
obeisances.

I offer my respectful obeisances to wonderful, playful,

mischievous Kåñëa who, if He desires, can make an ocean dry
land, dry land an ocean, a blade of grass a thunderbolt, a
thunderbolt an insignificant blade of grass, fire cool, or snow a
blazing fire.
—author unknown

TEXT 7
vätsalyäd abhaya-pradäha-samayäd ärtärti-nirväpaëäd
audäryäd agha-çoñanäd agaëita-çreyaù-pada-präpaëät
sevyaù çré-patir eva sarva-jagatäm ete yataù säkñinäù
prahlädaç ca vibhéñaëaç ca kari-räö päïcäly ahalyä dhruvaù

vätsalyät—because
vätsalyät—because of paternal affection; abhaya—of
abhaya—of fearlessness;
pradäna—gift;
pradäna—gift; samayät—because
samayät—because of the promise; ärta—of ärta—of the
distressed; ärti—of
ärti—of the distress; nirväpaëät—because
nirväpaëät—because of the negation;
audäryät—because
audäryät—because of generosity; agha—of
agha—of sins; çoñaëät—because
çoñaëät—because of
the removal; agaëita—immeausurably;
agaëita—immeausurably; çreyaù—auspicious;
çreyaù—auspicious; pada—
position; präpaëät—because
präpaëät—because of the gift; sevyaù—should
sevyaù—should be served; çré
—of the goddess of fortune (Çrématé Rädhäräëé); patiù—the
patiù—the Lord (Çré
Kåñëa); eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; sarva—all;
sarva—all; jagatäà—by
jagatäà—by the universes; ete—
these; yataù—because;
yataù—because; säkñinäù—witnesses;
säkñinäù—witnesses; prahlädaù—Prahläda;
prahlädaù—Prahläda; ca—
and; vibhéñaëaù—Vibhéñaëa;
vibhéñaëaù—Vibhéñaëa; ca—and;
ca—and; kari-räö—Gajendra,
kari-räö—Gajendra, the king of
the elephants; päïcälé—Draupadé;
päïcälé—Draupadé; ahalyä—Ahalyä;
ahalyä—Ahalyä; dhruvaù—Dhruva.
dhruvaù—Dhruva.

Because He is very affectionate, He promises to give

fearlessness to His devotees, He removes His devotees’
sufferings, He is generous, He takes away His devotees’ sins,
and He bestows limitless auspiciousness, and because Prahläda,
Vibhéñaëa, Gajendra, Draupadé, Ahalyä, and Dhruva tesify to
these virtues, Lord Kåñëa, the husband of the goddess of
fortune, should be served by all the worlds.
—author unknown

Bhajana-mähätmya
The Glory of Devotional Service

TEXT 8
vyädhasyäcaraëaà dhruvasya ca vayo vidyä gajendrasya kä
kubjäyäù kim u näma rüpam adhikaà kià tat sudämno dhanam
vaàsaù ko vidurasya yädava-pater ugrasya kim pauruñaà
bhaktyä tuñyati kevalaà na ca guëair bhakti-priyo mädhavaù

vyädhasya—of
vyädhasya—of the hunter named Dharma; acaraëam—pious acaraëam—pious
activities; dhruvasya—of
dhruvasya—of Dhruva Mahäräja; ca—and;
ca—and; vayaù—mature
vayaù—mature
age; vidyä—knowledge;
vidyä—knowledge; gajendrasya—of
gajendrasya—of Gajendra; kä—what?;
kä—what?; kubjäyäù
—of Kubjä; kim u näma—how
näma—how much more; rüpam—beauty;
rüpam—beauty; adhikam—
great; kim—what;
kim—what; tat—that;
tat—that; sudämnaù—of
sudämnaù—of Sudämä Vipra; dhanam—
wealth; vaàçaù—good
vaàçaù—good family; kaù—what;
kaù—what; vidurasya—of
vidurasya—of Vidura; yädava
—of the Yadu dynasty; pateù—of
pateù—of the king; ugrasya—of
ugrasya—of Ugrasena; kim—
what; pauruñam—prowesss;
pauruñam— prowesss; bhaktyä—by
bhaktyä— by devotional service; tuñyati—is
tuñyati—is
pleased; kevalam—only;
kevalam—only; na—not;
na—not; ca—and;
ca—and; guëaiù—by
guëaiù—by material
qualifications; bhakti—of
bhakti— of devotional; priyaù—fond;
priyaù— fond; mädhavaù—Lord
mädhavaù—Lord
Mädhava.

Where were the hunter Dharma’s piety, Dhruva’s maturity,

and Gajendra’s knowledge? Where was Kubjä’s beauty? Where
was Sudämä’s wealth? Where was Vidura’s noble birth? Where
was Ugrasena’s chivalrous strength? Lord Mädhava is pleased
only by devotional service and not by material qualifications.
—Çré Däkñiëätya

TEXT 9
anucitam ucitaà vä karma ko ’yaà vibhägo
bhagavati param ästäà bhakti-yogo draòhéyän
kirati viñam ahéndraù sändra-péyüñam indur
dvayam api sa maheço nirviçeñaà bibharti

anucitam—improper;
anucitam—improper; ucitam—proper;
ucitam—proper; vä—or;
vä—or; karma—activities;
karma—activities; kaù
—what?; ayam—this;
ayam—this; vibhägaù—difference;
vibhägaù—difference; bhagavati—to
bhagavati—to the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; param—however;
param—however; ästäm—there
ästäm—there may be;
bhakti-yogaù—devotional
bhakti-yogaù—devotional service; draòhéyän—firm;
draòhéyän—firm; kirati—emanates;
kirati—emanates;
viñam—poison;
viñam—poison; ahi—of
ahi—of snakes; indraù—king;
indraù—king; sändra—intense;
sändra—intense; péyüñam
—nectar; induù—the
induù—the moon; dvayam—both;
dvayam—both; api—even;
api—even; saù—he;
saù—he;
maheçaù—Lord
maheçaù—Lord Çiva; niviçeñam—without
niviçeñam—without making distinction; bibharti—
carries.

What is the difference between good and bad deeds? Let

there be only firm devotional service to the Supreme Lord.
Although the king of snakes gives poison and the moon gives
sweet nectar, Lord Çiva and does not see any difference
betweeen them.
—Çré Viñëu Puré

TEXT 10
yadi madhu-mathana tvad-aìghri-seväà
hådi vidadhäti jahäti vä viveké
tad-akhilam api duñkåtaà tri-loke
kåtam akåtaà na kåtaà kåtam ca sarvam

yadi—if;
yadi—if; madhu—of
madhu—of the Madhu demon; mathana—O
mathana—O killer; tvat—
Your; aìghri—feet;
aìghri—feet; seväm—service;
seväm—service; hådi—in
hådi—in the heart; vidadhäti—
perform; jahäti—abandon;
jahäti—abandon; vä—or;
vä—or; viveké—discriminating
viveké—discriminating person; tat—of
tat—of
him; akhilam—all;
akhilam— all; api—even;
api—even; duskåtam—sinful
duskåtam— sinful deeds; tri-loke—in
tri-loke—in the
three worlds; kåtam—performed;
kåtam—performed; akåtam—not
akåtam—not performed; na—not;
na—not;
kåtam—performed;
kåtam— performed; kåtam—performed;
kåtam— performed; ca—and;
ca— and; sarvam—all.
sarvam— all.

O Madhusüdana, if a wise person in his heart serves Your

lotus feet, then any sins he may have done are all nullified. If he
rejects Your service he gets all sinful reactions, even though he
may not have done any sinful deed.

—author unknown

TEXT 11
käçäyan na ca bhojanädi-niyamän no vä vane väsato
vyäkhyänäd athavä muni-vrata-bharäc cittodbhavaù kñéyate
kintu sphéta-kalinda-çaila-tanayä-téreñu vikréòato
govindasya padäravinda-bhajanärambhasya leçäd api

käçäyät—from
käçäyät—from the saffron color; na—not; na—not; ca—and;
ca—and; bhojana—of
bhojana—of
eating; ädi—etc.;
ädi—etc.; niyamät—from
niyamät—from restraint; na—not;
na—not; vä—or;
vä—or; vane—in
vane—in the
forest; väsataù—from
väsataù—from the residence; vyäkhyänät—from
vyäkhyänät—from explanation of
the scriptures; athavä—or;
athavä—or; muni-vrata—from
muni-vrata—from the vow of silence; bharät
—great; citta-udbhavaù—cupid;
citta-udbhavaù—cupid; kñéyate—becomes
kñéyate—becomes weakened; kintu—
but; sphéta—broad;
sphéta—broad; kalinda—of
kalinda—of Mount Kalinda; çaila—mountain;
çaila—mountain; tanayä
—of the daughter (the Yamunä River); téreñu—on
téreñu—on the baìks; vikréòataù
—playing; govindasya—of
govindasya—of Lord Govinda; pada—feet;
pada—feet; aravinda—lotus
aravinda—lotus
flowers; bhajana—of
bhajana—of the devotional service; ärambhasya—of
ärambhasya—of the
beginning; leçät—from
leçät—from a little particle; api—even.
api—even.

Not by wearing saffron cloth, not by restricting food and

other sense-activities, not by living in the forest, not by
discussing philosophy, and not by observing a vow of silence,
but only by even the slightest beginning of devotional service to
the lotus feet of Lord Govinda, who enjoys pastimes on the
Yamunä’s wide banks, is Kämadeva stopped.
—author unknown

TEXT 12
alam alam iyam eva präëinäà pätakänäà
nirasana-viñaye yä kåñëa kåñëeti väëé
yadi bhavati mukunde bhaktir änanda-sändrä
viluöhati caraëäbje mokña-sämräjya-lakñméù

alam—enough;
alam—enough; alam—enough;
alam—enough; iyam—this;
iyam—this; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; präëinäm
—of the living entities; pätakänäm—of
pätakänäm—of the sins; nirasana-viñaye—in
nirasana-viñaye—in the
matter of becoming free; yä—which;
yä—which; kåñëa—O
kåñëa—O Kåñëa; kåñëa—O
kåñëa—O Kåñëa;
iti—thus;
iti— thus; väëé—words;
väëé— words; yadi—if;
yadi— if; bhavati—there
bhavati— there is; mukunde—for
mukunde—for Lord
Mukunda; bhaktiù—devotional
bhaktiù—devotional service; änanda—bliss;
änanda—bliss; sändrä—
abundance; viluöhati—rolls;
viluöhati— rolls; caraëa—feet;
caraëa— feet; abje—lotus;
abje— lotus; mokña—of
mokña—of
liberation; sämräjya-lakñméù—kingly
sämräjya-lakñméù—kingly opulence.

The words “Kåñëa!” “Kåñëa!” are sufficient to purify the

people’s sins. If they have blissful service to Lord Mukunda,
then the goddess of liberation bows before their lotus feet.
—Çré Sarvajïa

TEXT 13
näncopacära-kåta-püjanam ärta-bandhoù
premëaiva bhakta-hådayaà sukha-vidrutaà syät
yävat kñud asti jaöhare jaraöhä pipäsä
tävat sukhäya bhavato nanu bhakñya-peye

nänä-upacära—by
nänä-upacära—by varieties of ingredients; kåta—performed;
kåta—performed;
püjanam—worshiping;
püjanam—worshiping; ärta-bandhoù—of
ärta-bandhoù—of the Supreme Personality of
Godhead, who is the friend of all distressed persons; premëä—by
premëä—by
ecstatic love; eva—indeed;
eva—indeed; bhakta-hådayam—the
bhakta-hådayam—the heart of a devotee;
sukha-vidrutam—melted
sukha-vidrutam—melted in transcendental bliss; syät—becomes;
syät—becomes; yävat
—as long as; kñut—appetite;
kñut—appetite; asti—there
asti—there is; jaöhare—in
jaöhare—in the stomach;
jaraöhä—strong;
jaraöhä—strong; pipäsä—thirst;
pipäsä—thirst; tävat—so
tävat—so long; sukhäya—for
sukhäya—for happiness;
bhavataù—are;
bhavataù—are; nanu—indeed;
nanu—indeed; bhakñya—eatables;
bhakñya—eatables; peye—and
peye—and
drinkables.

As long as there is hunger and thirst, eating and drinking

make one feel very happy. When the Lord is worshiped with
pure love, transcendental bliss is awakened in the heart of the
devotee.*
—Çré Rämänanda Räya

TEXT 14
kåñëa-bhakti-rasa-bhävitä matiù
kréyatäà yadi kuto ‘pi labhyate
tatra laulyam api mülyam ekalaà
janma-koöi-sukåtair na labhyate

kåñëa-bhakti-rasa-bhävitä—absorbed
kåñëa-bhakti-rasa-bhävitä—absorbed in the mellows of executing
devotional service to Kåñëa; matiù—intelligence;
matiù—intelligence; kréyatäm—let
kréyatäm—let it be
purchased; yadi—if;
yadi—if; kutaù api—somewhere;
api—somewhere; labhyate—is
labhyate—is available;
tatra—there;
tatra—there; laulyam—greed;
laulyam—greed; api—indeed;
api—indeed; mülyam—price;
mülyam—price; ekalam—
only; janma-koöi—of
janma-koöi—of millions of births; sukåtaiù—by
sukåtaiù—by pious activities; na
—not; labhyate—is
labhyate—is obtained.

Pure devotional service in Kåñëa consciousness cannot be

had even by pious activity in hundreds and thousand of lives. It
can be attained only by paying one price—that is, intense greed
to obtain it. If it is available somewhere, one must purchase it
without delay.*
—Çré Rämänanda Räya

TEXT 15
jïänam asti tulitaà ca tuläyäà
prema naiva tulitaà tu tuläyäm
siddhir eva tulitätra tuläyäà
kåñëa-näma tulitaà na tuläyäm
 jïänam—knowledge;
jïänam—knowledge; asti—is;
asti—is; tulitam—equalled;
tulitam—equalled; ca—and;
ca—and; tuläyäm—in
tuläyäm—in
the scale; prema—of
prema—of love of God; na—not;
na—not; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; tulitam—
equal; tu—but;
tu—but; tuläyäm—in
tuläyäm—in the scale; siddhiù—mystic
siddhiù—mystic powers; eva—
certainly; tulitä—equal;
tulitä—equal; atra—here;
atra—here; tuläyäm—in
tuläyäm—in the scale; kåñëa—of
kåñëa—of Çré
Kåñëa; näma—name;
näma—name; tulitam—equal;
tulitam—equal; na—not;
na—not; tuläyäm—in
tuläyäm—in the scale.

Knowledge is not equal to love of Kåñëa, and the ability to

perform mystic tricks is not equal to Kåñëa’s holy name.
—Çré Çrédhara Svämé

Näma-mähätmya
The Glory of the Holy Name

TEXT 16
aàhaù samharad akhilaà
sakåd udayäd eva sakala-lokasya
taraëir iva timira-jaladhià
jayati jagan-maìgalaà harer näma

aàhaù—the
aàhaù—the resultant action of sinful life, which causes material
bondage; saàharat—completely
saàharat—completely eradicating; akhilam—all;
akhilam—all; sakåt—once
sakåt—once
only; udayät—by
udayät—by rising; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; sakala—all;
sakala—all; lokasya—of
lokasya—of the
people of the world; taraëiù—the
taraëiù—the sun; iva—like;
iva—like; timira—of
timira—of darkness;
jala-dhim—the
jala-dhim—the ocean; jayati—all
jayati—all glories to; jagat-maìgalam—auspicious
jagat-maìgalam—auspicious
for the whole world; hareù näma—the
näma—the holy name of the Lord.

As the rising sun immediately dissipates all the world’s

darkness, which is deep like an ocean, so the holy name of the
Lord, if chanted once without offenses, can dissipate all the
reactions of a living being’s sinful life. All glories to that holy
name of the Lord, which is auspicious for the entire world!*
—Çré Lakñmédhara

TEXT 17
caturëäà vedänäm hådayam idam äkåñya hariëä
caturbhir yad varëaiù sphuöam aghati näräyaëa-padam
tad etad gäyanto vayam aniçam ätmänam adhunä
punémo jänémo na hari-paritoñäya kim api

caturëäm—of
caturëäm—of the four; vedänäm—Vedas; hådayam—the
hådayam—the heart; idam
—this; äkåçya—extracted;
äkåçya—extracted; hariëä—by
hariëä—by Lord Hari; caturbhiù—with
caturbhiù—with four;
yat—which;
yat—which; varëaiù—syllables;
varëaiù—syllables; sphuöam—clearly;
sphuöam—clearly; aghati—manifests;
aghati—manifests;
näräyaëa—Näräyaëa;
näräyaëa—Näräyaëa; padam—the
padam—the word; tat—therefore;
tat—therefore; etat—this;
etat—this;
gäyantaù—chanting;
gäyantaù—chanting; vayam—we;
vayam—we; aniçam—day
aniçam—day and night; ätmänam—
ourselves; adhunä—now;
adhunä—now; punémaù—purifying;
punémaù—purifying; jänémaù—we
jänémaù—we know; na—
not; hari—of
hari—of Lord Kåñëa; paritoñäya—for
paritoñäya—for the satisfaction; kim api—
something.

Extracting the four syllables that are the heart of the four
Vedas, Lord Hari makes the word Näräyaëa. Day and night
chanting this name, we become purified. We do not know any
other better way to please Lord Hari.
—author unknown

TEXT 18
yoga-çruty-upapatti-nirjana-vana-dhyänädhva-sambhävita-
sväräjyaà pratipadya nirbhayam amé muktä bhavantu dvijäù
asmäkaà tu kadamba-kuïja-kuhara-pronmélad-indévara-
çreëé-çyämala-dhäma-näma juñatäà janmästu lakñävadhi

yoga—of
yoga—of yoga; çruti—and
çruti—and Vedic study; upapatti—attainment;
upapatti—attainment; nirjana
—in a solitary; vana—forest;
vana—forest; dhyäna—meditation;
dhyäna—meditation; adhva—path;
adhva—path;
sambhävita—may
sambhävita—may be; sväräjyam—kingdom;
sväräjyam—kingdom; pratipadya—entering;
pratipadya—entering;
nirbhayam—fearless;
nirbhayam—fearless; amé—they;
amé—they; muktäù—liberated;
muktäù—liberated; bhavantu—may
bhavantu—may
become; dvijäù—the
dvijäù—the twice-born; asmäkam—of
asmäkam—of us; tu—however;
tu—however;
kadamba—of
kadamba—of kadamba trees; kuïja—of
kuïja—of a grove; kuhara—deep
kuhara—deep within;
pronmélat—blooming;
pronmélat—blooming; indévara—of
indévara—of blue lotus flowers; çreëé—of
çreëé—of a
series; çyämala—a
çyämala—a dark; dhäma—splendor;
dhäma—splendor; näma—the
näma—the name; juñatäm
—engaged; janma—birth;
janma—birth; astu—may
astu—may be; lakña-avadhi—100,000.
lakña-avadhi—100,000.

Let the twice-born enter the fearless kingdom of yoga, Vedic

study, and solitary meditation in the forest. Let them become
liberated in that way. As for us, we will spend hundreds of
thousands of births chanting the holy name of Lord Kåñëa,
whose splendid dark complexion and yellow garments are like a
host of blue lotus flowers blooming in a grove of yellow-flower-
bearing kadamba trees.
—Çré Éçvara Puré

TEXT 19
kalyäëänäà nidhänaà kali-mala-mathanaà pävanaà pävanänäà
pätheyaà yan mumukñoù sapadi para-pada-präptaye procyamänam
viçräma-sthänam ekaà kavi-vara-vacasäà jévanaà saj-janänäà
béjaà dharma-drumasya prabhavatu bhavatäà bhütaye kåñëa-näma

kalyäëänäm—of
kalyäëänäm—of an abundance of happinesses; nidhänam—the
nidhänam—the
reservoir; kali—of
kali—of the Kali-yuga; mala—of
mala—of sins; mathanam—chasing
mathanam—chasing
away; pävanam—the
pävanam—the purifier; pävanänäm—of
pävanänäm—of purifiers; pätheyam—the
pätheyam—the
lunch; yat—which;
yat—which; mumukñoù—of
mumukñoù—of one aspiring for liberation; sapadi—at
sapadi—at
once; para-pada—the
para-pada—the supreme abode; präptaye—for
präptaye—for attaining;
procyamänam—described;
procyamänam—described; viçräma-sthänam—the
viçräma-sthänam—the pleasure garden;
ekam—sole;
ekam—sole; kavi—of
kavi—of saints, philosophers, and poets; vara—of
vara—of the best;
vacasäm—of
vacasäm—of the words; jévanam—the
jévanam—the life; sat-janänäm—of
sat-janänäm—of the
righteous; béjam—the
béjam—the seed; dharma—of
dharma—of religion; drumasya—of
drumasya—of the
tree; prabhavatu—may
prabhavatu—may be; bhavatäm—of
bhavatäm—of you; bhütaye—for
bhütaye—for the
auspiciousness; kåñëa—of
kåñëa—of Lord Kåñëa; näma—the
näma—the name.

May Kåñëa’s holy name, which is a reservoir of all

transcendental happiness, the destruction of Kali-yuga’s sins,
the most purifying of all purifying things, the saintly person’s
food as he traverses the path to the spiritual world, the
pleasure-garden where the voices of the greatest saints,
philosophers, and poets play, the life of the righteous, and the
seed of the tree of religion, bring transcendental auspiciousness
to you all.
—author unknown

TEXT 20
vepante duritäni moha-mahimä sammoham älambate
sätaìkaà nakha-raïjanéà kalayati çré-citraguptaù kåté
sänandaà madhu-parka-sambhåti-vidhau vedhäù karoty udyamaà
vaktuà nämni taveçvaräbhilañite brümaù kim anyat param

vepante—tremble;
vepante—tremble; duritäni—sins;
duritäni—sins; moha—of
moha—of illusion; mahimä—the
mahimä—the
glory; sammoham—fainting;
sammoham—fainting; älambate—attains;
älambate—attains; sa—with;
sa—with; ätaìkam—
fear; nakha-raïjaném—the
nakha-raïjaném—the toenails; kalayati—observes;
kalayati—observes; çré-citraguptaù
—Yamaräja’s scribe Citragupta; kåté—satisfied;
kåté—satisfied; sa—with;
sa—with; änandam—
bliss; madhu-parka—water
madhu-parka—water and honey; sambhåti-vidhau—in
sambhåti-vidhau—in the offering;
vedhäù—Lord
vedhäù—Lord Brahmä; karoti—does;
karoti—does; udyamam—readiness;
udyamam—readiness; vaktum—to
vaktum—to
be spoken; nämni—when
nämni— when the name; tava—of
tava—of You; éçvara—O
éçvara— Supreme
O
Personality of Godhead; abhilañite—is
abhilañite—is desired; brümaù—we
brümaù—we may say;
kim—what?;
kim— what?; anyat—else;
anyat—else; param—more.
param— more.

O Supreme Personality of Godhead, when someone desires to

chant Your holy name, sins tremble in fear, the glory of material
illusion faints unconscious, Yamaräja’s scribe Citragupta
becomes happy and gazes at the chanter’s toenails with awe
and reverence, and Lord Brahmä prepares madhu-parka to
worship him. O Lord, what more can we say than this?
—author unknown

TEXT 21
kaù pareta-nagaré-purandaraù
ko bhaved atha tadéya-kiìkaraù
kåñëa-näma jagad-eka-maìgalaà
kaëöha-péöham uraré-karoti cet

kaù—who?;
kaù—who?; pareta-nagaré—of
pareta-nagaré—of the other world; purandaraù—the
purandaraù—the
king; kaù—who?;
kaù—who?; bhavet—is;
bhavet—is; atha—then;
atha—then; tadéya—of
tadéya—of him; kiìkaraù—the
kiìkaraù—the
servant; kåñëa—of
kåñëa—of Kåñëa; näma—the
näma—the holy name; jagat—in
jagat—in the world;
eka—the
eka—the sole; maìgalam—auspiciousness;
maìgalam—auspiciousness; kaëöha—of
kaëöha—of the throat;
péöham—in
péöham—in the seat; uraré-karoti—places;
uraré-karoti—places; cet—if.
cet—if.

Lord Kåñëa’s holy name is the only auspiciousness in this

world. If one keeps it in his throat, then what is Yamaräja, the
king of the other world, to him? What are Yamaräja’s sevants to
him?
—Çré Änandäcärya

TEXT 22
ceto-darpana-märjanaà bhava-mahädävägni-nirväpaëaà
çreyaù-kairava-candrikä-vitaraëaà vidyä-vadhü-jévanam
änandämbudhi-vardhanaà prati-padaà pürëämåtäsvädanaà
sarvätma-snapanaà paraà vijayate çré-kåñëa-saìkértanam

cetaù—of
cetaù—of the heart; darpana—the
darpana—the mirror; märjanam—cleansing;
märjanam—cleansing;
bhava—of
bhava—of material existance; mahä-dävägni—the
mahä-dävägni—the blazing forest fire;
nirväpaëam—extinguishing;
nirväpaëam—extinguishing; çreyaù—of
çreyaù—of good fortune; kairava—the
kairava—the
white lotus; candrikä—the
candrikä—the moonshine; vitaëam—spreading;
vitaëam—spreading; vidyä—of
vidyä—of all
education; vadhü—wife;
vadhü—wife; jévanam—the
jévanam—the life; änanda—of
änanda—of bliss; ambudhi—
the ocean; vardhanam—increasing;
vardhanam—increasing; prati-padam—at
prati-padam—at every step; pürëa-
amåta—of
amåta—of the full nectar; äsvädanam—giving
äsvädanam—giving a taste; sarva—for
sarva—for
everyone; ätma-snapanam—bathing
ätma-snapanam—bathing of the self; param—transcendental;
param—transcendental;
vijayate—let
vijayate—let there be victory; çré-kåñëa-saìkértanam—for
çré-kåñëa-saìkértanam—for the
congregational chanting of the holy name of Kåñëa.

Let there be all victory for the chanting of the holy name of
Lord Kåñëa, which can cleanse the mirror of the heart and stop
the miseries of the blazing fire of material existence. That
chanting is the waxing moon that spreads the white lotus of
good fortune for all living entities. It is the life and soul of all
education. The chanting of the holy name of Kåñëa expands the
blissful ocean of transcendental life. It gives a cooling effect to
everyone and enables one to taste full nectar at every step.*
—Bhagavän Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu
 TEXT 23
brahmäëòänäà koöi-saìkhyädhikänäm
aiçvaryaà yac cetanä vä yad-aàçaù
ävirbhütaà tan-mahaù kåñëa-näma
tan me sädhyän sädhanaà jévanaà ca

brahmäëòänäm—of
brahmäëòänäm—of universes; koöi—of
koöi—of millions; saìkhya—the
saìkhya—the
number; adhikänäm—exceeding;
adhikänäm—exceeding; aiçvaryam—the
aiçvaryam—the opulence; yat—which;
yat—which;
cetanä—knowledge;
cetanä—knowledge; vä—or;
vä—or; yat—of
yat—of which; aàçaù—a
aàçaù—a portion;
ävirbhütam—manifested;
ävirbhütam—manifested; tat—of
tat—of that; mahaù—the
mahaù—the glory; kåñëa—of
kåñëa—of
Lord Kåñëa; näma—the
näma—the name; tat—that;
tat—that; me—of
me—of me; sädhyam—the
sädhyam—the
goal; sädhanam—the
sädhanam—the means of attaining the goal; jévanam—the
jévanam—the life; ca
—also.

If the opulence or knowledge of many millions of universes

were clustered together, they would hardly equal a small
fragment of the glory of Kåñëa’s holy name. Kåñëa’s holy name
is my life. It is the goal of my life. It is the means I will employ to
attain the goal of my life.
—author unknown

TEXT 24
viñëor nämaiva puàsaù çamalam apaharat puëyam utpädayac ca
brahmädi-sthäna-bhogäd viratim atha guroù çré-pada-dvandva-
bhaktim
tattva-jïänaà ca viñëor iha måti-jananä-bhränti-béjaà ca dagdhvä
sampürëänanda-bodhe mahati ca puruñaà sthäpayitvä nivåttam

viñëoù—of
viñëoù—of Lord Viñëu; näma—the
näma—the holy name; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; puàsaù
—of a person; çamalam—sin;
çamalam—sin; apaharat—removes;
apaharat—removes; puëyam—piety;
puëyam—piety;
utpädayat—establishes;
utpädayat—establishes; ca—and;
ca—and; brahmä—with
brahmä—with Lord Brahmä; ädi—
beginning; sthäna—of
sthäna—of the posts; bhogät—to
bhogät—to the enjoyment; viratim—
indifference; atha—then;
atha—then; guroù—of
guroù—of the spiritual master; çré-pada—of
çré-pada—of
the feet; dvandva—for
dvandva— for the pair; bhaktim—devotion;
bhaktim— devotion; tattva—of
tattva—of the truth;
jïänam—knowledge;
jïänam—knowledge; ca—also;
ca—also; viñëoù—of
viñëoù—of Lord Viñëu; iha—here;
iha—here; måti—
of death; jananä—and
jananä— and birth; bhränti—the
bhränti— the wandering; béjam—the
béjam—the seed;
ca—also;
ca—also; dagdhvä—burning;
dagdhvä—burning; sampürëä—perfect
sampürëä—perfect and complete; änanda
—of transcendental bliss; bodhe—in
bodhe—in awareness; mahati—great;
mahati—great; ca—
also; puruñam—a
puruñam—a person; sthäpayitvä—placing;
sthäpayitvä—placing; nivåttam—saintly.
nivåttam—saintly.

Lord Viñëu’s holy name removes sin, establishes piety, makes

one disinterested in the attempt to gain an exalted post like
that of Lord Brahmä, grants devotion for the lotus feet of the
spiritual master, brings transcendental knowledge of Lord
Viñëu, burns the seed of repeated birth and death, and places
the saintly devotee in complete awareness of perfect
transcendental bliss.
—Çré Vyäsa

TEXT 25
näma cintämaëiù kåñëaç
caitanya-rasa-vigrahaù
pürnaù çuddho nitya-mukto
’bhinnatvän näma-näminoù

nämaù—the
nämaù—the holy name; cintämaëiù—transcendentally
cintämaëiù—transcendentally blissful giver
of all spiritual benedictions; kåñëaù—not
kåñëaù—not different from Kåñëa;
caitanya-rasa-vigrahaù—the
caitanya-rasa-vigrahaù—the form of all transcendental mellows; pürëaù
—complete; çuddhaù—pure,
çuddhaù—pure, witout material contamination; nitya—
eternal; muktaù—liberated;
muktaù—liberated; abhinna-tvät—due
abhinna-tvät—due to not being different;
näma—of
näma—of the holy name; näminoù—and
näminoù—and of the person who has the
name.

The holy name of Kåñëa is transcendentally blissful. It

bestows all spiritual benedictions, for it is Kåñëa Himself, the
reservoir of all pleasure. Kåñëa’s name is complete, and it is the
form of all transcendental mellows. It is not a material name
under any condition, and it is no less powerful than Kåñëa
Himself. Since Kåñëa’s name is not contaminated by the
material qualities, there is no question of its being involved with
mäyä. Kåñëa’s name is always liberated and spiritual; it is never
conditioned by the laws of material nature. This is because the
name of Kåñëa and Kåñëa Himself are identical.*
—Çré Vyäsa

TEXT 26
madhura-madhuram etan maìgalaà maìgalänäà
sakala-nigama-vallé-sat-phalaà cit-svarüpam
sakåd api parigétaà çraddhayä helayä vä
bhågu-vara nara-mätraà tärayet kåñëa-näma

madhura—of
madhura—of sweet things; madhuram—the
madhuram—the sweetest; etat—this;
etat—this;
maìgalam—most
maìgalam—most auspicious; maìgalänäm—of
maìgalänäm—of auspicious things; sakala
—of all; nigama—the
nigama—the Vedic literatures; vallé—of
vallé—of the vine; sat-phalam—
the best fruit; cit—spiritual;
cit—spiritual; svarüpam—in
svarüpam—in nature; sakåt—once;
sakåt—once; api—
even; parigétam—chanted;
parigétam—chanted; çraddhayä—with
çraddhayä—with faith; helayä—with
helayä—with
contempt; vä—or;
vä—or; bhågu-vara—O
bhågu-vara—O best of the Bhågus; nara-mätram—a
nara-mätram—a
person; tärayet—delivers;
tärayet—delivers; kåñëa—of
kåñëa—of Lord Kåñëa; näma—the
näma—the name.

Kåñëa’s name is the sweetest of sweet things, the most

auspicious of auspicious things, the transcendental fruit of the
vine of all Vedic literature. O best of the Bhågus, chanted even
once, either with faith or contempt, it delivers the chanter.
—Çré Vyäsa

TEXT 27
svargärthéyä vyavasitir asau dénayaty eva lokän
mokñäpekñä janayati janaà kevalaà kleça-bhäjam
yogäbhyäsaù parama-virasas tädåçaiù kià prayäsaiù
sarvaà tyaktvä mama tu rasanä kåñëa kåñëeti rautu

svarga—the
svarga—the heavenly material realms; arthéyä—to
arthéyä—to attain; vyavasitiù
—the attempt; asau—this;
asau—this; dénayati—impoverishes;
dénayati—impoverishes; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly;
lokän—the
lokän— the worlds; mokña—for
mokña— for liberation; apekñä—the
apekñä— the desire; janayati
—makes; janam—a
janam—a person; kevalam—only;
kevalam—only; kleça—of
kleça—of sufferings; bhäjam
—the possessor; yoga—of
yoga— of yoga; abhyäsaù—the
abhyäsaù—the endeavors; parama-
virasaù—supremely
virasaù—supremely dry; tädåçaiù—like
tädåçaiù—like these; kià prayäsaiù—what
prayäsaiù—what is the
use of such hard endeavors; sarvam—all
sarvam—all of them; tyaktvä—abandoning;
tyaktvä—abandoning;
mama—of
mama—of me; tu—indeed;
tu—indeed; rasanä—the
rasanä—the tongue; kåñëa—Kåñëa;
kåñëa—Kåñëa; kåñëa—
Kåñëa; iti—thus;
iti—thus; rautu—may
rautu—may chant.

The attempt to attain the heavenly svarga planets

impoverishes the entire world. The desire to attain impersonal
liberation brings only trouble. The regimen of yoga is dry and
tasteless. What is the use of endeavors like these? I will
abandon them all, and simply make my tongue chant “Kåñëa,
Kåñëa.”
—author unknown

TEXT 28
sadä sarvaträste nanu vimalam ädyaà tava padaà
tathäpy ekaà stokaà na hi bhava-taroù pätram abhinat
kñaëaà jihvä-grastaà tava tu bhagavan näma nikhilaà
sa-mülaà saàsäraà kasati katarät sevyam anayoù

sadä—always;
sadä—always; sarvatra—everywhere;
sarvatra—everywhere; aste—is;
aste—is; nanu—it
nanu—it not?;
vimalam—splendid;
vimalam—splendid; ädyam—spiritual;
ädyam—spiritual; tava—Your;
tava—Your; padam—effulgence;
padam—effulgence;
tathä api—still;
api—still; ekam—one;
ekam—one; stokam—small;
stokam—small; na—not;
na—not; hi—indeed;
hi—indeed; bhava
—of birth and death; taroù—from
taroù—from the tree; patram—a
patram—a leaf; abhinat—
breakñ; kñaëam—for
kñaëam—for a moment; jihva—by
jihva—by the tongue; grastham—
grasped; tava—Your;
tava—Your; tu—indeed;
tu—indeed; bhagavan—O
bhagavan—O Lord; näma—name;
näma—name;
nikhilam—completely;
nikhilam—completely; sa—with;
sa—with; mulam—the
mulam—the root; saàsaram—the
saàsaram—the cycle
of repeated birth and death; kasati—destroys;
kasati—destroys; katarat—which?;
katarat—which?; sevyam
—should be accepted; anayoù—of
anayoù—of the two.
 O Lord, is Your impersonal spiritual effulgence not always
present everywhere? Even so, it has not been able to break even
a single small leaf from the tree of repeated birth and death. On
the other hand, the moment Your holy name is taken by the
tongue it thoroughly shatters the tree of birth and death down
to it’s roots. Of these two (the spiritual effulgence or the holy
name), which should be served?
—Çré Çrédhara Svämé

TEXT 29
äkåñöiù kåta-cetasäà sumanasäm uccäöanaà cäàhasäm
äcaëdälam amüka-loka-sulabho vaçyaç ca mukti-çriyaù
no dikñäà na ca sat-kriyäà na ca puraçcaryäà manäg ékñate
mantro ‘yaà rasanä-spåg eva phalati çré-kåñëa-nämätmakaù

äkåñöiù—attraction;
äkåñöiù—attraction; kåta-cetasäm—of
kåta-cetasäm—of saintly persons; su-manasäm
—of the most liberal-minded; uccäöanam—annihilator;
uccäöanam—annihilator; ca—also;
ca—also;
aàhasäm—of
aàhasäm—of sinful reactions; ä-caëòälam—even
ä-caëòälam—even to the caëòälas;
amüka—except
amüka—except the dumb; loka-sulabhaù—very
loka-sulabhaù—very easy to achieve for all
persons; vaçyaù—full
vaçyaù—full controller; ca—and;
ca—and; mukti-çriyaù—of
mukti-çriyaù—of the opulence
of liberation; no—not;
no—not; dékñäm—initiation;
dékñäm—initiation; na—not;
na—not; ca—also;
ca—also; sat-kriyäm
—pious activities; na—not;
na—not; ca—also;
ca—also; puraçcaryäm—regulative
puraçcaryäm—regulative principles
before initiation; manäk—slightly;
manäk—slightly; ékñate—depends
ékñate—depends upon; mantraù—
mantra; ayam—this;
ayam—this; rasanä—tongue;
rasanä—tongue; spåk—touching;
spåk—touching; eva—simply;
eva—simply;
phalati—is
phalati—is fruitful; çré-kåñëa-näma-ätmakaù—consisting
çré-kåñëa-näma-ätmakaù—consisting of the holy
name of Lord Kåñëa.

The holy name of Lord Kåñëa is an attractive feature for many

saintly liberal people. It is the annihilator of all sinful reactions
and is so powerful that save for the dumb who cannot chant it, it
is readily available to everyone, including the lowest type of
man, the caëòäla. The holy name of Kåñëa is the controller of
the opulence of liberation, and it is identical with Kåñëa. Simply
by touching the holy name with one’s tongue, immediately
effects are produced. Chanting the holy name does not depend
on initiation, pious activities or the puraçcaryä regulative
principles generally observed before initiation. The holy name
does not wait for all these activities. It is self-sufficient.*
—Çré Lakñmédhara

TEXT 30
viceyäni vicäryäëi
vicintyäni punaù punaù
kåpaëasya dhanänéva
tvan-nämäni bhavantu naù
 viceyäni—to
viceyäni—to be collected; vicäryäëi—to
vicäryäëi—to be counted; vicintyäni—to
vicintyäni—to
become the object of thoughts; punaù—again;
punaù—again; punaù—and
punaù—and again;
kåpaëasya—of
kåpaëasya—of a miser; dhanäni—the
dhanäni—the wealth; iva—like;
iva—like; tvat—of
tvat—of You;
nämäni—the
nämäni—the holy names; bhavantu—may
bhavantu—may become; naù—for
naù—for us.

O Lord, just as a miser continually collects, counts and

remembers his money, in the same way let us continually
collect, count, and remember Your holy names,
—Çré Bhavänanda

TEXT 31
nämnäm akäri bahudhä nija-sarva-çaktis
taträrpitä niyamitaù smaraëe na kälaù
etädåçé tava kåpä bhagavan mamä pi
durdaivam édåçam ihäjäni nänurägaù

nämnäm—of
nämnäm—of the holy names of the Lord; akäri—manifested;
akäri—manifested;
bahudhä—various
bahudhä—various kinds; nija-sarva-çaktiù—all
nija-sarva-çaktiù—all kinds of personal
potency; tatra—in
tatra—in that; arpitä—bestowed;
arpitä—bestowed; niyamitaù—restricted;
niyamitaù—restricted;
smaraëe—in
smaraëe—in remembering; na—not;na—not; kälaù—consideration
kälaù—consideration of time;
etädåçi—so
etädåçi—so much; tava—Your;
tava—Your; kåpä—mercy;
kåpä—mercy; bhagavan—O
bhagavan—O Lord; mama
—My; api—although;
api—although; durdaivam—misfortune;
durdaivam—misfortune; édåçam—such;
édåçam—such; iha—in
iha—in
this (the holy name); ajäni—was
ajäni—was born; na—not;
na—not; anurägaù—attachment.
anurägaù—attachment.

My Lord, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, in Your holy

name there is all good fortune for the living entity, and
therefore You have many names, such as Kåñëa and Govinda, by
which You expand Yourself. You have invested all Your
potencies in those names, and there are no hard and fast rules
for remembering them. My dear Lord, although You bestow such
mercy upon the fallen, conditioned souls by liberally teaching
Your holy names, I am so unfortunate that I commit offenses
while chanting the holy name, and therefore I do not achieve
attachment for chanting.*
—Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu

Näma-kértana
Glorification of the Holy Names

TEXT 32
tånäd api sunicena
taror iva sahiñnunä
amäninä mänadena
kértanéyaù sadä hariù

tåëät—then
tåëät—then downtrodden grass; sunécena—being
sunécena—being lower; taroù—than
taroù—than
a tree; iva—like;
iva—like; sahiñnunä—with
sahiñnunä—with tolerance; amäninä—without
amäninä—without being
puffed up by false pride; mänadena—giving
mänadena—giving respect of all; kértanéyaù—
to be chanted; sadä—always;
sadä—always; hariù—the
hariù—the holy name of the Lord.

One who thinks himself lower than the grass, who is more
tolerant than a tree, and who does not expect personal honor
but is always prepared to give all respect to others, can very
easily always chant the holy name of the Lord.*
—Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu

TEXT 33
çré-rämeti janärdaneti jagatäà nätheti näräyaëety
änandeti dayäpareti kamaläkänteti kåñëeti ca
çréman-näma-mahämåtäbdhi-laharé-kallola-magnaà muhur
muhyantaà galad-açru-netram avaçaà mäà nätha nityaà kuru

çré-rama—O
çré-rama—O Çré Rama; iti—thus;
iti—thus; janärdana—O
janärdana—O Janardana; iti—thus;
iti—thus;
jagatäm—of
jagatäm—of the universes; nätha—O nätha—O Lord; iti—thus;
iti—thus; näräyaëa—O
näräyaëa—O
Näräyaëa; iti—thus;
iti—thus; änanda—O
änanda—O bliss; iti—thus;
iti—thus; dayä-para—O
dayä-para—O merciful
one; iti—thus;
iti—thus; kamalä—of
kamalä—of Lakñmé; känta—O
känta—O husband; iti—thus;
iti—thus; kåñëa
—O Kåñëa; iti—thus;
iti—thus; ca—and;
ca—and; çrémat—beautiful;
çrémat—beautiful; näma—of
näma—of names;
mahä—great;
mahä—great; amåta—of
amåta—of nectar; abdhi—of
abdhi—of the ocean; laharé-kallola—in
laharé-kallola—in
the waves; magnam—plunged;
magnam—plunged; muhuù—constantly;
muhuù—constantly; muhyantam—
overwhelmed; galat—flowing;
galat—flowing; açru—tears;
açru—tears; netram—eyes;
netram—eyes; avaçam—not
avaçam—not
free; mäm—me;
mäm—me; nätha—O
nätha—O Lord; nityam—always;
nityam—always; kuru—make.
kuru—make.

Çré Räma, Janärdana [rescuer of the devotees], Jagatäà

Nätha [master of the universes], Näräyaëa, Ananda [personified
transcendental bliss], Dayäpara [merciful one], Kamaläkänta
[husband of Lakñmé], Kåñëa. Lord please make me become
overwhelmed with tears streaming from my eyes as I repeatedly
plunge into the waves of the great nectar ocean of these
beautiful transcendental names.
—Çré Lakñmédhara

TEXT 34
çré-känta kåñëa karuëämaya kaïja-näbha
kaivalya-vallabha mukunda muräntaketi
nämävalià vimala-mauktika-hära-lakñmi
lävaëya-vaïcana-karià karaväëi kaëöhe
 çré—of
çré—of the goddess of fortune; känta—O
känta—O husband; kåñëa—O
kåñëa—O Kåñëa;
karuna-maya—merciful;
karuna-maya—merciful; kaïja—lotus;
kaïja—lotus; nabha—navel;
nabha—navel; kaivalya-vallabha—
O liberator; mukunda—O
mukunda—O Mukunda; mura—of
mura—of the Mura demon; antaka—
O death; iti—thus;
iti—thus; näma—of
näma—of holy names; avalim—the
avalim—the series; vimala—
splendid; mauktika—of
mauktika—of pearls; hara—of
hara—of a necklace; lakñmé-lavanya—
the great beauty; vaïcana—theft;
vaïcana—theft; karim—doing;
karim—doing; karaväni—let
karaväni—let me place;
kaëöhe—on
kaëöhe—on the neck.

Calling out, “O Çrékänta (husband of the goddess of fortune),

O Kåñëa, (all-attractive one), O Karuëämaya (merciful one), O
Kaïjanäbha (whose navel is like a lotus flower), O
Kaivalyavallabha (O master of liberation), O Mukunda (giver of
liberation), O Muräntaka (killer of the Mura demon),” I will place
upon my neck the Lord’s holy names, which eclipse the beauty
of a splendid strand of pearls.
—Çré Lakñmédhara

TEXT 35
kåñëa räma mukunda vämana väsudeva jagad-guro
matsya kacchapa närasiàha varäha räghava pähi mäm
deva-dänava-näradädi-munindra-vandya dayä-nidhe
devaké-suta dehi me tava päda-bhaktià acaïcaläm

kåñëa—O
kåñëa—O Kåñëa; räma—O räma—O Balaräma; mukunda—O
mukunda—O Mukunda;
vämana—O
vämana—O Vämana; väsudeva—O
väsudeva—O Väsudeva; jagat—of
jagat—of the universe;
guro—O
guro—O master; matsya—O
matsya—O Matsya; kacchapa—O
kacchapa—O Kürma; närasiàha—O
närasiàha—O
Nåsiàha; varäha—O
varäha—O Varäha; räghava—O
räghava—O Rämacandra; pähi—please
pähi—please
protect; mäm—me;
mäm—me; deva—by
deva—by the demigods; dänava—demons;
dänava—demons; närada—
with Närada; ädi—beginning;
ädi—beginning; muni—of
muni—of sages; indra—by
indra—by the leaders;
vandya—worshiped;
vandya—worshiped; dayä—of
dayä—of mercy; nidhe—O
nidhe—O ocean; devaké—of
devaké—of
Devaké; suta—O
suta— O son; dehi—please
dehi—please grant; me—to
me— to me; tava—of
tava—of You;
päda—for
päda—for the feet; bhaktim—devotion;
bhaktim—devotion; acaïcaläm—unwavering.
acaïcaläm—unwavering.

O Kåñëa, O Balaräma, O Mukunda, O Vämana, O Väsudeva, O

master of the universe, O Matsya, O Kürma, O Nåsiàha, O
Varäha, O Rämacandra, please protect me. O Lord worshiped by
the demigods, demons, and great sages who have Närada as
their leader, O ocean of mercy, O son of Devaké, please grant
me unwavering devotion to Your feet,
—author unknown

TEXT 36
he gopälaka he kåpä-jala-nidhe he sindhu-kanyä-pate
 he kaàsäntaka he gajendra-karuëä-päréëa he mädhava
he rämänuja he jagat-traya-guro he puëòarékäkña mäà
he gopéjana-nätha pälaya paraà jänämi na tväà vinä

he—O;
he—O; gopalaka—transcendental
gopalaka—transcendental cowherd boy; he—O; he—O; krpa—of
krpa—of
mercy; jala-nidhe—O
jala-nidhe—O ocean; he—O;
he—O; sindhu-kanya—of
sindhu-kanya—of Lakñmé (the
daughter of the ocean); pate—husband;
pate—husband; he—O;
he—O; kaàsa—of
kaàsa—of Kaàsa; antaka
—killer; he—O;
he—O; gajendra—to
gajendra—to Gajendra; karuna-parina—merciful;
karuna-parina—merciful; he—O;
he—O;
mädhava—Mädhava;
mädhava—Mädhava; he—O; he—O; rama—of
rama—of Balarama; anuja—younger
anuja—younger
brother; he—O;
he—O; jagat—worlds;
jagat—worlds; traya—three;
traya—three; guro—spiritual
guro—spiritual master; he
—O; pundarika—lotus;
pundarika—lotus; akña—eyes;
akña—eyes; mam—me;
mam—me; he—O;
he—O; gopé-jana—of
gopé-jana—of the
gopés; nätha—O
nätha—O master; palaya—please
palaya—please protect; param—superior;
param—superior;
janämi—I
janämi—I understand; na—not;
na—not; tvam—You;
tvam—You; vina—except
vina—except for.

O Gopälaka (cowherd boy), O Kåpä-jala-nidhi (ocean of

mercy), O Sindhukanyä-pati (husband of Lakñmé), O Kaàsäntaka
(killer of Kaàsa), O Gajendra-karuëa-paréëa (merciful savior of
Gajendra), O Mädhava (husband of Lakñmé), O Rämänuja
(younger brother of Balaräma, O Jagat-traya-guru (master of the
three worlds), O Puëòarékäkña (lotus-eyed), O Gopéjana-nätha
(master of the gopés), please protect me. I do not accept
anyone as the Supreme, except for You.
—Çré Vaiñëava

TEXT 37
çré-näräyaëa puëòaréka-nayana çré-räma sétä-pate
govindäcyuta nandanandana mukundänanda dämodara
viñëo räghava väsudeva nåhare devendra-cüòämaëe
saàsärärëava-karëadhäraka hare çré-kåñëa tubhyaà namaù

çré-narayana—O
çré-narayana—O Çré Narayana; pundarika—lotus;
pundarika—lotus; nayana—eyes;
nayana—eyes;
çré-rama—O
çré-rama— O Çré Rama; sita—of
sita—of Sita; pate—O
pate— O husband; govinda—O
govinda—O
Govinda; acyuta—O
acyuta—O infallible one; nanda—of
nanda—of Nanda Maharaja; nandana
—O son; mukunda—O
mukunda— O Mukunda; änanda—O
änanda—O bliss; damodara—O
damodara—O
Damodara; viñëo—O
viñëo—O Viñëu; raghava—O
raghava—O Raghava; vasudeva—O
vasudeva—O
Vasudeva; nrhare—O
nrhare— O Nrsimha; deva—of
deva— of the devas; indra-of the king;
cuda-mane—O
cuda-mane—O crest jewel; saàsara—of
saàsara—of repeated birth and death;
arëava—in
arëava—in the ocean; karëadharaka—O
karëadharaka—O captain; hare—O
hare—O Hari; çré-
kåñëa—O
kåñëa—O Çré Kåñëa; tubhyam—to
tubhyam—to You; namaù—obeisances.
namaù—obeisances.

O Çré Näräyaëa, O Puëòaréka-nayana (lotus-eyed one), O Çré

Räma, O Sétä-pati (husband of Sétä), O Govinda, O Acyuta
(infallible one), O Nandanandana (son of Nanda) O Mukunda
(giver of liberation), O Ananda (personified transcendental
bliss), O Dämodara (whose waist Mother Yaçodä bound with a
rope), O Viñëu, O Räghava (descendant of Raghu), O Väsudeva
(son of Vasudeva), O Nåhari (Nåsiàha), O Devendra-cüòämaëi
(crest jewel of the demigods), O Saàsärärëava-karëadhäraka
(captain of the boat for crossing the ocean of repeated birth and
death), O Hari, O Çré Kåñëa, I offer my respectful obeisances to
You.
—Çré Vaiñëava

TEXT 38
bhaëòéreça çikhaëòa-maëòana vara çrékhaëòa-liptäìga he
våndäraëya-purandara sphurad-amandendévara-çyämala
kälindé-priya nanda-nandana paränandäravindekñaëa
çré-govinda mukunda sundara-tano mäà dénam änandaya

bhandira—of
bhandira—of Bhandiravana; isa—O
isa—O Lord; sikhanda—with
sikhanda—with a peacock
feather; mandana—decorated;
mandana—decorated; vara—O
vara—O Supreme Personality of
Godhead; çrékhanda—with
çrékhanda—with sandalwood paste; lipta—anointed;
lipta—anointed; aìga—
whose limbs; he—O;
he—O; våndä-aranya—of
våndä-aranya—of Våndävana forest; purandara—O
purandara—O
king; sphurat—glistening;
sphurat—glistening; amanda—great;
amanda—great; indivara—blue
indivara—blue lotus flower;
çyämala—dark;
çyämala—dark; kälindé—of
kälindé—of the Yamunä River; priya—fond;
priya—fond; nanda—of
nanda—of
Nanda Maharaja; nandana—O
nandana—O son; para—transcendental;
para—transcendental; änanda—with
änanda—with
bliss; aravinda—lotus;
aravinda—lotus; ékñaëa—whose
ékñaëa—whose eyes; çré-govinda—O
çré-govinda—O Çré
Govinda; mukunda—O
mukunda—O Mukunda; sundara—handsome;
sundara—handsome; tano—whose
tano—whose
form; mam—me;
mam—me; dinam—poor;
dinam—poor; änandaya—please
änandaya—please delight.

O Bhäëòéreça (master of Bhäëòéravana), O Çikhaëòa-

maëòana (decorated with peacock feathers), O Vara (Supreme
Personality of Godhead), O Çrékhaëòa-liptäìga (whose limbs are
anointed with sandalwood paste), O Våndäraëya-purandara
(king of Våndävana), O Sphurad-amandendévara-çyämala
(whose dark complexion is like a splendid blue lotus flower), O
Kälindé-priya (fond of the Yamunä), O Nandanandana (son of
Nanda), O Paränanda (filled with transcendental bliss), O
Aravindekñaëa (lotus-eyed), O Çré Govinda, O Mukunda, O
Sundara-tanu (handsome one), to me, who am very poor and
weak, please give transcendental bliss.
—Çré Gopäla Bhaööa

Çré Kåñëa-kathä-mähätmya
The Glory of the Description of Çré Kåñëa

TEXT 39
çrutam apy aupaniñadaà
 düre hari-kathämåtät
yan na santi dravac-citta-
kampäçru-pulakädayaù

çrutam—the
çrutam—the knowledge; api—even;
api—even; aupaniñadam—of
aupaniñadam—of the Upaniñads;
dure—is
dure—is far away; hari—of
hari—of Lord Hari; katha—of
katha—of the narrations; amåtat—
from the nectar; yat—because;
yat—because; na—not;
na—not; santi—are;
santi—are; dravat—melting;
dravat—melting;
citta—heart;
citta—heart; kampa—trembling;
kampa—trembling; açru—tears;
açru—tears; pulaka—hairs
pulaka—hairs standing up;
ädayaù—beginning
ädayaù—beginning with.

The message of the Upaniñads is far from the nectar topics of

Lord Hari. For this reason Upaniñad study does not result in a
heart melting with emotion, or ecstatic symptoms, such as
trembling, shedding tears, or standing of hairs on the body.
—Çré Bhagavän Vyäsapada

TEXT 40
naiva divya-sukha-bhogam arthaye
näpavargam api nätha kämaye
yäntu karëa-vivaraà dine dine
kåñëa-keli-caritämåtäni me

na—not;
na—not; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; divya—of
divya—of the demigods; sukha—of
sukha—of the
happiness; bhogam—the
bhogam—the enjoyment; arthaye—I
arthaye—I pray; na—not;
na—not;
apavargam—liberation;
apavargam—liberation; api—even;
api—even; nätha—O
nätha—O Lord; kämaye—I
kämaye—I desire;
yäntu—may
yäntu—may travel; karëa-vivaram—to
karëa-vivaram—to the ears; dine—day;
dine—day; dine—after
dine—after
day; kåñëa—of
kåñëa—of Kåñëa; keli-carita—of
keli-carita—of the pastimes; amåtäni—the
amåtäni—the
nectar; me—my.
me—my.

O Lord, I do not pray for heavenly happiness, I do not even

aspire for liberation. Simply let, day after day, the nectar of
Kåñëa’s transcendental pastimes flood my ears,
—Çré Kaviratna

TEXT 41
aho ahobhir na kaler vidüyate
sudhä-su-dhärä-madhuraà pade pade
dine dine candana-candra-çétalaà
yaço yaçodä-tanayasya géyate

aho—Oh!;
aho—Oh!; ahobhir—by
ahobhir—by the days; na—not;
na—not; kaleù—of
kaleù—of Kali-yuga;
vidüyate—is
vidüyate—is troubled; sudhä—of
sudhä—of nectar; su—a
su—a great; dhärä—torrent;
dhärä—torrent;
madhuram—sweet;
madhuram—sweet; pade—step;
pade—step; pade—after
pade—after step; dine—day;
dine—day; dine—
after day; candana—of
candana—of sandalwood; candra—and
candra—and camphor; çétalam—
cooling; yaçaù—the
yaçaù—the glory; yaçodä—of
yaçodä—of Yaçodä; tanayasya—of
tanayasya—of the son;
géyate—is
géyate—is sung.

One who daily sings the glories of Yaçodä’s son, Kåñëa, which
are cooling as sandalwood and camphor, is not troubled by the
days of Kali-yuga. For him at every step there is a torrential
flood of the sweetest nectar.
—Çré Kaviratna

TEXT 42
nandanandana-kaiçora-
lélämåta-mahämbudhau
nimagnänäà kim asmäkaà
nirväëa-lavaëämbhasä

nandänandana—of
nandänandana—of Lord Kåñëa, the son of Mahäräja Nanda; kaiçora—
youthful; lélä—of
lélä—of pastimes; amåta—of
amåta—of nectar; mahä—great;
mahä—great; ambudhau
—in the ocean; nimagnänäm—immersed;
nimagnänäm—immersed; kim—what
kim—what is the use?;
asmäkam—for
asmäkam—for us; nirväëa—of
nirväëa—of impersonal liberation; lavaëa—salt;
lavaëa—salt;
ambhasä—with
ambhasä—with the water.

We have now plunged into the great nectar-ocean of the

transcendental youthful pastimes of Mahäräja Nanda’s son,
Kåñëa. Of what use to us is the salt-water of impersonal
liberation?
—Çré Yädavendra Puré

TEXT 43
tvat-kathämåta-päthodhau
viharanto maha-mudaù
kurvanti kåtinaù kecic
catur-vargaà tåëopanam

tvat—of
tvat—of You; kathä—of
kathä—of the topics; amåta—of
amåta—of the nectar; päthodhau
—in the ocean; viharantaù—playing;
viharantaù— playing; mahä—with
mahä—with great; mudaù—
happiness; kurvanti—make;
kurvanti—make; kåtinaù—the
kåtinaù—the saintly devotees; kecit—some;
kecit—some;
catuù-vargam—the
catuù-vargam—the four goals of life; tåëa—a
tåëa—a blade of straw; upamam—
like.

O Lord, the saintly devotees, who happily play in the nectar

ocean of the narration of Your glories, think the four
puruñärthas (material piety, economic development, sense-
gratification, and liberation) insignificant as a blade of grass.
—Çré Çrédhara Svämé
 TEXT 44
tatraiva gaìgä yamunä ca tatra
godävaré tatra sarasvaté ca
sarväëi térthäni vasanti tatra
yaträcyutodära-kathä-prasaìgaù

tatra—there;
tatra—there; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; gaìgä—the
gaìgä—the Ganges River; yamunä—the
yamunä—the
Yamunä River; ca—also;
ca—also; tatra—there;
tatra—there; godävaré—the
godävaré—the Godävaré River;
tatra—there;
tatra—there; sarasvaté—the
sarasvaté—the Sarasvaté River; ca—and;
ca—and; sarväëi—all;
sarväëi—all;
térthäni—holy
térthäni—holy places of pilgrimage; vasanti—reside;
vasanti—reside; tatra—there;
tatra—there; yatra
—where; acyuta—of
acyuta—of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead;
udära—the
udära—the transcendental; kathä—topics;
kathä—topics; prasaìgaù—contact.
prasaìgaù—contact.

The Ganges, Yamunä, Godävaré, Sarasvaté, as well as all holy

places of pilgrimage, stay where the transcendental topics of
the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead are narrated,
—author Unknown

TEXT 45
yä bhukti-lakñmér bhuvi kämukänäà
yä mukti-lakñmér hådi yoga-bhäjäm
yänanda-lakñmé rasikendra-mauleù
sä käpi lélävatu mädhavasya

ya—which;
ya—which; bhukti—of
bhukti—of sense-gratification; lakñméù—the
lakñméù—the opulence;
bhuvi—in
bhuvi—in this world; kamukanam—of
kamukanam—of hedonist; ya—which;
ya—which; mukti—of
mukti—of
liberation; lakñméù—the
lakñméù—the opulence; hådi—in
hådi—in the hearts; yoga-bhajam—
of the yogis; ya—which;
ya—which; änanda—of
änanda—of trancendental bliss; lakñméù—the
lakñméù—the
opulence; rasika-indra—of
rasika-indra—of those expert at relishing mellows; mauleù—of
mauleù—of
the crown; sa—that;
sa— that; ka api—a
api—a certain; lélä—transcendental
lélä— transcendental pastimes;
avatu—may
avatu—may protect; mädhavasya—of
mädhavasya—of Lord Kåñëa.

May Lord Mädhava’s pastimes, which bring a sense-pleasure

stronger than that experienced by the hedonists, a liberation
more real than that felt by the yogés in their hearts, and a bliss
more intense than that tasted by the most experts drinkers of
nectar, protect you.
—Çré Çaìkara

Çré Kåñëa-dhyäna
Meditation on Çré Kåñëa
 TEXT 46
phullendévara-käntim indu-vadanaà barhävataàsa-priyaà
çrévatçaìkam udära-kaustubha-dharaà pétämbaraà sundaram
gopénäà nayanotpalärcita-tanuà go-gopa-saìghävåtaà
govindaà kala-veëu-vädana-paraà divyäìga-bhüñaà bhaje

phulla—blossoming;
phulla—blossoming; indivara—of
indivara—of a blue lotus flower; käntim—the
käntim—the
splendor; indu—moon;
indu—moon; vadanam—whose
vadanam—whose face; barha—peacock
barha—peacock feather;
avataàsa—crown;
avataàsa—crown; priyam—fond;
priyam—fond; çrévatsa—of
çrévatsa—of Çrévatsa; aìkam—with
aìkam—with
mark; udara—large;
udara—large; kaustubha—Kaustubha
kaustubha—Kaustubha gem; dharam—wearing;
dharam—wearing;
pita—yellow;
pita—yellow; ambaram—with
ambaram—with garments; sundaram—handsome;
sundaram—handsome;
gopénam—of
gopénam—of the gopés; nayana—of
nayana—of the eyes; utpala—with
utpala—with the lotus
flowers; arcita—worshiped;
arcita—worshiped; tanum—whose
tanum— whose transcendental form; go—of
go—of
surabhi cows; gopa—and
gopa—and gopas; saìgha—with
saìgha—with the hosts; avåtam—
accompanied; govindam—Kåñëa;
govindam— Kåñëa; kala—sweet;
kala—sweet; veëu—of
veëu—of the flute;
vadana—of
vadana—of music; param—fond;
param—fond; divya—glittering;
divya—glittering; aìga—of
aìga—of the body;
bhusam—with
bhusam—with ornaments; bhaje—I
bhaje—I worship.

I worship Lord Govinda, whose complexion is the color of a

blooming blue lotus flower, whose His face is like the moon, who
is fond of wearing a peacock feather crown, who bears the mark
of Çrévatsa, who wears a great Kaustubha gem, who is dressed
in yellow garments, whose handsome form is worshiped with
offerings of the lotus flowers that are the gopés’ glances, who is
accompanied by a host of surabhi cows and gopas, who is fond
of sweetly playing the flute, and whose transcendental body is
decorated with glittering ornaments.
—Çré Çäradäkära

TEXT 47
aàsälambita-väma-kuëòala-dharaà mandonnata-bhrü-lataà
kiïcit-kuïcita-komalädhara-putaà säci-prasärekñaëam
äloläìguli-pallavair muralikäm äpürayantaà mudä
müle kalpa-taros tri-bhaìga-lalitaà dhyayej jagan-mohanam

aàsa—to
aàsa—to His shoulders; älambita—reaching;
älambita—reaching; väma—splendid;
väma—splendid;
kuëòala—earrings;
kuëòala—earrings; dharam—wearing;
dharam—wearing; manda—gently;
manda—gently; unnata—raised;
unnata—raised;
bhrü—of
bhrü—of eyebrows; latam—vines;
latam—vines; kiïcit—somewhat;
kiïcit—somewhat; kuïcita—curved;
kuïcita—curved;
komala—delicate;
komala—delicate; adhara-puöam—lips;
adhara-puöam—lips; säci—crooked;
säci—crooked; prasära-ékñaëam
—glances; älola—moving;
älola—moving; aìguli—of
aìguli—of fingers; pallavaiù—by
pallavaiù—by the blossoms;
muralikäm—the
muralikäm—the flute; äpürayantam—filling;
äpürayantam—filling; mudä—with
mudä—with happiness;
müle—at
müle—at the root; kalpa-taroù—of
kalpa-taroù—of a kalpa-våkña tree; tri—three;
tri—three; bhaìga
—bending; lalitam—charming;
lalitam—charming; dhyäyet—may
dhyäyet—may meditate; jagat—the
jagat—the
universe; mohanam—enchanting.
mohanam—enchanting.

His handsome form gracefully bending in three places, His

beautiful earrings reaching to His shoulders, the vines of His
eyebrows slightly raised, His glance crooked, His delicate lips
slightly pursed, and His flower-blossom fingers moving
restlessly, Kåñëa happily enchants the entire world as He fills
His flute with music under a kalpa-våkña tree. In this way one
may meditate on Lord Kåñëa,
—author Unknown

TEXT 48
adhare vinihitaà vaàsaà
campaka-kusumena kalpitottaàsam
vinatam dadhänaà aàsaà
vämaà satataà namä mi jita-kaàsam

adhare—on
adhare—on His lips; vinihitam—placed;
vinihitam—placed; vaàsam—the
vaàsam—the flute; campaka-
kusumena—with
kusumena—with campaka flowers; kalpita—fashioned;
kalpita—fashioned; uttaàsam—a
uttaàsam—a
garland; vinatam—bending;
vinatam—bending; dadhänam—wearing;
dadhänam—wearing; aàsam—shoulders;
aàsam—shoulders;
vämam—graceful;
vämam—graceful; satatam—eternally;
satatam—eternally; namä mi—Imi—I offer my respectful
obeisances; jita—who
jita—who defeated; kaàsam—Kaàsa.
kaàsam—Kaàsa.

A garland of campaka flowers resting on His gracefully

sloping shoulders, Kåñëa places the flute to His lips. I eternally
offer my respectful obeisances to Kåñëa, who was victorious
over Kaàsa.
—Çré Puruñottamadeva

TEXT 49
vyatyasta-päda-kamalaà lalita-tri-bhaìgi-
saubhägyam aàsa-viralé-kåta-keça-päçam
piïchävataàsam uraré-kåta-vaàça-nälam
avyäja-mohanam upaimi kåpä-viçeñam

vyatyasta—crossed;
vyatyasta—crossed; päda—feet;
päda—feet; kamalam—lotus;
kamalam—lotus; lalita—graceful;
lalita—graceful; tri
—three; bhaìgi—bending;
bhaìgi—bending; saubhägyam—handsomeness;
saubhägyam—handsomeness; aàsa—onaàsa—on the
shoulders; viralé-kåta—disveheled;
viralé-kåta—disveheled; keça-päçam—hair;
keça-päçam—hair; piïcha—peacock
piïcha—peacock
feather; avataàsam—crown;
avataàsam—crown; uraré-kåta—taken;
uraré-kåta—taken; vaàça-nälam—the
vaàça-nälam—the flute;
avyäja—of
avyäja—of simplicity; mohanam—with
mohanam—with charm; upaimi—I
upaimi—I worship; kåpä-
viçeñam—very
viçeñam—very merciful.

His loosened hair crowned with a peacock-feather and flowing

over His shoulders, His handsome form bending in three places,
and His feet crossing as He dances, merciful and charming
Kåñëa plays His flute. Such is the Lord whom I worship.
—Çré Närada

Bhakta-vätsalyam
Love For the Devotees

TEXT 50
atandrita-camüpati-prahita-hastam asvé-kåta-
praëéta-maëi-pädukaà kim iti vismåtäntaùpuram
avähana-pariñkriyaà pataga-räjam ärohattaù
kari-pravara-båàhite bhagavatas tvaräyai namaù

atandrita—vigilant;
atandrita—vigilant; camupati—by
camupati—by the general; prahita—offered;
prahita—offered;
hastam—hand;
hastam—hand; asvi-kåta—not
asvi-kåta—not accepted; pranita—made;
pranita—made; mäni—of
mäni—of
jewels; padukam—sandal;
padukam—sandal; kim—why?;
kim—why?; iti—thus;
iti—thus; vismåta—forgotten;
vismåta—forgotten;
antaù-puram—within
antaù-puram—within the palace; avahana—without
avahana—without a carrier;
pariskriyam—decorated;
pariskriyam—decorated; pataga-rajam—Garuda,
pataga-rajam—Garuda, the king of birds;
arohataù—climbing;
arohataù—climbing; kari—of
kari—of elephants; pravara—the
pravara—the best; brmhite—in
brmhite—in
the expansive trumpeting; bhagavataù—of
bhagavataù—of the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; tvarayai—to
tvarayai—to the speed; namaù—obeisances.
namaù—obeisances.

Carrying Lord Kåñëa, undecorated, saying “Why?” as he

rejects the jewel sandals a military commander offers in his
hand, and forgetting that they are inside the palace, the bird-
king Garuòa suddenly leaves, making a sound like the
trumpeting of elephants. I offer my respectful obeisances to the
Lord’s swift departure.
—Çré Dakñiëätya

Draupadé-träëe tad-väkyam
Draupadé’s Appeal for Protection

TEXT 51
tamasi ravir ivodyan majjatäm äplavänäà
plava iva tåñitänäà svädu-varñéva meghaù
nidhir iva nidhanänäà tévra-duùkhämayänäà
bhiñag iva kuçalaà no dätum äyäti çauriù

tamasi—in
tamasi—in the darkness; raviù—the
raviù—the sun; iva—like;
iva—like; udyan—rising;
udyan—rising;
majjatam—drowing;
majjatam—drowing; aplavanam—without
aplavanam—without a boat; plavaù—a
plavaù—a boat; iva—
like; trsitanam—dying
trsitanam—dying of thirst; svadu—sweet;
svadu—sweet; varsi—with
varsi—with rain; iva—like;
iva—like;
meghaù—a
meghaù—a cloud; nidhiù—wealth;
nidhiù—wealth; iva—like;
iva—like; nidhanam—of
nidhanam—of the poverty-
stricken; tivra—sharp;
tivra—sharp; duhkha—with
duhkha—with pain; amayanam—of
amayanam—of the diseased;
bhisak—a
bhisak—a physician; iva—like;
iva—like; kusalam—auspiciousness;
kusalam—auspiciousness; naù—to
naù—to us;
datum—to
datum—to give; ayati—comes;
ayati—comes; sauriù—Kåñëa.
sauriù—Kåñëa.

Lord Kåñëa, who is like a sun rising in the darkness, like a

boat to the drowning, like a sweet raincloud to those dying of
thirst, like fabulous wealth to the poverty-stricken, and like an
infallible physician to those afflicted with the most painful
disease, has come to grant auspiciousness to us.
—Çré Vyäsa

Bhaktänäm mähätmyam
The Glory of the Devotees

TEXT 52
prahläda-närada-paräçara-puëòaréka-
vyäsämbaréña-çuka-çaunaka-bhéñma-dalbhyän
rukmäìgadoddhava-vibhéñaëa-phälgunädén
puëyän imän parama-bhägavatän namämi

prahlada—Prahlada;
prahlada—Prahlada; närada—Närada;
närada—Närada; paräçara—Paräçara;
paräçara—Paräçara;
puëòaréka—Pundarika;
puëòaréka—Pundarika; vyäsa—Vyäsa;
vyäsa—Vyäsa; ambaréça—Ambaréça;
ambaréça—Ambaréça; çuka—
çuka—
Çuka; çaunaka—Çaunaka;
çaunaka—Çaunaka; bhéñma—Bhéñma;
bhéñma—Bhéñma; dalbhyän—Dalbhyä;
dalbhyän—Dalbhyä;
rukmäìgada—Rukmäìgada;
rukmäìgada—Rukmäìgada; uddhava—Uddhava;
uddhava—Uddhava; vibhéñaëa—Vibhéñaëa;
vibhéñaëa—Vibhéñaëa;
phälguna—Arjuna;
phälguna—Arjuna; ädin—beginning
ädin—beginning with; puëyän—saintly;
puëyän—saintly; imän—to
imän—to
these; parama—transcendental;
parama—transcendental; bhägavatän—devotees
bhägavatän—devotees of the Lord;
namämi—I
namämi—I offer respectful obeisances.

To the saintly devotees of the Lord, headed by Prahläda,

Närada, Paräçara, Puëòaréka, Vyäsa, Ambaréña, Çuka, Çaunaka,
Bhéñma, Dalbhya, Rukmäìgada, Uddhava, Vibhéñaëa, and
Arjuna, I offer my respectful obeisances.
—Çré Dakñiëätya

TEXT 53

çré-viñëoù çravaëe parékñid abhavad vaiyäsakiù kértane

prahlädaù smaraëe tad-aìghri-bhajane lakñmiù påthuù püjane
akrüras tv abhivandane kapi-patir däsye ‘tha sakhye ‘rjunaù
sarvasvätma-nivedane balir abhüt kåñëäptir eñäà parä

çré-viñëoù—of
çré-viñëoù—of Lord Çré Viñëu; çravaëe—in
çravaëe—in hearing; parékñit—King
parékñit—King
Parékñit, known also as Viñëuräta, or one who is protected by Lord
Viñëu; abhavat—was;
abhavat—was; vaiyäsakiù—Çukadeva
vaiyäsakiù—Çukadeva Gosvämé; kértane—in
kértane—in
reciting Çrémad-Bhägavatam; prahlädaù—Mahäräja
prahlädaù—Mahäräja Prahläda; smarane
—in remembering; tat-aìghri—of
tat-aìghri—of Lord Viñëu’s lotus feet; bhajane—in
bhajane—in
serving; lakñméù—the
lakñméù—the goddess of fortune; påthuù—Mahäräja
påthuù—Mahäräja Påthu;
püjane—in
püjane—in worshiping the Deity of the Lord; akrüraù—Akrüra;
akrüraù—Akrüra; tu—but;
tu—but;
abhivandane—in
abhivandane—in offering prayers; kapi-patiù—Hanumäïjé,
kapi-patiù—Hanumäïjé, or Vajrägajé;
däsye—in
däsye—in servitude to Lord Rämacandra; atha—moreover;
atha—moreover; sakhye—in
sakhye—in
friendship; arjunaù—Arjuna;
arjunaù—Arjuna; sarvasva-ätma-nivedane—in
sarvasva-ätma-nivedane—in fully
dedicating oneself; baliù—Mahäräja
baliù—Mahäräja Bali; abhüt—was;
abhüt—was; kåñëa-äptiù—the
kåñëa-äptiù—the
achievement of lotus feet of Lord Kåñëa; eñäm—of
eñäm—of all of them; parä—
transcendental.

Mahäräja Parékñit attained the highest perfection, shelter at

Lord Kåñëa’s lotus feet, simply by hearing about Lord Viñëu.
Çukadeva Gosvämé attained perfection simply by reciting
Çrémad-Bhägavatam. Prahläda Mahäräja attained perfection by
remembering the Lord. The goddess of fortune attained
perfection by massaging the transcendental legs of Mahä-Viñëu.
Mahäräja Påthu attained perfection by worshiping the Deity,
and Akrüra attained perfection by offering prayers unto the
Lord. Vajräìgajé [Hanumän] attained perfection by rendering
service to Lord Rämacandra, and Arjuna attained perfection
simply by being Kåñëa’s friend. Bali Mahäräja attained
perfection by dedicating everything to the lotus feet of Kåñëa.*
—author unknown

TEXT 54
tebhyo namo ‘stu bhava-väridhi-jérëa-paìka-
sammagna-mokñaëa-vicakñaëa-pädukebhyaù
kåñëeti varëa-yugala-çravaëena yeñäm
änandathur bhavati nartita-roma-våndaù

tebhyaù—to
tebhyaù—to them; namaù—obeisances;
namaù—obeisances; astu—let
astu—let there be; bhava—
of repeated birth and death; väridhi—of
väridhi— of the ocean; jérëa—in
jérëa—in the
festering; paìka—mud;
paìka—mud; sammagna—stuck;
sammagna—stuck; mokñaëa—releasing;
mokñaëa—releasing;
vicakñaëa—expert;
vicakñaëa— expert; pädukebhyaù—with
pädukebhyaù— with their sandals; kåñëa—Kåñëa;
kåñëa—Kåñëa; iti
—thus; varëa—of
varëa—of syllables; yugala—the
yugala—the pair; çravaëena—by
çravaëena—by hearing;
yeñäm—of
yeñäm—of whom; änandathuù—in
änandathuù—in bliss; bhavati—become;
bhavati—become; nartita—
dancing; roma-våndaù—hairs
roma-våndaù—hairs standing up.

I offer my respectful obeisances to the devotees of the Lord.

Simply by hearing the two syllables “Kåñëa”, their bodily hairs
stand up in ecstasy and they become moved to dance in ecstatic
bliss. With their sandals they expertly extricate the fallen souls
deeply sunk in the fetid mud of the ocean of repeated birth and
death.
—Çré Autkala

TEXT 55
hari-småty-ähläda-stimita-manaso yasya kåtinaù
sa-romäïcaù käyaù nayanam api sä nanda-saléläm
tam eväcandrärkaà vaha puruña-dhaureyam avane
kim anyais tair bhärair yama-sadana-gaty ägati-paraiù

hari—of
hari—of Lord Kåñëa; småti—by
småti—by the memory; ähläda—by
ähläda—by bliss; stimita
—overwhelmed; manasaù—heart;
manasaù—heart; yasya—whose;
yasya—whose; kåtinaù—the
kåtinaù—the devotee;
sa—with;
sa—with; romäïcaù—hairs
romäïcaù—hairs standing up; käyaù—body;
käyaù—body; nayanam—eyes;
nayanam—eyes;
api—also;
api— also; sa—with;
sa—with; ä nanda—of
nanda— of joy; saléläm—tears;
saléläm— tears; tam—him;
tam—him; eva—
certainly; äcandra—as
äcandra—as long as there is a moon; arkam—and
arkam—and a sun; vaha
—please carry; puruña—of
puruña— of men; dhaureyam—the
dhaureyam— the best; avane—O
avane—O earth;
kim—what
kim—what is the use?; anyaiù—of
anyaiù—of others; taiù—them;
taiù—them; bhäraiù—burdens;
bhäraiù—burdens;
yama—of
yama—of Yamaraja; sadana—to
sadana—to the abode; gati—going;
gati—going; ägati—coming;
ägati—coming;
paraiù—intently.
paraiù—intently.

By remembering Lord Hari, the devotees’ hearts become

overwhelmed with bliss, their bodily hairs stand erect, and their
eyes become filled with tears of joy. O earth, these devotees are
the best of men. Please carefully maintain them for long as the
sun and the moon shine in the sky. What is the use of your
carefully maintaining those other burdensome persons who are
simply intent on coming and going to and from the house of
Yamaräja?
—Çré Sarvänanda

TEXT 56
tvad-bhaktaù saritäà patià culukavat khadyotavad bhäskaraà
merum paçyati loñöravat kim aparaà bhümeù patià bhåtyävat
cintäratna-cayaà çilä-sakala vat kalpa-drumaà kañöavat
saàsäraà tåëa-räçivat kim aparaà dehaà nijaà bhäravat

tvat—of
tvat—of You; bhaktaù—the
bhaktaù—the devotee; saritaà—of
saritaà—of rivers; patim—the
patim—the
king; culuka—a
culuka—a handful of water; vat—like;
vat—like; khadyota—a
khadyota—a firefly; vat—
like; bhäskaram—the
bhäskaram—the sun; merum—Mount
merum—Mount Meru; paçyati—sees;
paçyati—sees; loñöra—
a clod; vat—like;
vat—like; kim—what?;
kim—what?; aparam—further;
aparam—further; bhümeù—of
bhümeù—of the earth;
patim—the
patim—the emperor; bhåtya—a
bhåtya—a servant; vat—like;
vat—like; cintäratna—of
cintäratna—of
precious jewels; cayam—a
cayam—a host; çilä—of
çilä—of a rock; sakala—a
sakala—a portion; vat—
like; kalpa-drumam—a
kalpa-drumam—a kalpa-druma tree; kañöa—wood;
kañöa—wood; vat—like;
vat—like;
saàsaram—the
saàsaram—the world; tåëa-räçi—straw;
tåëa-räçi—straw; vat—like;
vat—like; kim—what?;
kim—what?; aparam—
further; deham—body;
deham—body; nijam—own;
nijam—own; bhära—a
bhära—a burden; vat—like.
vat—like.
 O Lord, Your devotee sees the king of rivers as a handful of
water, the sun a firefly, Mount Meru a clump of earth, the
emperor of the world a servant, a multitude of cintämaëi jewels
simply pebbles, a valuable kalpa-druma tree a mere stick, the
entire world a bunch of straw, and his onw body a burden only.
—Çré Sarvajïa

TEXT 57
mémäàsä-rajasä malémasa-dåçäà tävan na dhér ésvare
garvodarka-ku-karkaña-dhiyäà düre ‘pi vartä hareù
jänanto ‘pi na jänate çruti-mukhaà çré-raìgi-saìgäd åte
su-sväduà pariveçayanty api rasam gurvé na darvé spåçet

mémäàsä—of
mémäàsä—of the karma-mémäàsä philosophy; rajasä—byrajasä—by the dust;
malémasa—dirtied;
malémasa—dirtied; dåçäm—whose
dåçäm—whose eyes; tävat—then;
tävat—then; na—not;
na—not; dhéù—
the consciousness; éçvare—on
éçvare—on the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
garva—of
garva—of pride; udarka—the
udarka—the conclusion; ku—bad;
ku—bad; tarka—logic;
tarka—logic; karkaça
—hard; dhiyäm—whose
dhiyäm—whose minds; düre—far
düre—far away; api—also;
api—also; vartä—the
vartä—the
topics; hareù—of
hareù—of Lord Kåñëa; jänantaù—understanding;
jänantaù—understanding; api—although;
api—although;
na—do
na—do not; jänate—understand;
jänate—understand; çruti-mukham—the
çruti-mukham—the Vedas; çré-raìgi—of
çré-raìgi—of
Lord Kåñëa, who enjoys pastimes with the goddess of fortune; saìgät—
of the contact; åte—bereft;
åte—bereft; su—very;
su—very; svädum—sweet;
svädum—sweet; pariveçayanti—
distributing; api—even;
api—even; rasam—nectar;
rasam—nectar; gurvé—a
gurvé—a great ladle; na—not;
na—not;
darvi—their
darvi—their own spoon; spåset—touches.
spåset—touches.

They whose eyes are blinded by the dust of the Karma-

mémäàsä philosophy cannot fix their hearts on the Supreme
Personality of Godhead. They whose intelligence is atrophied by
illogical conclusions dictated by pride stay far away from the
topics of Lord Hari. They who understand the Vedas but cannot
become devotees of Lord Kåñëa do not actually understand the
Vedas. Distributing the sweetest nectar with a great ladle, these
persons will not touch it with their own spoon.
—Çré Mädhava Sarasvaté

TEXT 58
jïänävalambakäù kecit
kecit karmävalambakäù
vayaà tu hari-däsänäà
päda-träëävalambakäù

jïäna—of
jïäna—of knowledge; avalambakäù—taking
avalambakäù—taking shelter; kecit—some;
kecit—some;
kecit—some;
kecit—some; karma—of
karma—of fruitive action; avalambakäù—taking
avalambakäù—taking shelter;
vayam—we;
vayam—we; tu—but;
tu—but; hari—of
hari—of Lord Kåñëa; däsänäm—of
däsänäm—of the servants;
päda—of
päda—of the feet; träëa—the
träëa—the shelter; avalambakäù—taking
avalambakäù—taking shelter.

Some are inclined to speculative knowledge and other are

inclined to fruitive work. We, however, are inclined to take
shelter of the lotus feet of Lord Hari’s servants.
—Çré Mädhava Sarasvaté

TEXT 59
nämäni praëayena te sukåtinäà tanvanti tuëòotsavaà
dhämäni prathayanti hanta jalada-çyämäni neträïjanam
sämäni çruti-çañkulém muralikä-jätäny alaìkurvate
kaàänévåta-cetasäm iha vibho näçäpi naù çobhate

nämäni—the
nämäni—the names; praëayena—with
praëayena—with love; te—of
te—of You; sukåtinäm—
of the saintly devotees; tanvanti—manifest;
tanvanti—manifest; tuëòa—for
tuëòa—for the mouth;
utsavam—a
utsavam—a jubilant festival; dhämäni— the bodily splendor; prathayanti
—manifests; hanta—indeed;
hanta—indeed; jalada—of
jalada—of a raincloud; çyämäni—the
çyämäni—the dark
color; netra—for
netra—for the eyes; aïjanam—ointment;
aïjanam—ointment; sämäni—the
sämäni—the music;
ñruti-çañkulém—the
ñruti-çañkulém—the ears; muralikä—from
muralikä—from the flute; jätäni— produced;
alaìkurvate—decorates;
alaìkurvate—decorates; käma—in
käma—in material sense-gratification; anévåta
—not finding happiness; cetasäm—in
cetasäm—in our hearts; iha—here;
iha—here; vibho—O
vibho—O
almighty Lord; na—does
na—does not; äçä—material
äçä—material desire; api—also;
api—also; naù—to
naù—to
us; çobhate—appear
çobhate—appear beautiful.

Now that we have become Your devotees, Your holy names

have affectionately created a jubilant festival in our mouths.
Your bodily splendor, like a dark raincloud, has become the
black ointment of our eyes, and the music of Your flute has
become the ornament of our ears. We no longer take pleasure in
material desires. O Almighty Lord, material desires no longer
appear beautiful to us.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 60
saàsärämbhasi sambhåta-bhrama-bhare gambhéra-täpa-traya-
gräheëäbhigåhétam ugra-gatinä kroçantam antar-bhayät
dépreëädya sudarçanena vibudha-klänti-cchidäkäriëä
cintä-santatati-ruddham uddhara hare mac-citta-dantéçvaram

saàsära—of
saàsära—of repeated birth and death; ambhasi—in
ambhasi—in the waters;
sambhåta—held;
sambhåta—held; bhrama—of
bhrama—of illusions; bhare—in
bhare—in the bewilderment;
gambhéra—deep;
gambhéra—deep; täpa—of
täpa—of miseries; traya—threefold;
traya—threefold; gräheëa—by
gräheëa—by the
crocodile; abhigåhétam—grasped;
abhigåhétam—grasped; ugra-gatinä—ferocious;
ugra-gatinä—ferocious; kroçantam—
crying; antaù—within;
antaù—within; bhayät—out
bhayät—out of fear; dépreëa—glowing;
dépreëa—glowing; adya—
now; sudarçanena—with
sudarçanena—with the Sudarçana cakra; vibudha—of
vibudha—of the
demigods; klänti—the
klänti—the sufferings; chidäkäriëä—cutting;
chidäkäriëä—cutting; cintä—of
cintä—of
anxieties; santatati—by
santatati—by a host; ruddham—overwhelmed;
ruddham—overwhelmed; uddhara—
please rescue; hare—O
hare—O Kåñëa; mat—of
mat—of me; citta—of
citta—of the mind;
dantéçvaram—the
dantéçvaram—the elephant.

The elephant of my mind is drowning in the waters of material

illusion. Strongly held by the ferocious crocodile of the threefold
miseries, it anxiously cries with fear in its heart. O Lord Hari,
please rescue it with Your glowing Sudarçana cakra, which cuts
the sufferings of the demigods to pieces.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 61
vivåta-vividha-bädhe bhränti-vegäd agädhe
balavati bhava-püre majjato me vidüre
açaraëa-gaëa-bandho hä kåpä-kaumudéndo
sakåd akåta-vilambaà dehi hastävalambam

vivåta—manifested;
vivåta—manifested; vividha—various;
vividha—various; bädhe—sufferings;
bädhe—sufferings; bhränti—of
bhränti—of
the whirpool; vegät—by
vegät—by the force; agädhe—fathomless;
agädhe—fathomless; balavati—
powerful; bhava—of
bhava—of repeated birth and death; püre—in
püre—in the ocean;
majjataù—drowning;
majjataù—drowning; me—me;
me—me; vidüre—far;
vidüre—far; açarëa-gaëa—of
açarëa-gaëa—of those who
have no shelter; bandho—O
bandho—O friend; hä—O;
hä—O; kåpä—of
kåpä—of mercy; kaumudé—
moonlight; indo—O
indo—O moon; sakåt—this
sakåt—this one; akåta—without;
akåta—without; vilambam—
delay; dehi-—please
dehi-—please give; hasta—of
hasta—of Your hand; avalambam—the
avalambam—the
extension.

I am drowning in the painful, fathomless whirlpool of

repeated birth and death. O Lord, O friend of the shelterless, O
effulgent moon of mercy, please, this one time, quickly extend
Your hand to save me.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 62
nåtyan väyu-vighürëitaiù sva-viöapair gäyann alénäà rutair
muïcann açru maranda-bindubhir alaà romäïca-vänäìkuraiù
mäkando ‘pi mukunda mürcchati tava småtyä nu våndävane
brühi präëa-samäna cetasi kathaà nämäpi näyäti te

nrtyan—dancing;
nrtyan—dancing; vayu—by
vayu—by the wind; vighurnitaiù—agitated;
vighurnitaiù—agitated; sva—
own; vitapaiù—by
vitapaiù—by the branches; gayan—singing;
gayan—singing; alinam—of
alinam—of the bees;
rutaiù—with
rutaiù—with the sounds; muïcan—releasing;
muïcan—releasing; açru—tears;
açru—tears; maranda—of
maranda—of
honey; bindubhiù—with
bindubhiù—with drops; alam—greatly;
alam—greatly; romaïca—hairs
romaïca—hairs standing
erect; vana—in
vana—in the forest; aìkuraiù—by
aìkuraiù—by the new sprouts; makandaù—
the mango tree; api—also;
api—also; mukunda—O
mukunda—O Kåñëa; murchati—faints;
murchati—faints; tava—
of You; småtya—by
småtya—by the memory; nu—indeed;
nu—indeed; våndävane—in
våndävane—in
Våndävana; bruhi—please
bruhi—please tell; praëa—as
praëa—as life; samana—who
samana—who is as dear;
cetasi—in
cetasi—in the heart; katham—why?;
katham—why?; näma—the
näma—the name; api—even;
api—even; na—
does not; ayati—arrive;
ayati—arrive; te—Your.
te—Your.

This mango tree in Våndävana is now overwhelmed by

remembering You. It dances, moving it’s branches in the breeze.
It sings in the form of these humming bees. It sheds tears in the
form of these many drops of honey. Its hairs stand erect in
ecstasy in the form of these new sprouts. O Mukunda, as dear to
me as my own life, why is this tree so filled with love for You?
Who am I so hard-hearted that even Your name will not enter my
heart?
—Çré Içvara Puré

TEXT 63
yä draupadé-pariträëe
yä gajendrasya mokñaëe
mayy arte karuëä-mürte
sä tvarä kva gatä hare

ya—which;
ya—which; draupadi—of
draupadi—of Draupadi; paritrane—in
paritrane—in the protection; ya—
which; gajendrasya—of
gajendrasya—of Gajendra; mokñaëe—in
mokñaëe—in the liberation; mayi—to
mayi—to
me; arte—suffering;
arte—suffering; karuna—of
karuna—of mercy; murte—O
murte—O form; sa—that;
sa—that; tvara—
speed; kva—where?;
kva—where?; gata—gone;
gata—gone; hare—O
hare—O Kåñëa.

O Lord Hari, O form of mercy, You quickly rescued both

Draupadé and Gajendra. What has happened to that quick
action now that I suffer so acutely?
—Çré Autkala

TEXT 64
déna-bandhur iti näma te smaran
yädavendra patito ‘ham utsahe
bhakta-vatsalatayä tvayi ñrute
mämakaà hådayam äçu kampate

déna—of
déna—of the wretched; bandhuù—the
bandhuù—the friend; iti—thus;
iti—thus; näma—the
näma—the
name; te—of
te—of You; smaran—remembering;
smaran—remembering; yädava—of
yädava—of the Yädavas;
indra—O
indra—O king; patitaù—fallen;
patitaù—fallen; aham—I;
aham—I; utsahe—become
utsahe—become encouraged;
bhakta—to
bhakta—to the devotees; vatsalatayä—with
vatsalatayä—with affection; tvayi—to
tvayi—to You;
ñrute—heard;
ñrute—heard; mämakam—my;
mämakam—my; hådayam—heart;
hådayam—heart; äçu—at
äçu—at once; kampate
—trembles.

O Lord Yädavendra, I am fallen. When I remember Your name

Déna-bandhu (the friend of the fallen) I become encouraged,
and when I hear that You love Your devotees my heart trembles.
—Çré Jagannätha Sena

TEXT 65
stävakäs tava caturmukhädayo
bhävakäs tu bhagavan bhavädayaù
sevakäù çatamakhädayaù suräù
väsudeva yadi ke tadä vayam

stavakaù—offering
stavakaù—offering prayers; tava—to
tava—to You; caturmukha—by
caturmukha—by Lord
Brahma; ädayaù—those
ädayaù—those headed; bhavakaù—filled
bhavakaù—filled with love; tu—indeed;
tu—indeed;
bhagavan—O
bhagavan—O Lord; bhava—with
bhava—with Lord Siva; ädayaù—those
ädayaù—those headed;
sevakaù—servants;
sevakaù—servants; satamakha—by
satamakha—by Lord Indra; ädayaù—those
ädayaù—those headed;
suraù—demigods;
suraù—demigods; vasudeva—O
vasudeva—O Kåñëa; yadi—if;
yadi—if; ke—who?;
ke—who?; tada—then;
tada—then;
vayam—are
vayam—are we.

O Lord, Brahmä and his associates offer prayers to You, Çiva

and his associates are full of love for You, and Indra and the
demigods are Your servants. Who are we in comparison to
them?
—Çré Dhanaïjaya

TEXT 66
parama-käruëiko na bhavat-paraù
parama-çocyatamo na ca mat-paraù
iti vicintya hare mayi pämare
yad ucitaà yadu-nätha tad äcara

parama—supremely;
parama—supremely; käruëikaù—merciful;
käruëikaù—merciful; na—not;
na—not; bhavat—than
bhavat—than
You; paraù—more;
paraù— more; parama—supremely;
parama— supremely; çocyatamaù—lamentable;
çocyatamaù— lamentable; na—
not; ca—and;
ca—and; mat—than
mat—than me; paraù—more;
paraù—more; iti—thus;
iti—thus; vicintya—
considering; hare—O
hare—O Kåñëa; mayi—to
mayi—to me; pämare—fallen
pämare—fallen and lowly;
yat—what;
yat—what; ucitam—is
ucitam—is proper; yadu—of
yadu—of the Yadus; nätha—O
nätha—O Lord; tat—
that; äcara—please
äcara—please do.

O Lord, no one is more merciful than You, and no one is more

pathetic than I. I am very lowly and fallen. O Lord Yadunätha,
please reflect on my case and do to me whatever is appropriate.
—author unknown
 TEXT 67
bhavodbhava-kleça-kaçä-çatähataù
paribhramann indriya-käpathäntare
niyamyatäà mädhava me mano-hayas
tvad-aìghri-çaìkau dåòha-bhakti-bandhane

bhava—by
bhava—by material nature; udbhava—produced;
udbhava—produced; kleça—of
kleça—of sufferings;
kaçä—by
kaçä—by the whips; çata—hundreds;
çata—hundreds; ähataù—struck;
ähataù—struck; paribhraman—
wandering; indriya—of
indriya—of the material senses; käpatha—the
käpatha—the bad road;
antare—on;
antare—on; niyamyatäm—may
niyamyatäm—may be restrained; mädhava—O
mädhava—O Kåñëa; me—
of me; manaù—of
manaù—of the mind; hayaù—the
hayaù—the horse; tvat—of
tvat—of You; aìghri—of
aìghri—of
the feet; çaìkau—to
çaìkau— to the post; dåòha—firm;
dåòha— firm; bhakti—of
bhakti—of devotional
service; bandhane—in
bandhane—in the rope.

Beaten by the hundred whips of material sufferings, the horse

of my mind runs wildly on the bad road of the senses. O Lord
Mädhava, please pull up the reins of devotional service. Stop
the horse and tie it to the post of Your lotus feet.
—author unknown

TEXT 68
na dhyäto ‘si na kértito ‘si na manäg ärädhito ‘si prabho
no janmäntara-gocare tava padämbhoje ca bhaktiù kåtä
tenähaà bahu-duùkha-bhäjanatayä präpto daçäm édrçém
tvaà käruëya-nidhe vidhehi karuëäà çré-kåñna déne mayi

na—not;
na—not; dhyätaù—meditated;
dhyätaù—meditated; asi—You
asi—You have been; na—not;
na—not; kértitaù
—glorified; asi—You
asi—You have been; na—not;
na—not; manäk—slightly;
manäk—slightly; ärädhitaù—
worshipped; asi—You
asi—You have been; prabho—O
prabho—O Lord; na—not;
na—not; u—indeed;
u—indeed;
janma—birth;
janma— birth; antara-gocare—within;
antara-gocare— within; tava—of
tava— of You; pada—feet;
pada— feet; ambhoje
—for the lotus; ca—also;
ca—also; bhaktiù—devotion;
bhaktiù—devotion; kåtä—done;
kåtä—done; tena—by
tena—by this;
aham—I;
aham— I; bahu—many;
bahu— many; duùkha—of
duùkha— of sufferings; bhäjanatayä—by
bhäjanatayä—by
attaining; präptaù—attained;
präptaù—attained; daçäm—a
daçäm—a condition; édåsém—like
édåsém—like this;
tvam—You;
tvam— You; käruëya—of
käruëya— of mercy; nidhe—O
nidhe— O ocean; vidhehi—please
vidhehi—please grant;
karuëäm—mercy;
karuëäm—mercy; çré-kåñëa—O
çré-kåñëa—O Çré Kåñëa; déne—poor;
déne—poor; mayi—to
mayi—to me.

O Lord, in this birth I have not meditated on You, glorified

You, even slightly worshiped You, or developed any devotion for
Your lotus feet. That is why I suffer in this condition. I am very
poor and fallen. O Çré Kåñëa, O ocean of mercy, please be
compassionate on me.
—Çré Çaìkara
 TEXT 69
çaraëam asi hare prabho muräre
jaya madhusüdana väsudeva viñëo
niravadhi kaluñäugha-käriëaà mäà
gati-rahitaà jagadéça rakña rakña

çaraëam—the
çaraëam—the shelter; asi—You
asi—You are; hare—O
hare—O Hari; prabho—O
prabho—O Lord;
muräre—O
muräre—O enemy of the Mura demon; jaya—all
jaya—all glories; madhusüdana—
O killer of the Madhu demon; väsudeva—O
väsudeva—O son of Vasudeva; viñëo—O
viñëo—O
all-pervading Lord; niravadhi—boundless;
niravadhi—boundless; kaluça—of
kaluça—of sins; augha—a
augha—a
host; käriëam—performing;
käriëam—performing; mäm—me;
mäm—me; gati—a
gati—a goal; rahitam—without;
rahitam—without;
jagadéça—O
jagadéça—O master of the universe; rakña—please
rakña—please protect; rakña—
please protect.

I have no goal in life, and I have commited countless sins. O

Lord Hari, O Muräri, You are my shelter. O Madhusüdana, O
Väsudeva. O Viñëu, all glories to You. O Jagadéça, please protect
me, please protect me.
—author unknown

TEXT 70
dinädau muräre niçädau muräre
dinärdhe muräre niçärdhe muräre
dinänte muräre niçänte muräre
tvam eko gatir nas tvam eko gatir naù

dina—of
dina—of the day; ädau—in
ädau—in the beginning; muräre—O
muräre—O Kåñëa; niçä—of
niçä—of
the night; ädau—in
ädau—in the beginning; muräre—O
muräre—O Kåñëa; dina—of
dina—of the day;
ardhe—in
ardhe—in the middle; muräre—O
muräre—O Kåñëa; niçä—of
niçä—of the night; ardhe—in
ardhe—in
the middle; muräre—O
muräre—O Kåñëa; dina—of
dina—of the day; ante—at
ante—at the end;
muräre—O
muräre—O Kåñëa; niçä—of
niçä—of the night; ante—at
ante—at the end; muräre—O
muräre—O
Kåñëa; tvam—You;
tvam—You; ekaù—the
ekaù—the only; gatiù—goal
gatiù—goal of life; naù—for
naù—for us; tvam
—You; ekaù—the
ekaù— the only; gatiù—goal
gatiù—goal of life; naù—for
naù— for us.

O Lord Muräri, during the beginning, middle and end of all our
days and nights, You always remain the only goal of our lives.
—Çré Dakñiëätya

TEXT 71
ayi nanda-tanuja kiìkaraà
patitaà mäà viñame bhavämbudhau
kåpayä tava päda-paìkaja-
sthita-dhülé-sadåçaà vicintaya
 ayi—oh,
ayi—oh, My Lord; nanda-tanuja—the
nanda-tanuja—the son of Nanda Mahäräja, Kåñëa;
kiìkaram—the
kiìkaram—the servant; patitam—fallen;
patitam—fallen; mäm—Me;
mäm—Me; viçame—horrible;
viçame—horrible;
bhava-ambudhau—in
bhava-ambudhau—in the ocean of nescience; kåpayä—by
kåpayä—by causeless
mercy; tava—Your;
tava—Your; päda-paìkaja—lotus
päda-paìkaja—lotus feet; sthita—situated
sthita—situated at; dhüli-
sadåçam—like
sadåçam—like a particle of dust; vicintaya—kindly
vicintaya—kindly consider.

O My Lord, O Kåñëa, son of Mahäräja Nanda, I am Your

eternal servant, but because of My own fruitive acts, I have
fallen in this horrible ocean of nescience. Now please be
causelessly merciful to Me. Consider Me a particle of dust at
Your lotus feet.*
—Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu

Bhaktänäà niñöhä
The Devotees’ Faith

TEXT 72
na vayaà kavayo na tarkikä
na ca vedänta-nitänta-päragäù
na ca vädi-nivärakäù paraà
kapaöäbhéra-kiçora-kiìkaräù

na—not;
na—not; vayam—we;
vayam—we; kavayaù—poets;
kavayaù—poets; na—not;
na—not; tarkitäù—logicians;
tarkitäù—logicians;
na—not;
na—not; ca—and;
ca—and; vedänta—of
vedänta—of Vedanta; nitänta—greatly;
nitänta—greatly; pära—to
pära—to the
farther shore; gäù—gone;
gäù—gone; na—not;
na—not; ca—also;
ca—also; vädi-nivärakäù—expert
vädi-nivärakäù—expert in
debate; param—then;
param—then; kapaöa—cheating;
kapaöa—cheating; abhéra—cowherd;
abhéra—cowherd; kiçora—of
kiçora—of a
boy; kiìkaräù—the
kiìkaräù—the servants.

We are not poets. We are not logicians. We are not

philosophers who have crossed to the farther shore of Vedänta.
We are not eloquent debaters. We are the servants of a rascal
cowherd boy.
—Çré Särvabhauma Bhaööäcärya

TEXT 73
parivadatu jano yathä tathäyaà
nanu mukharo na vayaà vicärayämäù
hari-rasa-madira-madäti-mattä
bhuvi viluthäma natäma nirviñäma

parivadatu—may
parivadatu—may rebuke; janaù—the
janaù—the people; yathä—just
yathä—just as; tathä—
in that way; ayam—this;
ayam—this; nanu—is
nanu—is it not so?; mukharaù—talkative;
mukharaù—talkative; na—
not; vayam—we;
vayam—we; vicarayamaù—consider
vicarayamaù—consider it; hari—of
hari—of Lord Hari; rasa—of
rasa—of
the nectar; madira-mada—by
madira-mada—by the liquor; ati—extremely;
ati—extremely; mattaù—
intoxicated; bhuvi—on
bhuvi—on the ground; viluthama—I
viluthama—I will roll; natama—I
natama—I will
dance; nirvisama—I
nirvisama—I will enjoy.

The talkative people will rebuke us. Is it not? We do not care.

We will drink the liquor of love for Lord Hari. We will become
completely intoxicated. We will roll about on the ground. We will
dance. We will experience ecstasy.
—Çré Särvabhauma Bhaööäcärya

TEXT 74
nähaà vipro na ca nara-patir näpi vaiçyo na çüdro
nähaà varëi na ca gåha-patir no vanastho yatir vä
kintu prodyan-nikhila-paramänanda-pürëämåtäbdher
gopé-bhartuù pada-kamalayor däsa-däsänudäsaù

na—not;
na—not; aham—I;
aham—I; vipraù—a
vipraù—a brähmaëa; na—not;
na—not; ca—also;
ca—also; nara-patiù
—a king or kñatriya; na—not;
na—not; api—also;
api—also; vaiçyaù—belonging
vaiçyaù—belonging to the
merchantile class; na—not;
na—not; çüdraù—belonging
çüdraù—belonging to the worker class; na—
not; aham—I;
aham—I; varëé—belonging
varëé—belonging to any caste, or brahmacäré (A
brahmacäré may belong to any caste. Anyone can become a
brahmacäré or lead a life of celibacy); na—not;
na—not; ca—also;
ca—also; gåha-patiù—
householder; no—not;
no—not; vana-sthaù—vänaprastha,
vana-sthaù—vänaprastha, one who, after
retirement from family life, goes to the forest to learn how to be
detached from family life; yatiù—mendicant
yatiù—mendicant or renunciant; vä—either;
vä—either;
kintu—but;
kintu—but; prodyan—brilliant;
prodyan—brilliant; nikhila—universal;
nikhila—universal; parama-ä nanda—with
nanda—with
transcendental bliss; pürëa—complete;
pürëa—complete; amåta-abdheù—who
amåta-abdheù—who is the
ocean of nectar; gopé-bhartuù—of
gopé-bhartuù—of the Supreme Person, who is the
maintainer of the gopés; pada-kamalayoù—of
pada-kamalayoù—of the two lotus feet; däsa—
of the servant; däsa-anudäsaù—the
däsa-anudäsaù—the servant of the servant.

I am not a brähmaëa, I am not a kñatriya, I am not a vaiçya or

a çüdra. Nor am I a brahmacäré, a householder, a vänapratha or
a sannyäsé. I identify Myself only as the servant of the servant
of the servant of the lotus feet of Lord Çré Kåñëa, the
maintainer of the gopés. He is like an ocean of nectar, and He is
the cause of universal transcendental bliss. He is always
existing with brilliance.*
—Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu

TEXT 75
dhanyänäà hådi bhäsatäà girivara-pratyagra-ku 24jaukasäà
satyänanda-rasaà vikära-vibhava-vyävåttam antar-mahaù
asmäkaà kila ballavé-rati-raso våndäöavé-lälaso
gopaù ko ‘pi mahendranéla-ruciraç citte muhuù kréòatu

dhanyanam—of
dhanyanam—of those who are fortunate; hådi—in hådi—in the heart;
bhasatam—manifest;
bhasatam—manifest; girivara—of
girivara—of Govardhana Hill; prati—in
prati—in each; agra-
kuïja—grove;
kuïja—grove; aukasam—residing;
aukasam—residing; satya—transcendental;
satya—transcendental; änanda—of
änanda—of
bliss; rasam—nectar;
rasam—nectar; vikara-vibhava-vyavåta-m—transcendental
vikara-vibhava-vyavåta-m—transcendental
ecstasy; antaù—in
antaù—in the heart; mahaù—festival;
mahaù—festival; asmäkam—of
asmäkam—of us; kila—
indeed; ballavé—with
ballavé—with the gopés; rati-rasaù—with
rati-rasaù—with the nectar of love;
våndä-atavi—in
våndä-atavi—in Våndävana forest; lalasaù—eagerly
lalasaù—eagerly enjoying pastimes;
gopaù—cowherd
gopaù—cowherd boy; kah api—aapi—a certain; maha—great;
maha—great; indranéla—of
indranéla—of a
sapphire; ruciraù—with
ruciraù—with the splendor; citte—in
citte—in the heart; muhuù—
repeatedly; kréòatu—may
kréòatu—may enjoy pastimes.

May the cowherd boy who is a festival of ecstatic bliss for the
hearts of the fortunate creatures residing in the groves of
Govardhana Hill, who is the lover of the gopés, who eagerly
enjoy pastimes in Våndävana forest, and whose complexion is as
splendid as a great sapphire, eternally enjoy transcendental
pastimes in our hearts.
—Çré Içvara Puré

TEXT 76
rasaà praçaàsantu kavitva-niñöhä
brahmämåtaà veda-çiro-niviñöäù
vayaà tu guïjä-kalitävataàsaà
gåhéta-vaàçaà kam api çrayämaù

rasam—the
rasam—the mellows of poetry; praçaàsantu—may
praçaàsantu—may glorify; kavitva—to
kavitva—to
poetry; niñöhäù—those
niñöhäù—those devoted; brahma—of
brahma—of Brahman; amåtam—the
amåtam—the
nectar; veda-çiraù-niviñöäù—those
veda-çiraù-niviñöäù—those devoted to studying the Vedas;
vayam—we;
vayam—we; tu—but;
tu—but; guïja—of
guïja—of guïja; kalita—fashioned;
kalita—fashioned; avataàsam-with
a garland; gåhéta—taken;
gåhéta— taken; vaàçam—a
vaàçam—a flute; kam api—of
api—of a certain
person; çrayämaù—we
çrayämaù—we have taken shelter.

Those devoted to poetry may praise the nectar of poetry and

those devoted to Vedic study may praise the nectar of
impersonal Brahman. We will praise neither. We will simply take
shelter of a flutist who wears a guïjä-necklace.
—Çré Yädavendra Puré

TEXT 77
dhyänätétaà kim api paramaà ye tu jänanti tattvaà
teñäm ästäm hådaya-kuhare çuddha-cin-mätra ätmä
asmäkaà tu prakåti-madhuraù smera-vakträravindo
megha-çyämaù kanaka-paridhiù paìkajäkño ‘yam ätmä

dhyäna—meditation;
dhyäna—meditation; atétam—beyond;
atétam—beyond; kim api—something;
api—something;
paramam—supreme;
paramam—supreme; ye—who;
ye—who; tu—indeed;
tu—indeed; jänanti—understand;
jänanti—understand;
tattvam—the
tattvam—the truth; teñäm—of
teñäm—of them; ästäm—may
ästäm—may be; hådaya-kuhare—
in the heart; çuddha—pure;
çuddha—pure; cit-mätraù—transcendent;
cit-mätraù—transcendent; ätmä—self;
ätmä—self;
asmäkam—of
asmäkam—of us; tu—but;
tu—but; prakåti—by
prakåti—by nature; madhuraù—sweetly
madhuraù—sweetly
charming; smera—smiling;
smera—smiling; vaktra—face;
vaktra—face; aravindaù—lotus;
aravindaù—lotus; megha—as
megha—as a
cloud; çyämaù—dark;
çyämaù—dark; kanaka—with
kanaka—with golden; paridhiù—garments;
paridhiù—garments;
paìkaja—lotus;
paìkaja—lotus; akñaù—with
akñaù—with eyes; ayam—this;
ayam—this; ätmä—person.
ätmä—person.

They who understand the inconceivable, impersonal absolute

will find that pure transcendence in their hearts. That is not,
however, what is in our hearts. In our hearts resides a charming,
lotus-faced, lotus-eyed person who wears golden garments and
whose complexion is the color of a dark raincloud.
—Çré Kaviratna

TEXT 78
jätu prärthayate na pärthiva-padaà naindre pade modate
sandhate na ca yoga-siddhiñu dhiyaà mokñaà ca näkäìkñate
kälindé-vana-sémäni sthira-taòin-megha-dyutau kevalam
çuddhe brahmaëi ballavé-bhuja-latä-baddhe mano dhävati

jätu—ever;
jätu—ever; prärthayate—prays;
prärthayate—prays; na—not;
na—not; pärthiva—of
pärthiva—of an earthly king;
padam—the
padam—the post; na—not;
na—not; aindre—of
aindre—of Indra, the king of Svargaloka;
pade—the
pade—the post; modate—pleases;
modate—pleases; sandhatte—fixes;
sandhatte—fixes; na—not;
na—not; ca—and;
ca—and;
yoga—of
yoga— of the yoga system; siddhiñu—on
siddhiñu— on the mystic perfections; dhiyam
—the mind; mokñam—liberation;
mokñam—liberation; ca—also;
ca—also; na—not;
na—not; äkäëçate—desires;
äkäëçate—desires;
kälindé—of
kälindé— of the Yamunä River; vana—in
vana— in the forest; sémäni—on
sémäni—on the
shore; sthira—stationary;
sthira—stationary; taòit—lightning
taòit—lightning flash; megha—a
megha—a cloud; dyutau
—the splendor; kevalam—only;
kevalam— only; çuddhe—pure;
çuddhe— pure; brahmaëi—the
brahmaëi—the Brahman;
ballavé—of
ballavé—of a gopé; bhuja—of
bhuja—of the arm; latä—by
latä—by the vine; baddhe—
bound; manaù—the
manaù—the mind; dhävati—runs.
dhävati—runs.

My mind never prays for the post of an earthly king. The post
of King Indra does not appeal to it. It does not like the yogic
perfections. It does not yearn after liberation. It only runs after
the pure supreme Brahman, who, bound by the vine of a gopé’s
arm, appears like a dark raincloud and stationary lightning flash
in the forest by the Yamunä’s shore.
—Çré Kaviratna

TEXT 79
sandhyä-vandana bhadram astu bhavato bhoù snäna tubhyaà namo
bho deväù pitaraç ca tarpaëa-vidhau nähaà kñamaù kñamyatäm
yatra kvä pi niçadya yädava-kulottamasya kaàsa-dviñaù
smäraà smäram aghaà harä mi tad alaà manye kim anyena me

sandhya-vandana—O
sandhya-vandana—O Sandhya-vadana; bhadram—auspiciousness;
bhadram—auspiciousness;
astu—let
astu—let there be; bhavate—to
bhavate—to you; bhoù—O;
bhoù—O; snana—bath;
snana—bath; tubhyam—
to you; namaù—obeisances;
namaù—obeisances; bhoù—O;
bhoù—O; devaù—demigods;
devaù—demigods; pitaraù—
forefather; ca—also;
ca—also; tarpana-vidhau—in
tarpana-vidhau—in the offering of tarpana; na—
not; aham—I
aham—I am; kñamaù—able;
kñamaù—able; kñamyatam—may
kñamyatam—may be forgiven; yatra—
where; kva api—somewhere;
api— somewhere; nisadya—sitting;
nisadya—sitting; yadava—of
yadava—of the Yadu;
kula—of
kula—of the dynasty; uttaàsasya—of
uttaàsasya—of the crown; kaàsa—of
kaàsa—of Kaàsa;
dviñaù—of
dviñaù—of the enemy; smaram—remembering;
smaram—remembering; smaram—and
smaram—and
remembering; agham—sin;
agham—sin; harämi—I
harämi—I remove; tat—that;
tat—that; alam—
sufficient; manye—I
manye—I think; kim—what
kim—what is the use?; anyena—of
anyena—of something
else; me—for
me—for me.

O my evening prayer, all good unto you. O my morning bath, I

bid you good-bye. O demigods and forefathers, please excuse
me. I am unable to perform any more offerings for your
pleasure. Now I have decided to free myself from all reactions to
sins simply by remembering anywhere and everywhere the
great descendant of Yadu and the great enemy of Kaàsa [Lord
Kåñëa]. I think that this is sufficient for me. So what is the use
of further endeavors?*
—Çré Mädhavendra Puré

TEXT 80
snänaà mlänam abhüt kriyä na ca kriyä sandhyä ca vandhyäbhavad
vedaù khedam aväpa çästra-paöalé sampüöitäntaù-sphuöa
dharmo marma-hato hy adharma-nicayaù präyaù kñayaà präptavän
cittaà cumbati yädavendra-caraëämbhoje mamähar-niçam

snanam—bathing;
snanam—bathing; mlanam—withered;
mlanam—withered; abhüt—was;
abhüt—was; kriya—Vedic
kriya—Vedic
studies; na—not;
na—not; ca—also;
ca—also; kriya—to
kriya—to be done; sandhya—rituals
sandhya—rituals
performed at sunrise, noon and sunset; ca—also;
ca—also; vandhya—barren;
vandhya—barren;
abhavat—were;
abhavat—were; vedaù—the
vedaù—the Veda; khedam—unhappiness;
khedam—unhappiness; avapa—
attained; sastra—of
sastra—of scriptures; patali—the
patali—the multitude; smaputita—boxed
smaputita—boxed
up; antaù-sphuta—in
antaù-sphuta—in the heart; dharmaù—piety;
dharmaù—piety; marma—at
marma—at the core of
life; hataù—wounded;
hataù—wounded; hi—indeed;
hi—indeed; adharma—of
adharma—of sinful acts; nicayaù—the
nicayaù—the
host; prayaù—for
prayaù—for the most part; kñayam—destruction;
kñayam—destruction; präptavan—
attained; cittam—heart;
cittam—heart; cumbati—kisses;
cumbati—kisses; yadava—of
yadava—of the Yadu dynasty;
indra—of
indra—of the king (Kåñëa); caraëa—of
caraëa—of the feet; ambhoje—the
ambhoje—the two lotus
flowers; mama—of
mama—of me; ahaù—day;
ahaù—day; nisam—and
nisam—and night.

My ritual bath has wilted away, my religious duties are

undone, my prayers at sunrise, noon, and sunset are unsaid, the
four Vedas are unhappy, the host of other scriptures stay boxed
in the heart, their orders unfollowed, material piety is wounded
at the core of its life, and a multitude of sins are anihilated, for
day and night my heart kisses the two lotus feet of Lord
Yädavendra.
—author unknown

TEXT 81
devaké-tanaya-sevaké-bhavän
yo bhaväni sa bhaväni kià tataù
utpathe kvacana sat-pathe ‘pi vä
mänasaà vrajatu daiva-deçikam

devaki—of
devaki—of Devaki; tanaya—of
tanaya—of the son; sevaki—a
sevaki—a servant; bhavan—
become; yaù—one
yaù—one who; bhaväni—becomes;
bhaväni—becomes; saù—he;
saù—he; bhaväni—
becomes; kim—how?;
kim—how?; tataù—then;
tataù—then; utpathe—on
utpathe—on a rough path; kvacana
—someone; sat-pathe—on
sat-pathe—on a smooth path; api—even;
api—even; va—or;
va—or; manasam
—the heart; vrajatu—may
vrajatu—may go; daiva—of
daiva—of the Supreme Lord; desitam—to
desitam—to
the instructions.

I will become a servant of the son of Devaké. Because of my

past karma the path may be rough or smooth. What is that to
me?
—author unknown

TEXT 82
mugdhaà mäà nigadantu néti-nipuëä bhräntaà muhur vaidikäù
mandaà bändhava-saïcayä jaòa-dhiyaà muktädaräù sodaräù
unmattaà viveka-caturäù kämam mahä-dämbhikam
moktuà na kñämate manäg api mano govinda-päda-spåhäm

mugdham—illusioned;
mugdham—illusioned; mam—me;
mam—me; nigadantu—may
nigadantu—may say; niti—in
niti—in
morality; nipunaù—the
nipunaù—the experts; bhrantam—misled;
bhrantam—misled; muhuù—continually;
muhuù—continually;
vaidikaù—experts
vaidikaù—experts in Vedic activities; mandam—a
mandam—a fool; bandhava—of
bandhava—of
friends and relatives; saïcayaù—hosts;
saïcayaù—hosts; jada—stunted;
jada—stunted; dhiyam—whose
dhiyam—whose
intelligence; mukta—without;
mukta—without; adaraù—respect;
adaraù—respect; sodaraù—brothers;
sodaraù—brothers;
unmattam—mad;
unmattam—mad; dhaninaù—the
dhaninaù—the wealthy; viveka-caturaù—learned
viveka-caturaù—learned
philosophers; kamam—to
kamam—to their hearts content; maha-dambhikam—very
maha-dambhikam—very
proud; moktum—to
moktum—to abandon; na—not;
na—not; kñamate—is
kñamate—is able; manak—
slightly; api—even;
api—even; manaù—my
manaù—my mind; govinda—of
govinda—of Lord Kåñëa; pada—of
pada—of
the feet; sprham—the
sprham—the desire.

Let the sharp moralist accuse me of being illusioned; I do not

mind. Experts in Vedic activities may slander me as being
misled, friends and relatives may call me frustrated, my
brothers may call me a fool, the wealthy mammonites may point
me out as mad, and the learned philosophers may assert that I
am much too proud; still my mind does not budge an inch from
the determination to serve the lotus feet of Govinda, though I be
unable to do it.*
—Çré Mädhavendra Puré

TEXT 83
çyämam eva paraà rüpaà
puré madhu-puré varä
vayaù kaiçorakaà dhyeyam
ädya eva paro rasaù

çyämam—the
çyämam—the form of Çyamasundara; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; param—
supreme; rüpam—form;
rüpam—form; puré—the
puré—the place; madhu-puré—Mathurä;
madhu-puré—Mathurä; varä—
best; vayaù—the
vayaù—the age; kaiçorakam—fresh
kaiçorakam—fresh youth; dhyeyam—always
dhyeyam—always to be
meditated on; ädyaù—the
ädyaù—the original transcendental mellow, or conjugal
love; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; paraù—the
paraù—the supreme; rasaù—mellow.
rasaù—mellow.

The form of Çyämasundara is the supreme form, the city of

Mathurä is the supreme abode, Lord Kåñëa’s fresh youth should
always be meditated upon, and the mellow of conjugal love is
the supreme mellow.*
—Çré Raghupati Upädhyäya

TEXT 84
purataù sphuratu vimuktiç
ciram iha räjyaà karotu vairäjyam
paçupäla-bälaka-pateù
seväm eväbhivaïchämi

purataù—in
purataù—in the presence; sphuratu—may
sphuratu—may become manifest;
vimuktiù—liberation;
vimuktiù—liberation; ciram—enduring;
ciram—enduring; iha—here;
iha—here; rajyam—kingdom;
rajyam—kingdom;
karotu—may
karotu—may be; vairajyam—of
vairajyam—of Lord Brahma; pasupala—of
pasupala—of the cowherd;
balaka—boys;
balaka—boys; pateù—of
pateù—of the leader; sevam—the
sevam—the service; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly;
abhivaïchämi—I
abhivaïchämi—I desire.

Liberation may appear before me. The enduring kingdom of

Lord Brahmä may also appear before me. I do not care for them.
I simply desire to serve Lord Kåñëa, the leader of the cowherd
boys.
—Çré Surottamäcärya

TEXT 85
kñauëi-patitvam athavaikam akiïcanatvam
nityaà dadäsi bahu-mänam athäpamänam
vaikuëöha-väsam atha vä narake niväsaà
hä väsudeva mama nästi gatis tvad-anyä

kñauni-patitvam—the
kñauni-patitvam—the post of a king; athava—or;
athava—or; ekam—one;
ekam—one;
akiïcanatvam—a
akiïcanatvam—a poverty-stricken condition; nityam—always;
nityam—always; dadasi—
You give; bahu—very;
bahu—very; manam—respectable;
manam—respectable; atha—or;
atha—or; apamanam—not
apamanam—not
respected; vaikuntha—in
vaikuntha—in Vaikuntha; vasam—residence;
vasam—residence; atha va—or;
va—or;
narake—in
narake—in hell; nivasam—residence;
nivasam—residence; ha—O;
ha—O; vasudeva—Kåñëa;
vasudeva—Kåñëa; mama—
of me; na—not;
na—not; asti—is;
asti—is; gatiù—goal;
gatiù—goal; tvat—for
tvat—for You; anya—except.
anya—except.

O Väsudeva, You may make a king, or a poverty-stricken

beggar. You may make others respect me, or revile me. You may
give residence in Vaikuëöha, or in hell. Whatever You do, You
will always remain the only goal of my life. No one else will ever
become my goal.
—Çrégarbha Kavéndra

TEXT 86
diçatu sväräjyaà vä
vitaratu täpa-trayaà vä pi
sukhitam duùkhitam api mäà
na vimuïcatu keçavaù svämé

diçatu—may
diçatu—may show; sväräjyam—Your
sväräjyam—Your own kingdom; va—or;
va—or; vitaratu—
may give; täpa—miseries;
täpa—miseries; trayam—three-fold;
trayam—three-fold; vä—or;
vä—or; api—even;
api—even;
sukhitam—happy;
sukhitam—happy; duùkhitam—distressed;
duùkhitam—distressed; api—even;
api—even; mäm—me;
mäm—me; na—
not; vimuïcatu—may
vimuïcatu—may abandon; keçavaù—Kåñëa;
keçavaù—Kåñëa; svämé—Lord.
svämé—Lord.
 He may show His own kingdom, or He may make me suffer the
three-fold miseries. Whether I suffer or enjoy, I pray that Lord
Keçava never abandon me.
—Çré Kaviräja Miçra

Bhaktänäà sautsukya-prärthanä
The Devotees’ Earnest Prayers

TEXT 87
nandanandana-padäravindayoù
syandamäna-makaranda-bindavaù
sindhavaù parama-saukhya-sampadäà
nandayantu hådayaà mamäniçam

nanda-nandana—of
nanda-nandana—of Lord Kåñëa, the son of Mahäräja Nanda; pada—
feet; aravindayoù—of
aravindayoù—of the two lotus flowers; syandamäna—flowing;
syandamäna—flowing;
makaranda—of
makaranda—of honey; bindavaù—drops;
bindavaù—drops; sindhavaù—oceans;
sindhavaù—oceans; parama—
transcendental; saukhya—of
saukhya—of happiness; sampadäm—the
sampadäm—the opulence;
nandayantu—may
nandayantu—may delight; hådayam—heart;
hådayam—heart; mama—my;
mama—my; aniçam—day
aniçam—day
and night.

The drops of honey trickling from the two lotus flowers of

Lord Nandanandana’s feet are so many oceans of
transcendental bliss. I pray those drops of honey may eternally
delight my heart.
—Çrékaräcärya

TEXT 88
iha vatsän samacärayad
iha naù svämé jagau vaàsém
iti säsraà gadato me
yamunä-tére dinaà yäyät

iha—here;
iha—here; vatsän—the
vatsän—the calves; samacärayat—herded;
samacärayat—herded; iha—here;
iha—here; naù
—our; svämé—Lord;
svämé—Lord; jagau—played;
jagau—played; vaàçém—the
vaàçém—the flute; iti—thus;
iti—thus; sa—
with; asram—tears;
asram—tears; gadataù—speaking;
gadataù—speaking; me—of
me—of me; yamunä—of
yamunä—of the
Yamunä; tére—on
tére—on the shore; dinam—the
dinam—the day; yäyät—may
yäyät—may pass.

“Here our Lord herded the calves, and here He played the
flute.” I pray that I may pass my days shedding tears as I speak
these words on the Yamunä’s shore.
 —Çré Raghupati Upädhyäya

TEXT 89
anuçélita-kuïja-väöikäyäà
jaghanälambita-péta-çäöikäyäm
muralé-kala-küjite ratäyäà
mama ceto ‘stu kadamba-devatäyäm

anuçélita—staying;
anuçélita—staying; kuïja—in
kuïja—in the grove; väöikäyäm—in
väöikäyäm—in the garden;
jaghana—on
jaghana—on the hips; älambita—resting;
älambita—resting; péta—yellow;
péta—yellow; çäöikäyäm—
garment; muralé—of
muralé—of the flute; kala—the
kala—the sweet music; küjite—sounding;
küjite—sounding;
ratäyäm—intent;
ratäyäm—intent; mama—of
mama—of me; cetaù—the
cetaù—the heart; astu—may
astu—may be;
kadamba—of
kadamba— of the kadamba flowers; devatäyäm—on
devatäyäm— on the diety.

The Supreme Personality of Godhead is decorated with yellow

kadamba flowers. A yellow dhoté girds His waist, He enjoys
playing sweet flute music in the forest garden. I pray that my
heart may become fixed on Him.
—Çré Govinda

TEXT 90
arakta-dérgha-nayano nayanäbhirämaù
kandarpa-koöi-lalitaà vapur ädadhänaù
bhüyät sa me ‘dya hådayämburuhädhivarté
våndäöavé-nagara-nägara-cakravarté

ärakta—reddish;
ärakta—reddish; dérgha—long;
dérgha—long; nayanaù—eyes;
nayanaù—eyes; nayana—of
nayana—of the eyes;
abhirämaù—the
abhirämaù—the delight; kandarpa—of
kandarpa—of cupids; koöi—of
koöi—of millions; lalitam
—more charming; vapuù—a
vapuù—a form; ädadhänaù—manifesting;
ädadhänaù—manifesting; bhüyät—
may be; saù—He;
saù—He; me—of
me—of me; adya—now;
adya—now; hådaya—of
hådaya—of the heart;
amburuha—of
amburuha—of the lotus flower; adhivarté—in
adhivarté—in the middle; våndäöavé—of
våndäöavé—of
Våndävana; nagara—of
nagara— of the town; nägara—of
nägara— of the residents; cakravarté
—the ruler.

May Lord Kåñëa, who has long reddish eyes, whose

transcendental form is more charming than millions of
Kämadevas, who is very pleasing to the eyes, and who is the
king of Våndävana village, appear on the lotus flower of my
heart.
—Çré Bhavänanda
 TEXT 91
lävaëyämåta-vanyä
madhurima-laharé-parépäkaù
kärunyäëäm hådayaà
kapaöa-kiçoraù parisphuratu

lävaëya—of
lävaëya—of beauty; amåta—of
amåta—of the nectar; vanyä—the
vanyä—the flood;
madhurima—of
madhurima—of sweetness; laharé—with
laharé—with waves; parépäkaù—filled;
parépäkaù—filled;
käruëyähäm—of
käruëyähäm—of mercy; hådayam—the
hådayam—the heart; kapaöa—rascal;
kapaöa—rascal; kiçoraù—
a youth; parisphuratu—may
parisphuratu—may appear.

I pray that Lord Kåñëa, the mischievous youth who is a flood

of handsomeness, who is waves of sweet charm, and who is the
heart of mercy, may appear before me.
—Çré Särvabhauma Bhaööäcärya

TEXT 92
bhavantu tatra janmäni
yatra te muralé-kalaù
karëa-peyatvam äyäti
kià me nirväëa-värtayä

bhavantu—may
bhavantu—may be; tatra—there;
tatra—there; janmä ni—births;
ni—births; yatra—where;
yatra—where; te
—of You; muralé—of
muralé—of the flute; kalaù—the
kalaù—the sweet music; karëa—by
karëa—by the
ears; peyatvam—the
peyatvam—the state of being drunk; äyäti—attains;
äyäti—attains; kim—what?;
kim—what?;
me—for
me—for me; nirväëa—of
nirväëa—of impersonal liberation; värtayä—is
värtayä—is the use of
talking.

O Lord, I pray that I may take birth again and again in a place
where my ears may drink the sweet music of Your flute. What is
the use of talking to me about impersonal liberation?
—Çré Särvabhauma Bhaööäcärya

TEXT 93
äsvädyaà pramadä-radacchadam iva çravyaà navaà jalpitaà
bäläyä iva dåçya uttama-vadhü-lävaëya-lakñmér iva
prodghoñyaà cira-viprayukta-vanitä-sandeça-väëéva me
naivedyaà caritaà ca rüpam aniçaà çré-kåñëa nämästu te

äsvädyam—to
äsvädyam—to be tasted; pramadä—of
pramadä—of a woman; radacchadam—the
radacchadam—the
lips; iva—like;
iva—like; çravyam—to
çravyam—to be heard; navam—new;
navam—new; jalpitam—
conversation; bäläyäù—of
bäläyäù—of a young girl; iva—like;
iva—like; dåçyam—to
dåçyam—to be seen;
uttama—supreme;
uttama—supreme; vadhü—of
vadhü—of a wife; lävaëya—of
lävaëya—of beauty; lakñméù—the
lakñméù—the
opulence; iva—like;
iva—like; prodghoçyam—to
prodghoçyam—to be spoken aloud; cira—for
cira—for a long
time; viprayukta—separated;
viprayukta—separated; vanitä—of
vanitä—of a woman; sandeça—in
sandeça—in a letter;
väëé—the
väëé—the statement; iva—like;
iva—like; me—for
me—for me; naivedyam—the
naivedyam—the remnants
of foodstuff; caritam—pastimes;
caritam—pastimes; ca—and;
ca—and; rüpam—form;
rüpam—form; aniçam—day
aniçam—day
and night; çré-kåñëa—O
çré-kåñëa—O Çré Kåñëa; näma—the
näma—the name; astu—may
astu—may
become; te—of
te—of You.

O Lord Kåñëa, I pray that the remnants of Your foodstuff may

become as palatable for to me as a woman’s lips are palatable
for a materialist. I pray that the narration of Your pastimes may
become as sweet to my ears as the words of a young girl are
sweet for a materialist. I pray that the sight of Your
transcendental form may become as pleasing to my eyes as the
beauty of a young bride is pleasing to her husband. I pray that I
may always chant Your holy name in the same way a lover reads
aloud a letter from his long-separated beloved.
—author unknown

TEXT 94
nayanaà galad-açru-dhärayä
vadanaà gadgada-ruddhyä girä
pulakair nicitaà vapuù kadä
tava näma-grahaëe bhaviñyati

nayanam—the
nayanam—the eyes; galat-açru-dhärayä—by
galat-açru-dhärayä—by streaàs of tears running
down; vadanam—mouth;
vadanam—mouth; gadgada—faltering;
gadgada—faltering; ruddhayä—choked
ruddhayä—choked up;
girä—with
girä—with words; pulakaiù—with
pulakaiù—with erection of the hairs due to
transcendental happiness; nicitam—covered;
nicitam—covered; vapuù—the
vapuù—the body; kadä—
when; tava—Your;
tava—Your; näma-grahaëe—in
näma-grahaëe—in chanting the name; bhaviñyati—
will be.

My dear Lord, when will My eyes be beautified by filling with

tears that constantly glide down as I chant Your holy name?
When will My voice falter and all the hairs on My body stand
erect in transcendental happiness as I chant Your holy name?*
—Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu

TEXT 95
na dhanaà na janaà na sundaréà
kavitäà vä jagadiça kämaye
mama janmäni jamanéçvare
bhavatäd bhaktir ahaituké tvayi

na—not;
na—not; dhanam—riches;
dhanam—riches; na—not;
na—not; janam—followers;
janam—followers; na—not;
na—not;
sundarém—a
sundarém—a very beautiful woman; kavitäm—fruitive
kavitäm—fruitive activities
described in flowery language; vä—or;
vä—or; jagat-éça—O
jagat-éça—O Lord of the
universe; kämaye—I
kämaye—I desire; mama—My;
mama—My; janmäni—in
janmäni—in birth; janmäni—
after birth; éçvare—unto
éçvare—unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhavatät
—let there be; bhaktiù—devotional
bhaktiù—devotional service; ahaituké—with
ahaituké—with no motives;
tvayi—unto
tvayi—unto You.

O Lord of the universe, I do not desire material wealth,

materialistic followers, a beautiful wife or fruitive activities
described in flowery language. All I want, life after life, is
unmotivated devotional service to You.*
—Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu

TEXT 96
govardhana-prastha-navämbuvähaù
kälinda-kanyä-nava-néla-padmän
våndävanodära-tamäla-çäkhé
täpa-trayasyäbhibhavaà karotu

govardhana—on
govardhana—on Govardhana Hill; prastha—staying;
prastha—staying; nava—a
nava—a new;
ambuvahaù—raincloud;
ambuvahaù—raincloud; kalinda-kanya—in
kalinda-kanya—in the Yamunä River; nava—a
nava—a
fresh; néla—blue;
néla—blue; padmam—lotus
padmam—lotus flower; våndävana—in
våndävana—in Våndävana
forest; udara—a
udara—a great; tamala—tamala;
tamala—tamala; sakhi—tree;
sakhi—tree; tapa—miseries;
tapa—miseries;
trayasya—of
trayasya—of the three-fold; abhibhavam—the
abhibhavam—the defeat; karotu—may
karotu—may do.

May Lord Kåñëa, who is a fresh raincloud over Govardhana

Hill, a new blue lotus in the Yamunä River, and a great tamäla
tree in Våndävana forest, protect me from the three-fold
miseries of material existance.
—Çré Gauòéya

TEXT 97
anaìga-rasa-cäturé-capala-cäru-neträïcalaç
calan-makara-kuëòala-sphurita-känti-gaëòa-sthalaù
vrajollasita-nägaré-nikara-räsa-läsyotsukaù
sa me sapadi mänase sphuratu ko ‘pi gopälakaù

anaìga—of
anaìga—of amorous love; rasa—in
rasa—in the mellows; caturi—expertness;
caturi—expertness;
capala—restless;
capala—restless; caru—beautiful;
caru—beautiful; netra—of
netra—of the eyes; aïcalaù—the
aïcalaù—the
corners; calat—moving;
calat—moving; makara—shark;
makara—shark; kundala—earrings;
kundala—earrings; sphurita—
glistening; känti—splendor;
känti—splendor; ganda-sthalaù—on
ganda-sthalaù—on the cheekñ; vraja—of
vraja—of
Vraja; ullasita—splendid;
ullasita—splendid; nagari—of
nagari—of girls; nikara—with
nikara—with a multitude;
lasya—dance;
lasya—dance; rasa—rasa;
rasa—rasa; lasya—dance;
lasya—dance; utsukaù—eager;
utsukaù—eager; saù—He;
saù—He; me—
of me; sapadi—at
sapadi—at once; manase—in
manase—in the heart; sphuratu—may
sphuratu—may appear;
kah api— a certain; gopalakaù—cowherd
gopalakaù—cowherd boy.

I pray that the cowherd boy who expertly casts amorous

glances from the corners of His restless eyes, whose cheeks are
decorated with glistening, beautiful, swinging shark-shaped
earrings, and who is very eager to enjoy the räsa dance with the
beautiful girls of Vraja, may at once appear within my heart.
—Çré Mädhavendra Puré

Bhaktänäm utkaëöhä
The Devotees’ Yearning

TEXT 98
çrutayaù palala-kapaù
kim iha vayaà sämprataà cinumaù
ähriyata puraiva nayanair
äbhérébhiù paraà brahma

çrutayaù—the
çrutayaù—the çruti-sastras; palala—a
palala—a bunch of straw; kalpaù—like;
kalpaù—like;
kim—why?;
kim—why?; iha—here;
iha—here; vayam—we;
vayam—we; sampratam—now;
sampratam—now; cinumaù—
consider; ahriyata—has
ahriyata—has been taken; pura—before;
pura—before; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly;
nayanaiù—by
nayanaiù—by the eyes; abhiribhiù—with
abhiribhiù—with the gopés; param—the
param—the
Supreme Brahman.

The çruti-çästra is insignificant as a bunch of straw. Why do

we now think in this way? Our eyes have seen the Supreme
Brahman enjoying pastimes with the gopés.
—Çré Raghupati Upädhyäya

TEXT 99
kaà prati kathayitum éçe
samprati ko vä pratétim äyätu
go-pati-tanayä-küïje
gopa-vadhüöé-viöaà brahma

kam prati—unto
prati—unto whom; kathayitum—to
kathayitum—to speak; éçe—am
éçe—am I able;
samprati—now;
samprati—now; kaù—who;
kaù—who; vä—or;
vä—or; pratétim—belief;
pratétim—belief; äyätu—would
äyätu—would do;
go-pati—of
go-pati—of the sun-god; tanayä—of
tanayä—of the daughter (the Yamunä); ïje—in
ïje—in
the bushes on the baìk; gopa-vadhüöi—of
gopa-vadhüöi—of the cowherd girls; viöam—the
viöam—the
hunter; brahma—the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

To whom can I speak who will believe me when I say that

Kåñëa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is hunting the
gopés in the bushes by the banks of the River Yamunä? In this
way the Lord demonstrates His pastimes.*
—Çré Raghupati Upädhyäya

TEXT 100
jïätaà käëabhujaà mataà paricitaivänvékñiké çikñitä
mémäàsä viditaiva säìkhya-saraëir yoge vitérëä matiù
vedäntaù pariçélitaù sa-rabhasaà kintu sphuran-mädhuré-
dhärä käcana nandasünu-muralé mac-cittam äkarçati

jïätam—understood;
jïätam—understood; käëabhujam—of
käëabhujam—of Kaëäda Rçi; matam—thematam—the
philosophy; paricitä—studied;
paricitä—studied; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; anvékñiké—the
anvékñiké—the nyäya
philosophy of Gautama Rçi; çikñitä—studied;
çikñitä—studied; mémäàsä—the
mémäàsä—the Karma-
mémäàsä philosophy of Jaimini; viditä—understood;
viditä—understood; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly;
säìkhya—the
säìkhya—the säìkhya philosophy of pseudo-Kapila; saraëiù—the
saraëiù—the path;
yoge—in
yoge—in the yoga philosophy of Pataïjali Åñi; vitérëa—applied;
vitérëa—applied; matiù—
the mind; vedäntaù—the
vedäntaù—the Vedänta philosophy of Vyäsa; pariçélitaù—
studied; sa—with;
sa—with; rabhasam—ardor;
rabhasam—ardor; kintu—however;
kintu—however; sphurat—
manifesting; mädhuré—of
mädhuré—of sweetness; dhärä—stream;
dhärä—stream; käcana—a
käcana—a
certain; nanda—of
nanda—of Nanda Mahäräja; sünu—of
sünu—of the son; muralé—the
muralé—the flute;
mat—my;
mat—my; cittam—heart;
cittam—heart; äkarçati—attracts.
äkarçati—attracts.

I have carefully understood Kaëäda’s Paramäëuväda

philosophy. I have studied Gautama’s Nyäya philosophy. I know
Jaimini’s Karma-mémäàsä philosophy. I have already traveled on
the path of pseudo-Kapila’s Säìkhya philosophy. I have applied
my mind to Pataïjali’s Yoga philosophy. I have ardently studied
Vyäsa’s Vedänta philosophy. None of these attracts me. It is the
flood of sweetness from Lord Nandasünu’s flute that attracts my
heart.
—Çré Särvabhauma Bhaööäcärya

TEXT 101
amaré-mukha-sédhu-mädhuréëäà
 laharé käcana cäturé kalänäm
taralé-kurute mano madéyaà
muralé-näda-paramparä muräreù

amaré—of
amaré—of demigoddesses; mukha—from
mukha—from the mouths; sédhu—of
sédhu—of
nectar; mädhurénäm—of
mädhurénäm—of sweetness; laharé—waves;
laharé—waves; käcana—a
käcana—a certain;
cäturé—expertness;
cäturé—expertness; kalänäm—of
kalänäm—of the arts; taralé-kurute—make
taralé-kurute—make tremble;
manaù—heart;
manaù—heart; madéyam—my;
madéyam—my; muralé—of
muralé—of the flute; näda—of
näda—of sounds;
paramparä—the
paramparä—the sucession; mura-areù—of
mura-areù—of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of the
Mura demon.

Eclipsing both the demigoddesses’ artistry and the waves of

sweetness flowing from their mouths, the music of Lord Muräri’s
flute makes my heart tremble.
—Çré Särvabhauma Bhaööäcärya

TEXT 102

apaharati mano me ko ‘py ayaà kåñëa-cauraù

praëata-durita-cauraù pütanä-präëa-cauraù
valaya-vasana-cauro bäla-gopé-janänäà
nayana-hådaya-cauraù paçyatäà saj-janänäm

apaharati—steals;
apaharati—steals; manaù—heart;
manaù—heart; me—my;
me—my; kaù api—a
api—a certain; ayam
—He; kåñëa—Kåñëa;
kåñëa—Kåñëa; cauraù—thief;
cauraù—thief; praëata—of
praëata—of the surrendered
devotees; durita—of
durita—of the sins; cauraù—the
cauraù—the thief; pütanä—of
pütanä—of Pütanä;
präëa—of
präëa—of the life breath; cauraù—the
cauraù—the thief; valaya—of
valaya—of bracelets;
vasana—and
vasana—and garments; cauraù—the
cauraù—the thief; bäla—of
bäla—of the young; gopé-
janänäm—gopés;
janänäm—gopés; nayana—of
nayana—of the eyes; hådaya—and
hådaya—and hearts; cauraù—
the thief; paçyatäm—may
paçyatäm—may be seen; sat-jananam—of
sat-jananam—of the saintly
devotees.

A dark-complexioned thief has stolen my heart. Look! He has

already stolen the sins of the surrendered devotees, the life-
breath of Pütanä, the bracelets and garments of the young
gopés, and the eyes and hearts of the saintly devotees.
—author unknown

TEXT 103
alaà tri-diva-värtayä kim iti sarva-bhauma-ñréyä
vidüratara-värtiné bhavatu mokña-lakñmér api
kalinda-giri-nandiné-taöa-nikuïja-puïjodare
mano harati kevalaà nava-tamäla-mélaà mahaù
 alam—enough!;
alam—enough!; tri-diva—of
tri-diva—of the heavenly planets; värtayä—with
värtayä—with talk;
kim—what
kim—what is the use?; iti—thus;
iti—thus; sarva-bhauma—of
sarva-bhauma—of soveriegnty over a
great kingdom; ñréyä—with
ñréyä—with the opulence; vidüratara—far
vidüratara—far away; värtiné
—being; bhavatu—may
bhavatu—may become; mokña—of
mokña—of liberation; lakñméù—the
lakñméù—the
opulence; api—also;
api—also; kalinda-giri-nandiné—of
kalinda-giri-nandiné—of the Yamunä River, the
daughter of Mount Kalinda; taöa—on
taöa—on the shore; nikuïja—the
nikuïja—the groves;
puïja—of
puïja—of the multitude; udare—within;
udare—within; manaù—my
manaù—my heart; harati—
steals; kevalam—exclusively;
kevalam—exclusively; nava—a
nava—a new; tamäla—tamäla
tamäla—tamäla tree; nélam
—blue; mahaù—splendor.
mahaù—splendor.

Enough with this talk of celestial planets! What is the use of a

great kingdom on earth? Even the opulence of liberation should
go far away from me! In the groves by the Yamunä’s shore a
person whose dark complexion is like a young tamäla tree has
now stolen my heart.
—Çré Haridäsa

TEXT 104
avalokitam anumoditam
aliìgitam aìganäbhir anurägaiù
adhi-våndävana-kuïjaà
marakata-puïjaà namasyämaù

avalokitam—seen;
avalokitam—seen; anumoditam—pleased;
anumoditam—pleased; aliìgitam—embraced;
aliìgitam—embraced;
aìganabhiù—by
aìganabhiù—by the gopés; anuragaiù—with
anuragaiù—with love; adhi-våndävana-
kuïjam—in
kuïjam—in the groves of Våndävana; marakata—of
marakata—of sapphires; puïjam—a
puïjam—a
multitude; namasyamaù—we
namasyamaù—we offer our respectful obeisances.

We offer our respecftul obeisances to the host of sapphires,

gazed on, pleased, and lovingly embraced by the gopés in the
groves of Våndävana forest.
—Çré Sarvavidyävinoda

TEXT 105
kadä drakñyä mi nandasya
bälakaà népa-mälakam
pälakaà sarva-sattvänäà
lasat-tilaka-bhälakam

kadä—when?;
kadä—when?; drakñyä mi—will
mi—will I see; nandasya—of
nandasya—of Mahäräja Nanda;
bälakam—the
bälakam—the son; népa—of
népa—of kadamba flowers; mälakam—wearing
mälakam—wearing a
garland; pälakam—the
pälakam—the protector; sarva—of
sarva—of all; sattvänäm—the
sattvänäm—the saintly
devotees; lasat—glistening;
lasat—glistening; tilaka—with
tilaka—with tilaka decorations; bhälakam—
on His forehead.

When will I see Nanda’s son? He is the protector of the

devotees. He is garlanded with kadamba flowers, and His
forehead is decorated with glistening tilaka.
—Çré Mädhavendra Puré

TEXT 106
kadä våndäraëye mihira-duhituù saìga-mahite
muhur bhrämaà bhrämaà carita-laharéà gokula-pateù
lapann uccair nayana-payasäà veëibhir ahaà
kariçye sotkaëöho nividam upasekaà viöapinäm

kadä—when?;
kadä—when?; våndä-araëye—in
våndä-araëye—in the forest of Våndävana; mihira-
duhituù—of
duhituù—of the Yamunä River, the daughter of the sun-god; saìga—by
saìga—by
the touch; mahite—glorified;
mahite—glorified; muhuù—repeatedly;
muhuù—repeatedly; bhrämam—
wandering; bhrämam—and
bhrämam—and wandering; carita—of
carita—of pastimes; laharém—
the waves; gokula—of
gokula—of Gokula; pateù—of
pateù—of the king; lapan—speaking;
lapan—speaking;
uccaiù—loudly;
uccaiù—loudly; uccaiù—greatly;
uccaiù—greatly; nayana—of
nayana—of the eyes; payasäm—of
payasäm—of
water; veëibhiù—with
veëibhiù—with streaàs; aham—I;
aham—I; kariçye—will
kariçye—will do; sa—with;
sa—with;
utkaëöhaù—longings;
utkaëöhaù—longings; niviòam—thick;
niviòam—thick; upasekam—sprinkling;
upasekam—sprinkling; viöapinäm
—of the trees.

When, in Våndävana forest, which is glorified by the

Yamunäs’ touch, will I continually wander, filled with the
longings of love, loudly chanting the transcendental pastimes of
Gokula’s king, Kåñëa, and thickly sprinkling the trees with
streams of tears from my eyes.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 107
durärohe lakñmévati bhagavaténäm api padaà
dadhänä dhammille naöati kaöhine yopaniçadäm
rutir vaàsé-janmä dhåta-madhurimä sä madhu-ripor
akasmäd asmäkaà ñruti-çikharam ärokñyati kadä

durärohe—difficult
durärohe—difficult to reach; lakñmévati—opulent;
lakñmévati—opulent; bhagavaténäm—of
bhagavaténäm—of
the goddesses; api—even;
api—even; padam—the
padam—the foot; dadhänä—placing;
dadhänä—placing;
dhamille—on
dhamille—on the braided hair; naöati—dances;
naöati—dances; kaöhine—hard;
kaöhine—hard; yä—
which; upaniçadäm—of
upaniçadäm—of the Upaniçads; rutiù—the
rutiù—the sound; vaàçé—from
vaàçé—from
the flute; janmä—born;
janmä—born; dhåta—manifested;
dhåta—manifested; madhurimä—sweetness;
madhurimä—sweetness; sä
—that; madhu-ripoù—of
madhu-ripoù—of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of the Madhu demon;
akasmät—suddenly;
akasmät—suddenly; asmäkam—of
asmäkam—of us; ñruti—of
ñruti—of the ears; çikharam—the
çikharam—the
top; ärokñyati—may
ärokñyati—may climb; kadä—when?
kadä—when?

When will Lord Madhuripu’s (Kåñëa’s) sweet flute music,

which dances with a lotus foot on the anapproachable braided
hair of the goddesses who are the Upaniñads, suddenly enter
my ear?
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 108
utphulla-täpiïcha-manorama-çrér
mätuù stana-nyasta-mukhäravindaù
saïcälayan päda-saroruhägraà
kåñëaù kadä yäsyati dåk-pathaà me

utphulla—spread
utphulla—spread out; täpiïcha—peacock
täpiïcha—peacock feather; manorama—
charming; çréù—with
çréù—with beauty; mätuù—of
mätuù—of His mother; stana—on
stana—on the
breast; nyasta—placed;
nyasta—placed; mukha—mouth;
mukha—mouth; aravindaù—lotus;
aravindaù—lotus; saïcälayan—
moving; päda—feet;
päda—feet; saroruha—lotus;
saroruha—lotus; agram—tip;
agram—tip; kåñëaù—Kåñëa;
kåñëaù—Kåñëa; kadä
—when?; yäsyati—will
yäsyati—will go; dåk—of
dåk—of the eyes; patham—to
patham—to the path; me—
of me.

When will infant Kåñëa, charmingly decorated with a great

peacock feather, wriggling His lotus toes, and His lotus mouth
placed on His mother’s breast, enter the pathway of my eyes?
—author unknown

TEXT 109
rohiëé-ramaëa-maëòala-dyuti-
drohiëéà vadana-känti-santatim
kåñëa nütana-tamäla-komaläà
ko ‘maläà tava tanuà ca vismaret

rohini-ramana—of
rohini-ramana—of the moon-god, the husband of Rohini; mandala—of
mandala—of
the planet; dyuti—of
dyuti—of the splendor; drohinim—the
drohinim—the enemy; vadana—of
vadana—of
the face; känti—of
känti—of beauty; santatim—the
santatim—the abundance; kåñëa—O
kåñëa—O Kåñëa;
nutana—fresh;
nutana—fresh; tamala—of
tamala—of a tamala leaf; komalam—delicate;
komalam—delicate; kaù—
who?; amalam—splendid;
amalam—splendid; tava—Your;
tava—Your; tanum—form;
tanum—form; ca—also;
ca—also; vismaret
—may forget.
 O Kåñëa, who can forget Your face, which eclipses the beauty
of the moon? Who can forget Your splendid transcendental form
delicate as a new tamäla leaf?
—author unknown
…

TEXT 110
barhäpéòaà maulau bibhrad vaàçé-nädän ätanvan
nänäkalpa-çré-sampanno gopa-strébhiù samvétaù
netränandaà kurvan kåñëa tvaà ced asmän vikñethäù
sarve kämäù sampadyerann asmäkaà hådy asénaù

barha-apidam—a
barha-apidam—a peacock feather; maulau—in
maulau—in the crown; bibhrat—
wearing; vaàçé—of
vaàçé—of the flute; nadan—the
nadan—the sounds; atanvan—making;
atanvan—making;
nana—various;
nana— various; akalpa—of
akalpa— of decorations; çré—with
çré— with the beauty;
sampannaù—endowed;
sampannaù—endowed; gopa-stribhiù—by
gopa-stribhiù—by the gopés; samvitaù—
accompanied; netra—of
netra—of the eyes; nandam—bliss;
nandam—bliss; kurvan—doing;
kurvan—doing; kåñëa
—O Kåñëa; tvam—You;
tvam—You; cet—if;
cet—if; asman—on
asman—on us; vékñethaù—glance;
vékñethaù—glance;
sarve—all;
sarve—all; kamaù—the
kamaù—the desires; sampadyeran—will
sampadyeran—will become fulfilled;
asmäkam—of
asmäkam—of us; hådi—in
hådi—in the heart; asinaù—sitting.
asinaù—sitting.

O Kåñëa, if, wearing a peacock-feather crown, playing the

flute, Your form beautifully decorated with various ornaments,
and accompanied by the gopés, You glance on us and delight
our eyes, then all the desires sitting in our hearts become at
once fulfilled.
—Çré Särvabhauma Bhaööäcärya

Mokñänädaraù
Contempt for Liberation

TEXT 111
bhaktiù sevä bhagavato
muktis tat-pada-laìghanam
ko müòho däsatäà präpya
präbhavaà padam icchati

bhaktiù—bhakti;
bhaktiù—bhakti; sevä—service;
sevä—service; bhagavataù—to
bhagavataù—to the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; muktiù—mukti;
muktiù—mukti; tat—that;
tat—that; pada—position;
pada—position;
laìghanam—jumping
laìghanam—jumping over; kaù—what?;
kaù—what?; müòhaù—fool;
müòhaù—fool; däsatäm—the
däsatäm—the
position of a servant; präpya—having
präpya—having attained; präbhavam padam—
liberation; icchati—desires.
icchati—desires.
 Bhakti means devotional service to the Supreme Personality
of Godhead. Mukti means impersonal liberation, where there is
no longer any devotional service. Who is so foolish that, after
attaining devotional service, would still desire to attain this
mukti?
—Çré Çivamauni

TEXT 112
bhava-bandha-cchide tasyai
spåhayä mi na muktaye
bhavän prabhur aham däsa
iti yatra vilupyate

bhava—of
bhava—of repeated birth and death; bandha—the
bandha—the bonds; chide—
breaking; tasyai—for
tasyai—for that; spåhayä mi—I
mi—I desire; na—not;
na—not; muktaye—
liberation; bhavän—You;
bhavän—You; prabhuù—the
prabhuù—the master; aham—I;
aham—I; däsaù—the
däsaù—the
servant; iti—thus;
iti—thus; yatra—where;
yatra—where; vilupyate—is
vilupyate—is broken.

O Lord, You are the master, and I am Your servant. I do not

desire any kind of liberation from the bonds of repeated birth
and death that will also break our relationship.
—Çré Hanumän

TEXT 113
hanta citréyate mitra
småtvä tän mama mähasam
vivekino ‘pi ye kuryus
tåçnäm ätyantike laye

hanta—indeed;
hanta—indeed; citréyate—becomes
citréyate—becomes struck with wonder; mitra—Omitra—O
friend; småtvä—remembering;
småtvä—remembering; tän—them;
tän—them; mama—my;
mama—my; mänasam—
mänasam—
heart; vivekinaù—intelligent,
vivekinaù —intelligent, discriminating people; api—even;
api—even; ye—who;
ye—who;
kuryuù—do;
kuryuù—do; tåñëäm—thirst;
tåñëäm—thirst; ätyantike—great;
ätyantike—great; laye—impersonal
laye—impersonal
liberation.

Many intelligent people thirst after impersonal liberation. O

friend, when my heart considers their folly it becomes struck
with wonder.
—author unknown
 TEXT 114
kä tvaà muktir upägatäsmi bhavaté kasmäd akasmäd iha
çré-kåñëa-smaraëena deva bhavato däsé-padaà präpitä
düre tiñöha manäg anägasi kathaà kuryäd anäryaà mayi
tvad-gandhän nija-näma-candana-rasälepaçya lopo bhavet

kä—who?;
kä—who?; tvam—are
tvam—are you; muktiù—impersonal
muktiù—impersonal liberation; upägatä—
arrived; asmi—I
asmi—I am; bhavaté—you;
bhavaté—you; kasmät—why?;
kasmät—why?; akasmät—suddenly;
akasmät—suddenly;
iha—her;
iha—her; çré-kåñëa—Çré
çré-kåñëa—Çré Kåñëa; smaraëena—by
smaraëena—by remembering; deva—O
deva—O
Lord; bhavataù—of
bhavataù—of you; däsé—of
däsé—of a maidservant; padam—the
padam—the post;
präpitä—attained;
präpitä—attained; düre—far
düre—far away; tiñöha—stay;
tiñöha—stay; manäk—slightly;
manäk—slightly;
anägasi—not
anägasi— not sinful; katham—why?;
katham— why?; kuryät—may
kuryät— may do; anäryam—impiety;
anäryam—impiety;
mayi—to
mayi—to me; tvat—of
tvat—of you; gandhät—from
gandhät—from the fragance; nija—own;
nija—own;
näma—of
näma— of the name; candana—of
candana— of sandalwood; rasa—of
rasa— of the nectar;
älepaçya—of
älepaçya—of the ointment; lopaù—breaking;
lopaù—breaking; bhavet—may
bhavet—may he.

“Who are you?”

“I am impersonal liberation.”
“Why have you suddenly come here?”
“My lord, I have come because by constantly remembering
Lord Kåñëa you are now qualified to become His maidservant.”
“Stay away! Why do you trouble a person like me? I have not
done anything wrong. Your smell alone will ruin the sweet
fragrance of the sandalwood paste of my reputation as a
devotee.”
—author unknown

Çré Bhagavad-dharma-tattvam
The Nature of Devotional Service

TEXT 115
ärcye viñëau çilä-dhér guruñu nara-matir vaiñëave jäti-buddhir
viñëor vä vaiñëavänäà kali-mala-mathane päda-térthe ‘mbu-buddhiù
çré-viñëor nämni mantre sakala-kaluña-he sabda-sämanya-buddhir
viñëau sarveçvare tad-itara-sama-dhér yasya vä näraké saù

arcye—worshippable
arcye—worshippable diety; viñëau—of
viñëau—of Lord Viñëu; sila—as
sila—as stone;
dhiù—the
dhiù—the conception; gurusu—to
gurusu—to the spiritual masters; nara—of
nara—of being
an ordinary man; matiù—the
matiù—the conception; vaiñëave—to
vaiñëave—to the vaiñëavas;
jati—of
jati—of birth; buddhiù—the
buddhiù—the conception; viñëoù—of
viñëoù—of Lord Viñëu; va—or;
va—or;
vaiñëavanam—of
vaiñëavanam—of the Vaiñëavas; kali—of
kali—of Kali-yuga; mala—of
mala—of the
impurity; mathane—in
mathane—in the destruction; pada—of
pada—of the feet; tirthe—in
tirthe—in the
pilgrimage place; ambu—of
ambu—of water; buddhiù—the
buddhiù—the conception; çré-viñëoù
—of Lord Viñëu; namni—in
namni—in the name; mantre—a
mantre—a mantra; sakala—all;
sakala—all;
kalusa—impurities;
kalusa—impurities; he—destroying;
he—destroying; sabda—a
sabda—a sound; samanya—
ordinary; buddhiù—the
buddhiù—the conception; viñëau—to
viñëau—to Lord Viñëu; sarva—of
sarva—of all;
isvare—the
isvare—the master; tat—than
tat—than Him; itara—others;
itara—others; sama—equal;
sama—equal; dhiù—
the conception; yasya—of
yasya—of whom; va—or;
va—or; naraki—a
naraki—a resident of hell; saù
—he.

One who thinks the worshipable Deity form of Lord Viñëu is a

stone, the bona-fide spiritual master is an ordinary man, the
Vaiñëava belongs to a caste in the varëäçrama system, the
water that has washed the feet of Lord Viñëu or the Vaiñëavas,
and that actually removes the sins of the Kali-yuga, is ordinary
water, the name of Lord Viñëu, which is a sacred mantra that
removes all sin, is an ordinary sound, or the Supreme Lord Viñëu
is the same as other persons, is a resident of hell.
—Çré Dakñiëätya

TEXT 116
hätyaà hänti yad-aìghri-saìga-tulasé steyaà ca toyaà pador
naivedyaà bahu-madya-päna-duritaà gurv-aìganä-saìga-jam
çrésädhéna-matiù sthitir hari-janais tat-saìga-jaà kilbiñaà
çälagräma-çilä-nåsiàha-mahimä ko ‘py eña lokottaraù

hatyam—the
hatyam—the sin of murder; hanti—kills;
hanti—kills; yat—of
yat—of whom; anghri—the
anghri—the
feet; saìga—touching;
saìga—touching; tulasi—a
tulasi—a tulasi leaf; steyam—theft;
steyam—theft; ca—also;
ca—also;
toyam—the
toyam—the water; padoù—of
padoù—of the feet; naivedyam—the
naivedyam—the remnants of
foodstuff; bahu—much;
bahu—much; madya—liquor;
madya—liquor; pana—of
pana—of drinking; duritam—the
duritam—the
sin; guru—of
guru—of the guru and other superiors; aìgana—with
aìgana—with wife; saìga—
from intercourse; jam—produced;
jam—produced; çré-isa—on
çré-isa—on Lord Narayana, the
master of the goddess of fortune; adhina—dependence;
adhina—dependence; matiù—the
matiù—the
conception; sthitiù—situation;
sthitiù— situation; hari-janaiù—with
hari-janaiù— with the devotees of Lord
Hari; tat—of
tat—of them; saìga—from
saìga—from the contact; jam—produced;
jam—produced; kilbisam—
the sin; salagrama-sila—of
salagrama-sila— of the Salagrama-sila; nrsimha—of
nrsimha—of Lord
Nrsimha; mahima—the
mahima—the glory; kah api—a api—a certain; esaù—this;
esaù—this; loka-
uttaraù—extraordinary.
uttaraù—extraordinary.

A tulasé leaf offered to the lotus feet of the Nåsiàha

Çälagräma-çilä destroys the sin of murder. Water that has
washed the lotus feet of the Nåsiàha Çälagräma-çilä destroys
the sin of theft. Foodstuff offered to the Nåsiàha Çälagräma-çilä
destroys the sin of drinking liquor. Sincere surrender to the
Nåsiàha Çälagräma-çilä destroys the sin of adultery with the
wife of the spiritual master. Association with the devotees of the
Nåsiàha Çälagräma-çilä destroys the sin of offenses to the
devotees. This is the extraordinary glory of the Nåsiàha
Çälagräma-çilä.
—Çré Agama

Naivedyärpaëe vijïaptiù
Prayers for Offering Prasädam

TEXT 117
dvija-stréëäà bhakte måduni viduränne vraja-gaväà
dadhi-kñire sakhyuù sphuöa-cipita-muñöau mura-ripo
yaçodäyäù stanye vraja-yuvati-datte madhuni te
yathäséd ämodas tam imam upahäre ‘pi kurutäm

dvija—of
dvija—of the brahmanas; strinam—of
strinam—of the wives; bhakte—in
bhakte—in the
foodstuff; måduni—palatable;
måduni—palatable; vidura—offered
vidura—offered by Vidura; anne—in
anne—in the
foodstuff; vraja—of
vraja—of Vraja; gavam—of
gavam—of the cows; dadhi—the
dadhi—the yogurt; kñire
—and milk; sakhyuù—of
sakhyuù—of Your friend Sudama Vipra; sphuta—manifested;
sphuta—manifested;
cipita—of
cipita—of chipped rice; mustau—a
mustau—a handful; mura—of
mura—of the Mura demon;
ripo—O
ripo—O enemy; yasodayaù—of
yasodayaù—of Yasoda; stanye—in
stanye—in the breast-milk; vraja
—of Vraja; yuvati—by
yuvati—by the young gopés; datte—presented;
datte—presented; madhuni—
palatable foods; te—to
te—to You; yathä—just
yathä—just as; asit—was;
asit—was; amodaù—
happiness; tam—this;
tam—this; imam—this;
imam—this; upahare—in
upahare—in the offering; api—also;
api—also;
kurutam—may
kurutam—may be done.

O Lord Muräri, as You enjoyed the palatable food presented

by the wives of the brähmaëas, the meal offered by Vidura, the
milk and yogurt of the cows in Vraja, the handful of chipped rice
from Your friend Sudämä Brähmaëa, the breast-milk of Mother
Yaçodä, and the delicious foods prepared by the young girls of
Vraja, I hope the offering I now place before You You will also
enjoy in the same way.
—Çré Rämänuja

TEXT 118
yä prétir vidurärpite madhu-ripo kunty-arpite yädåçé
yä govardhana-mürdhni yä ca påthuke stanye yaçodärpite
bhäradväja-samarpite çabarikä-datte ‘dhare yoñitäà
yä vä te muni-bhäminé-vinihite ‘nne ‘träpi täm arpaya
 ya—which;
ya—which; pritiù—pleasure;
pritiù—pleasure; visura—by
visura—by Vidura; arpite—offered;
arpite—offered;
madhu—of
madhu—of the Madhu demon; ripo—O ripo—O enemy; kunti—by
kunti—by Kunti-devi;
arpite—offered;
arpite—offered; yadåçi—like
yadåçi—like which; ya—which;
ya—which; govardhana—of
govardhana—of
Govardhana Hill; murdhni—on
murdhni—on the summit; ya—which;
ya—which; ca—also;
ca—also; prthuke
—in the chipped rice; stanye—in
stanye—in the breast-milk; yasoda—by
yasoda—by Yasoda-
devi; arpite—offered;
arpite—offered; savarika—by
savarika—by Sabarika; datte—presentede;
datte—presentede; adhare
—in the lips; yositam—of
yositam—of the gopés; ya—which;
ya—which; va—or;
va—or; te—of
te—of You; muni
—of the sages; bhamini—by
bhamini—by the wives; vinihite—presented;
vinihite—presented; anne—in
anne—in
the foods; atra—here;
atra—here; api—also;
api—also; tam—that;
tam—that; arpaya—please
arpaya—please place.

O Lord Madhusüdana, as You enjoyed the meal offered by

Vidura, the foods presented by Kunté, Your lunch on the peak of
Govardhana Hill, the chipped rice of Sudämä Brähmaëa, the
breast-milk offered by Mother Yaçodä, the meal offered by
Bharadväja Muni, the food offered by Çabarikä, the many dishes
presented by the wives of the brähmaëas, as well as the taste of
the gopés’ lips, I hope the offering of food I now place before
You You will enjoy in the same way.
—author unknown

TEXT 119
kñére çyämalayärpite kamalayä viçränite phänite
datte laòòüni bhadrayä madhu-rase somäbhayä lambhite
tuñöir yä bhavatas tataù çata-guëaà rädhä-nideçän mayä
nyaste ‘smin puratas tvam arpaya hare ramyopahäre ratim

kñire—in
kñire—in the milk; çyämalaya—by
çyämalaya—by Syamala; arpite—presented;
arpite—presented;
kamalaya—by
kamalaya—by Kamala; visranite—presented;
visranite—presented; phanite—the
phanite—the phanita;
datte—given;
datte—given; ladduni—the
ladduni—the laddus; bhadraya—by
bhadraya—by Bhadra; madhu-rase—
the madhu-rasa; somabhaya—by
somabhaya—by Candravali; lambhite—presented;
lambhite—presented;
tustiù—pleasure;
tustiù— pleasure; ya—which;
ya— which; bhavataù—of
bhavataù— of You; tataù—then;
tataù—then; sata—a
sata—a
hundred times; gunam—multiplied;
gunam—multiplied; rädhä—of
rädhä—of Rädhä; nidesat—from
nidesat—from the
instruction; maya—by
maya— by me; nyaste—placed;
nyaste— placed; asmin—in
asmin— this; purataù—in
in purataù—in
Your presence; tvam—You;
tvam—You; arpaya—please
arpaya—please place; hare—O
hare—O Lord Hari;
ramya—delicious;
ramya— delicious; upahare—in
upahare— in the presentation; ratim—pleasure.
ratim—pleasure.

O Lord Hari, You greatly enjoyed the kñéra presented by

Çyämalä, the phäëita presented by Kamalä, the laòòus given by
Bhadrä, and the madhurasa offered by Candrävalé. I hope that
the delicious food I have prepared under Rädhäräëé’s guidance,
and I now place before You, You will enjoy a hundred times more
that what was offered by these other gopés.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé
Çré Mathurä-mahimä
The Glory of Mathurä

TEXT 120
he mätar mäthure tvam eva niyataà dhanyäsi bhümi-tale
nirvyäjaà natayaù çataà sa-vidhayas tubhyaà sadä santu naù
hitvä hanta nitantam adbhuta-guëaà vaikuëöham utkaëöhaya
tvayy ambhoja-vilocanaù sa bhagavän yenävatérëo hariù

he—O;
he—O; mataù—mother;
mataù—mother; mathure—Mathurä;
mathure—Mathurä; tvam—you;
tvam—you; eva—
certainly; niyatam—eternally;
niyatam— eternally; dhanya—fortunate
dhanya— fortunate and glorious; asi—are;
asi—are;
bhumi—of
bhumi—of the earth; tale—on
tale—on the surface; nirvyajam—without
nirvyajam—without duplicity;
natayaù—obeisances;
natayaù— obeisances; satam—hundreds
satam— hundreds of times; sa-vidhayaù—failing
sa-vidhayaù—failing
down like a stick; tubhyam—to
tubhyam—to you; sada—always;
sada—always; santu—may
santu—may be; naù
—of us; hitva—leaving;
hitva—leaving; sada—always;
sada—always; santu—may
santu—may be; naù—of
naù—of us; hitva
—leaving; hanta—indeed;
hanta—indeed; nitantam—the
nitantam—the extraordinary; adbhuta—with
adbhuta—with
wonderful; gunam—qualities;
gunam—qualities; vaikuntham—Vaikuntha
vaikuntham—Vaikuntha world;
utkaëöhaya—eagerly;
utkaëöhaya—eagerly; tvayi—in
tvayi—in you; ambhoja—lotus;
ambhoja—lotus; vilocanaù—with
vilocanaù—with
eyes; saù—He;
saù—He; bhagavan—the
bhagavan—the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yena—
because; avatirnaù—descended;
avatirnaù—descended; hariù—Lord
hariù—Lord Hari.

O Mother Mathurä, lotus-eyed Lord Hari left His wonderful

Vaikuëöha world and eagerly appeared within your boundary.
You are very fortunate and glorious in this world. We repeatedly
offer our respectful obeisances, bowing before you hundreds of
times.
—author unknown

TEXT 121
aträsét kila nanda-sadma çakaöasyäträbhavad bhaïjanaà
bandha-ccheda-karo ‘pi dämabhir abhüd baddho ‘tra dämodaraù
itthaà mäthura-våddha-vigalat-péyüça-dhäräà pibann
ä nandäñru-dharaù kadä madhu-puréà dhanyaç cariçyämy aham

atra—here;
atra—here; asét—was;
asét—was; nanda—of
nanda—of Mahäräja Nanda; sadma—the
sadma—the
home; çakaöasya—of
çakaöasya—of the cart; atra—here;
atra—here; abhavat—ocurred;
abhavat—ocurred;
bhaïjanam—the
bhaïjanam—the breaking; bandha—of
bandha—of bondage; cheda-karaù—the
cheda-karaù—the
breaker; api—although;
api—although; dämabhiù—by
dämabhiù—by ropes; abhüt—was;
abhüt—was; baddhaù—
bound; atra—here;
atra—here; dämodaraù—Kåñëa;
dämodaraù—Kåñëa; ittham—in
ittham—in this way; mäthura—
in Mäthura; vådddha—of
vådddha—of the elderly guides; vaktra—from
vaktra—from the mouths;
vigalat—flowing;
vigalat—flowing; péyüça—of
péyüça—of nectar; dhäräm—the
dhäräm—the stream; piban—
drinking; ä nanda—of
nanda—of bliss; añru—tears;
añru—tears; dharaù—manifesting;
dharaù—manifesting; kadä—
when; madhu-purém—the
madhu-purém—the city of Mathüra; dhanyaù—fortunate;
dhanyaù—fortunate; cariçyä
mi—will
mi—will go; aham—I.
aham—I.

When will I become fortunate to visit Mathurä Puré and shed

tears of bliss as I drink from the stream of nectar words flowing
from the mouths of the old guides there who say, “Here was
Nanda Mahäräja’s home. Here the cart was broken. Here Lord
Dämodara, who breaks the bonds of birth and death for His
devotees, was Himself tied up with ropes by Mother Yaçodä”?
—Çré Kaviçekhara

TEXT 122
yaträkhilädi-gurur ambuja-sambhavo ‘pi
stambätmanä janur anuspåhayäà babhüva
cakra-dhvajäìkuça-lasat-pada-räji-ramyä
sä räjate ‘dya mathurä hari-räjadhäné

yatra—where;
yatra—where; akhila—of
akhila—of everyone; adi—the
adi—the original; guruù—guru;
guruù—guru;
ambuja—from
ambuja—from the lotus flower; sambhavaù—born;
sambhavaù—born; api—even;
api—even; stamba-
atmana—as
atmana—as a bunch of grass; januù—a
januù—a birth; anusprhayam babhuva—
desired; cakra—with
cakra—with the cakra; dhvaja—flag;
dhvaja—flag; aìkusa—elephant-goad;
aìkusa—elephant-goad;
lasat—splendid;
lasat—splendid; pada—of
pada—of footprints; raji—series;
raji—series; ramya—delightful;
ramya—delightful; sa—
that; rajate—is
rajate—is splendidly manifest; adya—today;
adya—today; mathura—Mathurä;
mathura—Mathurä;
hari—of
hari—of Lord Kåñëa; rajadhäni—the
rajadhäni—the capital.

Mathurä, Lord Kåñëa’s capitol, beautifully decorated with

footprints marked with a cakra, flag, and elephant-rod, where
Brahmä, who was born from a lotus flower and is the original
guru of everyone, yearned to take birth as a blade of grass, is
splendidly manifest, even now.
—author unknown

TEXT 123
béjaà mukti-taror anartha-patalé-nistärakaà tärakaà
dhäma prema-rasasya väïchita-dhurä-sampärakaà pärakam
etad yatra niväsinäm udayate cic-chakti-våtti-dvayaà
mathnätu vyasanä ni mäthura-puré sä vaù ñréyaà ca krität

béjam—seed;
béjam—seed; mukti—of
mukti—of liberation; taroù—of
taroù—of the tree; anartha—of
anartha—of
distresses; paöalé—of
paöalé—of the multitude; nistärakam—delivering;
nistärakam—delivering; tärakam—
the Täraka energy; dhäma—abode;
dhäma—abode; prema-rasanya—of
prema-rasanya—of pure love of
God; väïchita—of
väïchita—of desires; dhurä—of
dhurä—of the multitude; sampärakam—
fulfilled; pärakam—the
pärakam—the Päraka energy; etat—this;
etat—this; yatra—where;
yatra—where;
niväsinäm—of
niväsinäm—of those who dwell; udayate—arises;
udayate—arises; cit—transcendental;
cit—transcendental;
çakti—energy;
çakti—energy; våtti—activities;
våtti—activities; dvayam—two;
dvayam—two; mathnätu—may
mathnätu—may destroy;
vyasanä ni—sins;
ni—sins; mäthura—Mathurä;
mäthura—Mathurä; puré—city;
puré—city; sä—she;
sä—she; vaù—to
vaù—to you;
ñréyam—treasure
ñréyam—treasure of pure love of God; ca—and;
ca—and; kriyät—may
kriyät—may grant.

May Mathurä Puré, where two transcendental potencies,

täraka, which is the seed of the tree of liberation and the savior
from a host of sufferings, and päraka, which satisfies the thirst
for the nectar of pure love of Kåñëa, arise among the residents,
crush all your sins and give you the treasure of pure love for
Lord Kåñëa.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 124
vitarati mura-mardanaù prabhus te
na hi bhajamäna-janäya yaà kadäpi
vitarasi bata bhakti-yogam etaà
tava mathure mahimä giräm abhümiù

vitarati—gives;
vitarati—gives; mura—of
mura—of the Mura demon; mardanaù—the
mardanaù—the crusher;
prabhuù—the
prabhuù—the Lord; te—of
te—of you; na—not;
na—not; hi—indeed;
hi—indeed; bhajamana-janaya
—to the devotees; yam—which;
yam—which; kada api—at
api—at any time; vitarasi—you
vitarasi—you
give; bata—indeed;
bata—indeed; bhakti-yogam—devotional
bhakti-yogam—devotional service; etam—that;
etam—that; tava
—of you; mathure—O
mathure—O Mathurä; mahima—the
mahima—the glory; giram—by
giram—by words;
abhumiù—inexpressable.
abhumiù—inexpressable.

O Mathurä, even your master, Lord Muramardana, refuses to

give the exalted stage of devotional service you easily give to
the devotees. O Mathurä, words have no power to properly
describe your glories.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 125
çravaëe mathurä nayane mathurä
vadane mathurä hådaye mathurä
purato mathurä parato mathurä
madhurä madhurä mathurä mathurä

sravane—in
sravane—in the ears; mathura—Mathurä;
mathura—Mathurä; nayane—in
nayane—in the eyes;
mathura—Mathurä;
mathura—Mathurä; vadane—in
vadane—in the mouth; mathura—Mathurä;
mathura—Mathurä; hådaye
—in the heart; mathura—Mathurä;
mathura—Mathurä; purataù—in
purataù—in front; mathura—
mathura—
Mathurä; parataù—behind;
parataù—behind; mathura—Mathurä;
mathura—Mathurä; madhura—sweet;
madhura—sweet;
madhura—sweet;
madhura—sweet; mathura—Mathurä;
mathura—Mathurä; mathura—Mathurä.
mathura—Mathurä.

Mathurä is in my ears. Mathurä is in my eyes. Mathurä is in

my voice. Mathurä is in my heart. Mathurä is before me.
Mathurä is behind me. Mathurä is sweet. Mathurä is sweet.
—Çré Govinda Miçra

Çré Våndäöavé-vandanam
Obeisances to Våndävana

TEXT 126
tvaà bhaja hiraëyagarbhaà
tvam api haraà tvaà ca tat paraà brahma
vinihita-kåñëä nandam
aham tu våndäöavéà vande

tvam—you;
tvam—you; bhaja—worship;
bhaja—worship; hiraëyagarbham—Lord
hiraëyagarbham—Lord Brahmä; tvam—
you; api—also;
api—also; haram—Lord
haram—Lord Çiva; tvam—you;
tvam—you; ca—also;
ca—also; tat param
brahma—the
brahma—the Supreme Brahman; vinihita—given;
vinihita—given; kåñëa—to
kåñëa—to Lord Kåñëa;
ä nandam—bliss;
nandam—bliss; aham—I;
aham—I; tu—but;
tu—but; våndäöavém—the
våndäöavém—the forest of
Våndävana; vande—worship.
vande—worship.

Go ahead and worship Lord Brahmä! Go ahead and worship

Lord Çiva! Go ahead and worship the Supreme Brahman! I will
not follow you. I will simply worship Våndävana forest, which
brought transcendental delight to Lord Kåñëa.
—author unknown

Çré Nanda-praëämaù
Obeisances to Nanda Mahäräja

TEXT 127
ñrutim apare småtim itare
bhäratam anye bhajantu bhava-bhitäù
aham iha nandam vande
yasyälinde paraà brahma

ñrutim—Vedic
ñrutim—Vedic literature; småtim—corollary
småtim—corollary to the Vedic lierature;
itare—othes;
itare—othes; bhäratam—Mahäbhärata;
bhäratam—Mahäbhärata; anye—still
anye—still others; bhjantu—let
bhjantu—let
them worship; bhava-bhitäù—those
bhava-bhitäù—those who are afraif of material existance;
aham—I;
aham—I; iha—here;
iha—here; nandam—Mahäräja
nandam—Mahäräja Nanda; vande—worship;
vande—worship; yasya
—whose; alinde—in
alinde—in the courtyard; param brahma—the
brahma—the Supreme
Brahman, Absolute Truth.

Those who are afraid of material existence worship Vedic

literature. Some worship småti, the corollaries to Vedic
literature, and others worship the Mahäbhärata. As far as I am
concerned, I worship Mahäräja Nanda, the father of Kåñëa, in
whose courtyard the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the
Absolute Truth, is playing.
—Çré Raghupati Upädhyäya

TEXT 128
bandhükäruëa-vasanaà
sundara-kürcaà mukunda-håta-nayanam
nandaà tundila-vapuñaà
candana-gaura-tviçaà vande

bandhüka—as
bandhüka—as a bandhüka flower; aruëa—red;
aruëa—red; vasanam—wearing
vasanam—wearing
garments; sundara—handsome;
sundara—handsome; kürcam—whose
kürcam—whose face; mukunda—by
mukunda—by
Kåñëa; håta—taken;
håta—taken; nayanam—whose
nayanam—whose eyes; nandam—to
nandam—to Nanda
Mahäräja; tundila—chubby;
tundila—chubby; vapuçam—whose
vapuçam—whose form; candana—of
candana—of
sandalwood; gaura—yellow;
gaura—yellow; tviçam—whose
tviçam—whose complexion; vande—I
vande—I offer
my respectful obeisances.

I offer my respectful obeisances to Nanda Mahäräja. His

garments are red as a bandhüka flower. His face is handsome.
His chubby form is the golden color of sandalwood paste. His
eyes are enchanted by the sight of Lord Mukunda.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Çré Yaçodä-vandanam
Obeisances to Mother Yaçodä

TEXT 129
aìkaga-paìkajanäbhäà
navya-ghanäbhäà vicitra-ruci-sicayäm
viracita-jagat-pramodäà
muhur yaçodäà namayämi
 aìka—on
aìka—on the lap; ga—gone;
ga—gone; paìkaja-näbhäm—lotus-naveled
paìkaja-näbhäm—lotus-naveled Lord
Kåñëa; navya—a
navya—a fresh; ghana—of
ghana—of a raincloud; äbhäm—the
äbhäm—the color; vicitra
—wonderful; ruci—with
ruci—with beauty; sicayäm—garments;
sicayäm—garments; viracita—created;
viracita—created;
jagat—of
jagat—of the world; pramodäm—delight;
pramodäm—delight; muhuù—repeatedly;
muhuù—repeatedly; yaçodäm
—to Mother Yaçodä; namasyä mi—I
mi—I offer respectful obeisances.

Mother Yaçodä holds Lord Paìkajanäbha (Kåñëa) on her lap.

Her garments are wonderfully beautiful. Her complexion is the
color of a fresh raincloud. She delights the entire world. I
repeatedly offer my respectful obeisances to her.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Çré Kåñëa-çaiçavam
Çré Kåñëa’s Childhood

TEXT 130
ati-lohita-kara-caraëam
maïjula-gorocana-tilakam
haöha-parivartita-çakaöaà
mura-ripum uttama-çäyinaà vande

ati-lohita—charmingly
ati-lohita—charmingly reddish; kara—hands;
kara—hands; caraëam—and
caraëam—and feet;
maïjula—beautiful;
maïjula—beautiful; gorocana—with
gorocana—with the yellow pigment gorocana;
tilakam—tilaka
tilakam—tilaka markings; hatha—violently;
hatha—violently; paritvartita—overturned;
paritvartita—overturned;
sakatam—the
sakatam—the cart; mura—of
mura—of the Mura demon; ripum—to
ripum—to the enemy;
uttana-sayinam—lying
uttana-sayinam—lying on His back; vande—I
vande—I offer my respectful
obeisances.

Lying on His back, His hands and feet charmingly reddish,

and His forehead gracefully decorated with yellow gorocana
tilaka markings, Lord Muräri violently overturned the cart. I
offer my respectful obeisances to Him.
—author unknown

TEXT 131
ardhonmélita-locanasya pibataù paryäptam ekaà stanaà
sadyaù prasnuta-dugdham-digdham aparaà hastena sammärjataù
mäträ cäìguli-lälitasya vadane smeräyamäne muhur
viñëoù kñéra-kaëora-dhàa-dhavalä danta-dyutiù pätu vaù
 ardha—half; unmélita—opened; locanasya—whose eyes; pibataù—
drinking; paryäptam—attained; ekam—one; atanam—breast; sadyaù—
at once; prasnuta—flowing; dugdha—with milk; digdham—anointed;
aparam—the other; hastena—with a hand; sammärjataù—rubbing;
mäträ—by His mother; ca—also; aìguli—with her fingers; lälitasya—
being fondled; vadane—in the mouth; smeräyamäne—smiling; muhuù—
continually; viçëoù—of Lord Kåñëa; kñéra—of milk; kaëa—with drops;
danta—of the teeth; dyutiù—the beauty; pätu—may protect; vaù—you
all.

His eyes half-opened, Lord Viñëu drinks the milk of His

mother’s breast. Finishing one breast, with His hand He rubs the
other, from which the milk has already begun to flow. His
mother fondles Him with her fingers. He smiles. May the white
splendor of Lord Viñëu’s teeth, which are anointed with drops of
milk, protect you all.
—Çré Maìgala

TEXT 132
gopeçvaré-vadana-phütkåti-lola-netraà
jänu-dvayena dharaëém anu saïcarantam
kaïcin nava-smita-sudhä-madhurädharäbhaà
bälaà tamäla-dala-nélam ahaà bhajämi

gopa—of
gopa—of the gopas; éçvaré—of
éçvaré—of the queen; vadana—the
vadana—the face;
phütkåti—ignoring;
phütkåti—ignoring; lola—restless;
lola—restless; netram—whose
netram—whose eyes; jänu—of
jänu—of knees;
dvayena—with
dvayena—with the pair; dharaëém—the
dharaëém—the earth; anu—on;
anu—on; saïcarantam—
going; kaïcit—someone;
kaïcit—someone; nava—new;
nava—new; smita—of
smita—of a smile; sudhä—of
sudhä—of the
nectar; madhura—with
madhura—with the sweetness; adhara—of
adhara—of the lips; äbham—
manifesting; bälam—a
bälam—a child; tamäla—of
tamäla—of a tamala tree; dala—leaf;
dala—leaf;
nélam—with
nélam— with the dark complexion; aham—I;
aham— I; bhajä mi—worship.
mi—worship.

His restless eyes ignoring the face of the queen of the gopas,
and His lips anointed with the sweet nectar of a smile, a infant
crawls on the ground with His knees. I worship that infant,
whose complexion is the dark color of a tamäla leaf.
—Çré Raghunätha däsa

TEXT 133
kvänanaà kva nayanaà kva näsikä
kva ñrutiù kva ca çikheti deçitaù
tatra tatra nihitäìguli-dalo
ballavé-kulam änandayat prabhuù

kva—where?;
kva—where?; änanam—face;
änanam—face; nayanam—eyes;
nayanam—eyes; kva—where?;
kva—where?; näsikä—
nose; kva—where?;
kva—where?; ñrutiù—ears;
ñrutiù—ears; kva—where?;
kva—where?; ca—also;
ca—also; çikhä—top
çikhä—top of
the head; iti—thus;
iti—thus; deçitaù—from
deçitaù—from the words; tatra—there;
tatra—there; tatra—and
tatra—and
there; nihita—placed;
nihita—placed; aìguli—finger;
aìguli—finger; dalaù—flower
dalaù—flower petal; ballavé—of
ballavé—of
gopés; kulam—the
kulam—the community; änandayat—delighted;
änandayat—delighted; prabhuù—the
prabhuù—the
Lord.

The gopés asked: “Where is Your face? Where are Your eyes?
Where is Your nose? Where are Your ears? Where is the top of
Your head?” With each question the Lord placed His flower-petal
finger in the appropriate spot. In this way the infant Lord
delighted the gopés.
—Çré Kavi Särvabhauma

TEXT 134
idäném aìgam akñali
racitaà cänulepanam
idäném eva te kåñëa
dhüli-dhüñaritaà vapuù

idanim—now;
idanim—now; aìgam—body;
aìgam—body; akñali—I
akñali—I wash; racitam—done;
racitam—done; ca—also;
ca—also;
anulepanam—anointing;
anulepanam—anointing; idanim—now;
idanim—now; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; te—of
te—of You; kåñëa
—O Kåñëa; dhuli—with
dhuli—with dust; dhusaritam—dirtied;
dhusaritam—dirtied; vapuù—body.
vapuù—body.

Kåñëa, one moment I carefully bathe and anoint You, and the
next moment You are again covered with dust!
—Çré Särvabhauma Bhaööäcärya

TEXT 135
païca-varçam ati-lolam aìgane
dhävamänam alakäkulekñaëam
kiìkiné-valaya-hära-nüpurai
raïjitaà namata nanda-nandanam

païca—five;
païca—five; varçam—years
varçam—years old; ati—very;
ati—very; lolam—restless;
lolam—restless; aìgane
—in the courtyard; dhävamänam—running;
dhävamänam—running; alaka—with
alaka—with curls of hair;
äkula—filled;
äkula—filled; ékñaëam—whose
ékñaëam—whose eyes; kiìkiné—of
kiìkiné—of bells; valaya—
bracelets; hära—necklaces;
hära—necklaces; nüpuraiù—and
nüpuraiù—and aìklets; raïjitam—tinkling
raïjitam—tinkling
sounds; namata—all
namata—all of you please offer respectful obeisances; nanda—
of Mahäräja Nanda; nandanam—of
nandanam—of the son.
 His hair getting in His eyes, and His bells, bracelets,
necklaces, and anklets all tinkling, the restless five-year old son
of Mahäräja Nanda runs in the courtyard. All of you please bow
down to offer respect to Him.
—Çré Agama

Çaiçave ‘pi täruëyam

Adolescence Manifested in Childhood

TEXT 136
adharam adhare kaëöhaà kaëöhe sa-cätu dåçau dåçor
alikam alike kåtvä gopéjanena sa-sambhramam
çiçur iti rudan kåñëo vakñaù-sthale nihitaà ciran
nibhåta-pulakaù smeraù päyät smarälasa-vigrahaù

adharam—lips; adhare—to lips; kaëöham—neck; kaëöhe—the neck;

sa—with; catu—sweet words; dåçau—eyes; dåçoù—to eyes; alikam—
forehead; alike—to forehead; kåtva—doing; gopéjanena—with gopé; sa
—with; sambhramam—care; sisuù—child; iti—thus; rudan—crying;
kåñëaù—Kåñëa; vakñaù-sthale—on the chest; nihitaù—placed; cirat—for
a long time; nibhåta—manifested; pulakaù—hairs standing up; smeraù—
smiling; payat—may protect; smara—amorous feelings; alasa—slow;
vigrahaù—whose form.

Child Kåñëa approached a gopé and carefully placed His lips

against her lips, His neck against her neck, His eyes against her
eyes, and His forehead against her forehead. Speaking sweetly,
He explained that He was, after all, only a small child, and then
He pressed Himself against her breasts for a long time. He then
smiled and the hairs of His body stood up with excitement. May
child Kåñëa, whose body appeared to be too young to enjoy
amorous pastimes, protect you all.
—Çré Diväkara

TEXT 137
brümaù tvac-caritaà taväbhi jananéà chadmäti-bäläkåte
tvaà yädåg giri-kandareñu nayanänanda kuraìgé-dåçam
ity uktaù parilehana-cchalatayä nyastäìgulén änane
gopébhiù purataù punätu jagatém uttäna-supto hariù
 brumaù—we
brumaù—we will describe; tvat—You;
tvat—You; caritam—activities;
caritam—activities; tava—Your;
tava—Your;
abhi—to;
abhi—to; jananim—mother;
jananim—mother; chadma—disguised;
chadma—disguised; ati-bala—of
ati-bala—of a small
child; akåte—in
akåte—in the form; tvam—You;
tvam—You; yadrk—as;
yadrk—as; giri—of
giri—of Govardhana
Hill; kandareñu—in
kandareñu—in the caves; nayana—of
nayana—of the eyes; änandaù—the
änandaù—the bliss;
kuraìgi-dåçam—of
kuraìgi-dåçam—of the doe-eyed gopés; iti—thus; iti—thus; uktaù—spoken;
uktaù—spoken;
parilehana—sucking;
parilehana—sucking; chalataya—in
chalataya—in His own; anane—mouth;
anane—mouth; gopébhiù—
the gopés; purataù—before;
purataù—before; punatu—may
punatu—may purify; jagatim—the
jagatim—the whole
world; uttana-suptaù—a
uttana-suptaù—a small child lying on His back; hariù—Kåñëa.
hariù—Kåñëa.

The gopés complained: “We will tell Your mother what You
have done, how, even though You pretend to be only a small
child, You enjoy amorous pastimes with the doe-eyed girls,
delighting their eyes in the caves of Govardhana Hill.” In the
view of all these gopés, baby Kåñëa cleverly placed a finger in
His mouth and began to suck on it to refute their arguments.
May baby Kåñëa purify the entire world.
—Çré Vanamälé

TEXT 138
vane-mäliné pitur aìke
racayati bälyocitaà caritam
nava-nava-gopé-vadhüti-
smita-paripäté parisphurati

vane-malini—garlanded
vane-malini—garlanded with forest-flowers; pituù—of
pituù—of His father; aìke
—on the lap; racayati—performs;
racayati—performs; balya—for
balya—for a small child; ucitam—
suitable; caritam—activities;
caritam—activities; nava-nava—young;
nava-nava—young; gopé-vadhuti—with
gopé-vadhuti—with the
gopés; smita—of
smita—of amorous smiles; paripati—series;
paripati—series; parisphurati—
manifests.

While on His father’s lap, Lord Vanamälé acts as a small child,

although when He is alone with the young gopés, He exchanges
amorous smiles.
—Çré Mukunda Bhaööäcärya

TEXT 139
nétaà nava-navanétaà
kéyad iti kåñëo yaçodayä prätaù
iyad iti guru-jana-savidhe
vidhåta-dhaniñöhä-payodharaù päyät

nitam—taken;
nitam—taken; nava—fresh;
nava—fresh; navanitam—butter;
navanitam—butter; kiyat—how
kiyat—how muhch?;
iti—thus;
iti—thus; kåñëaù—Kåñëa;
kåñëaù—Kåñëa; yasodaya—by
yasodaya—by Yasoda; prataù—was
prataù—was asked;
iyat—this
iyat—this much; iti—thus;
iti—thus; garu jana—of
jana—of the grown ups; savidhe—in
savidhe—in the
presence; vidhåta—held;
vidhåta—held; dhanistha—of
dhanistha—of Dhanista; payodharaù—the
payodharaù—the
breast; payat—may
payat—may protect.

Mother Yaçodä asked child Kåñëa: “How much butter did You
take?” In the presence of all the grown-ups child Kåñëa grasped
Dhaniñöhä’s breast and said: “This much.”
—Çré Säraìga

TEXT 140
kva yäsi nanu caurike pramuñitaà sphuöaà dåçyate
dvitéyam iha mämakaà vahasi kaïcuke kaëòukam
tyajati nava-gopikä-yugaà nimathnan baläl
lasat-pulaka-maëòale jayati gokule keçavaù

kva—where?;
kva—where?; yasi—are
yasi—are you going; nanu—is
nanu—is it no?; caurike—O
caurike—O thief;
pramusitam—the
pramusitam—the theft; sphutam—clearly;
sphutam—clearly; dåçyate—is
dåçyate—is seen; dvitiyam—
two; iha—here;
iha—here; mamakam—My;
mamakam—My; vahasi—you
vahasi—you carry; kaïcuke—in
kaïcuke—in your
bodice; kandukam—balls;
kandukam—balls; tyaja—give
tyaja—give them up; iti—thus;
iti—thus; nava—of
nava—of the
young; gopéka—gopé;
gopéka—gopé; kuca—of
kuca—of breasts; yugam—the
yugam—the pair; nimathnan—
attacking; balat—forcibly;
balat—forcibly; lasat—manifesting;
lasat—manifesting; pulaka—of
pulaka—of hairs standing
up in ecstasy; mandalaù—the
mandalaù—the multitude; jayati—all
jayati—all glories; gokule—in
gokule—in
Gokula; kesavaù—to
kesavaù—to Lord Kåñëa.

Child Keçava said to a young gopé: “Thief, where are you

going? Have I not caught you stealing? Under your bodice you
are hiding My two toy balls! Give them up!” His bodily hairs
standing erect with joy, He violently attacked that young gopé’s
breasts to retrieve His toy balls. All glories to Lord Keçava, who
enjoyed these extraordinary pastimes in Gokula Village.
—Çré Dépaka

Gavya-haraëam
Stealing Milk-products

TEXT 141
düra-dåñöa-navanéta-bhäjanaà
jänu-caìkramaëa-jäta-sambhramam
mätå-bhéti-parivartitänanaà
kaiçavaà kim api çaiçavaà bhaje
 düra—from
düra—from far away; dåñöa—seen;
dåñöa—seen; navanéta—of
navanéta—of butter; bhäjanam—
the pot; jänu—on
jänu—on His knees; caìkramaëa—going;
caìkramaëa—going; jäta—manifested;
jäta—manifested;
smabhramam—haste;
smabhramam—haste; mätå—of
mätå—of His mother; bhéti—with
bhéti—with fear; parivartita
—turning; änanam—His
änanam—His face; kaiçavam—of
kaiçavam—of Lord Kåñëa; kim api—
something; çaiçavam—childhood;
çaiçavam—childhood; bhaje—I
bhaje—I worship.

Seeing a pot of butter in the distance, baby Keçava quickly

crawled there, anxiously turning His face out of fear of His
mother. I worship these childhood pastimes of the Lord.
—author unknown

TEXT 142
sammuçëan navanétam antika-maëi-stambhe sva-bimbodgamaà
dåñövä mugdhatayä kumäram aparaà saïcintayan çaìkayä
man-mitraà hi bhavän mayätra bhavato bhägaù samaù kalpito
mä mäà sücaya sücayety anunayan bälo hariù pätu vaù

sammuçëan—stealing;
sammuçëan—stealing; navanétam—butter;
navanétam—butter; antika—nearby;
antika—nearby; maëi—
jewelled; stambhe—in
stambhe—in a pillar; sva—own;
sva—own; bimba—in
bimba—in the reflection;
udgamam—manifested;
udgamam—manifested; dåñövä—seeing;
dåñövä—seeing; mugdhatayä—with
mugdhatayä—with
bewilderment; kumäram—child;
kumäram—child; aparam—another;
aparam—another; saïcintaya—thinking;
saïcintaya—thinking;
çaìkayä—with
çaìkayä—with apprehension; mat—My;
mat—My; mitram—friend;
mitram—friend; hi—indeed;
hi—indeed;
bhavän—You
bhavän—You are; mayä—with
mayä—with Me; atra—here;
atra—here; bhavataù—of
bhavataù—of You;
bhägaù—a
bhägaù—a share; samaù—equal;
samaù—equal; kalpitaù—will
kalpitaù—will be; mä—do
mä—do not; mäm—
Me; sücaya—reveal;
sücaya—reveal; sücaya—reveal;
sücaya—reveal; iti—thus;
iti—thus; anunayan—appeasing;
anunayan—appeasing;
bälaù—the
bälaù—the child; hariù—Kåñëa;
hariù—Kåñëa; pätu—may
pätu—may protect; vaù—you
vaù—you all.

As child Hari was stealing butter He noticed His own

reflection in a nearby jeweled column. Thinking this to be
another boy, He became frightened and begged: “You are My
friend. I will share this butter with You. Please don’t tell on Me!
Don’t tell on Me!” May child Hari protect you all.
—author unknown

TEXT 143
dadhi-mathana-ninädais tyakta-nidraù prabhäte
nibhåta-padam agäraà ballavénäà praviñöaù
mukha-kamala-samérair äçu nirväpya dépän
kavalita-navanétaù pätu mäà bäla-kåñëaù

dadhi—yogurt;
dadhi—yogurt; mathana—of
mathana—of churning; ninädaiù—by
ninädaiù—by the sounds;
tyakta—abandoned;
tyakta—abandoned; nidraù—sleep;
nidraù—sleep; prabhäte—at
prabhäte—at daybreak; nibhåta—
silent; padam—with
padam—with feet; agäram—the
agäram—the house; ballavénäm—of
ballavénäm—of the
gopés; praviñöaù—entered;
praviñöaù—entered; mukha—mouth;
mukha—mouth; kamala—of
kamala—of the lotus;
saméraiù—with
saméraiù—with the breeze; äçu—at
äçu—at once; nirväpya—extinguishing;
nirväpya—extinguishing;
dépän—the
dépän—the lamps; kavalita—with
kavalita—with a handful; navanétaù—of
navanétaù—of butter; pätu
—may protect; mäm—me;
mäm—me; bäla—child;
bäla—child; kåñëaù—Kåñëa.
kåñëaù—Kåñëa.

Awakened at daybreak by the sounds of yogurt-churning, on

silent feet child Kåñëa stealthily entered the gopés’ home,
extinguished the lamps with His lotus breath, and stole a
handful of butter. I pray child Kåñëa may protect me.
—author unknown

TEXT 144
savye pänäu niyamita-ravaà kiìkiné-däma dhåtvä
kubjé-bhüya prapada-gatibhir manda-mandaà vihasya
akñëor bhaìgye vihasita-mukhér värayan sammukhénä
mätuù päçcäd aharata harir jatu haiyäìgavénam

savye—in
savye—in His left; panau—hand;
panau—hand; niyamite—checked;
niyamite—checked; ravam—sound;
ravam—sound;
kinkini—of
kinkini—of bells; dama—the
dama—the string; dhåtva—holding;
dhåtva—holding; kubji—crooked;
kubji—crooked;
bhuya—becoming;
bhuya—becoming; präpada—on
präpada—on His toes; gatibhiù—by
gatibhiù—by going; manda-
mandam—very
mandam—very gently; vihasya—smiling;
vihasya—smiling; akanoù—of
akanoù—of His eyes; bhangya
—with crooked glances; vihasita—smiling;
vihasita—smiling; mukhiù—mouths;
mukhiù—mouths; varayaù—
warding off; sammukhinaù—the
sammukhinaù—the gopés standing before Him; matuù—His
matuù—His
mother; pascat—behind;
pascat—behind; aharata—stole;
aharata—stole; hariù—Kåñëa;
hariù—Kåñëa; jatu—one
jatu—one time;
haiyaìgavinam—butter.
haiyaìgavinam—butter.

Silencing His belt of bells by holding it in His left hand, gently

smiling, arching His back, creeping up on His tip-toes, and with
a crooked glance warding off the smiling gopés standing before
Him, child Hari stole butter behind His mother’s back.
—Çré Çrémän

TEXT 145
pada-nyäsän dväräïcala-bhuvi vidhäya tri-caturän
samantäd älolaà nayana-yugalaà dikñu vikiran
smitaà bibhrad vyaktaà dadhi-haraëa-lélä-caöula-dhéù
sa-çaìkam gopénäà madhu ripur agäraà praviçati

pada-nyäsän—footsteps;
pada-nyäsän—footsteps; dvära-aïcala-bhuvi—in
dvära-aïcala-bhuvi—in the doorway;
vidhäya—placing;
vidhäya—placing; tri—three;
tri—three; caturän—or
caturän—or four; samantät—everywhere;
samantät—everywhere;
älolam—restless;
älolam—restless; nayana—of
nayana—of eyes; yugalam—the
yugalam—the pair; dikñu—in
dikñu—in all
directions; vikiran—casting;
vikiran—casting; smitam—a
smitam—a smile; bibhrat—manifesting;
bibhrat—manifesting;
vyaktam—manifested;
vyaktam—manifested; dadhi—of
dadhi—of yogurt; haraëa—stealing;
haraëa—stealing; sa—with;
sa—with;
çaìkam—fear;
çaìkam—fear; gopénäm—of
gopénäm—of the gopés; madhu-ripuù—Lord
madhu-ripuù—Lord Kåñëa, the
enemy of the Madhu demon; agäram—the
agäram—the house; praviçati—enters.
praviçati—enters.

Taking two or three steps in the doorway, turning His restless

eyes in all directions, smiling, and intent on stealing yogurt,
child Madhuripu (Kåñëa) fearfully enters the house.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 146
mådnan kñérädi-cauryän masåëa-surabhiné såkkané päëi-gharñair
äghräyäghräya hastaà sapadi paruñayän kiìkiné-mekhaläyäm
väraà väraà viçäle diçi diçi vikiral-locane lola-täre
mandaà mandaà jananyäù parisaram ayate küöa-gopäla-bälaù

mådnan—pressing;
mådnan—pressing; kñira—milk;
kñira—milk; adi—beginning
adi—beginning with; sauryat—from
sauryat—from
the theft; masrna—only;
masrna—only; surabhini—and
surabhini—and fragant; srkkäni— the corner of
the mouth; päni—of
päni—of His hands; gharsaiù—by
gharsaiù—by rubbing; aghraya—
smelling; aghraya—and
aghraya—and smelling; hastam—His
hastam—His hand; sapadi—
immediately; parusayan—striking;
parusayan—striking; kinkini—of
kinkini—of bells; mekhalayam—of
mekhalayam—of the
belt; varam—again;
varam—again; varam—and
varam—and again; visale disi disi—in
disi—in all directions;
vikirat—casting;
vikirat—casting; locane—His
locane—His eyes; lola—restless;
lola—restless; tare—with
tare—with pupils;
mandam mandam—very
mandam—very slowly; jananyaù—of
jananyaù—of His mother; parisaram—in
parisaram—in
the vicinity; ayate—goes;
ayate—goes; kutaù—the
kutaù—the tricky; gopala—cowherd;
gopala—cowherd; balaù—
child.

Rubbing His hand against the corner of His mouth, which had
become oily and fragant from eating the stolen milk-products,
repeatedly smelling His hand, silencing His belt of bells, and
with restless eyes glancing in all directions, the tricky child
Gopäla slowly approached His mother.
—author unknown

Hareù svapnäyitam
Lord Hari Speaks in His Sleep

TEXT 147
çambho svägataà äsyatäm ita ito vämena padmodbhava
krauïcäre kuçalaà sukhaà sura-pate vitteça no dåçyase
itthaà avapna-gatasya kaiöabha-ripoù ñrutvä jananyä giraù
kià kià bälaka jalpaséty anucitaà thüthü-kåtaà pätu vaù

çambho—O
çambho—O Çiva; svägatam—welcome;
svägatam—welcome; äsyatäm—be
äsyatäm—be seated; itaù—
itaù—
here; itaù—here;
itaù—here; vämena—on
vämena—on the left; padma-udbhava—O
padma-udbhava—O Brahmä;
krauïcä-are—O
krauïcä-are—O Kärttikeya; kuçalam—auspiciousness;
kuçalam—auspiciousness; sukham—
sukham—
happiness; sura-pate—O
sura-pate—O Indra; vitta-éça—O
vitta-éça—O Kuvera; na—not;
na—not; u—indeed;
dåçyase—you
dåçyase—you have been seen; ittham—in
ittham—in this way; svapna-gatasya—
svapna-gatasya—
dreaming; kalöabha-ripoù—of
kalöabha-ripoù—of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaiöabha;
ñrutvä—hearing;
ñrutvä—hearing; jananyäù—of
jananyäù—of His mother; giraù—the
giraù—the words; kim—
kim—
what?; kim—what?;
kim—what?; bälaka—improper;
bälaka—improper; thüthü-kåtam—ejected
thüthü-kåtam—ejected from the
mouth; pätu—may
pätu—may protect; vaù—you
vaù—you all.

Hearing sleeping Kåñëa say, “Çiva, welcome! Sit down.

Brahmä, you sit at my left. Kärttikeya! Auspiciousness to you.
Indra! Happiness to you. Kuvera! I did not see you.” Mother
Yaçodä said: “Child! What, what nonsense are You saying?” I
pray these words of Mother Yaçodä will protect you all.
—Çré Mayüra

TEXT 148
dhérä dharitri bhava bhäram avehi çäntaà
nanv eça kaàsa-hatakaà vinipätayämi
ity adbhuta-stimita-gopa-vadhü-ñrutäni
svapnäyitä ni vasudeva-çiçor jayanti

dhérä—calm;
dhérä—calm; dharitri—O
dharitri—O earth; bhava—please
bhava—please become; bhäram—the
bhäram—the
burden; avehi—please
avehi—please know; çäntam—is
çäntam—is removed; nanu—is
nanu—is it not?;
eçaù—this;
eçaù—this; kaàsa—Kaàsa;
kaàsa—Kaàsa; hatakam—the
hatakam—the demon; vinipätayä mi—Imi—I kill; iti
—thus; adbhuta—with
adbhuta—with wonder; stimita—stunned;
stimita—stunned; gopa-vadhü—of
gopa-vadhü—of the
gopés; ñrutä ni—the
ni—the ears; svapnäyitä ni—words
ni—words spoken in sleep;
vasudeva—of
vasudeva—of Mahäräja Vasudeva; çiçoù—of
çiçoù—of the son; jayanti—all
jayanti—all glories.

Hearing Vasudeva’s son Kåñëa say in His sleep, “Mother

Earth, please become calm. Know that your burden will certainly
be removed. Have I not already practically killed the demon
Kaàsa?” the gopés became stunned with wonder. All glories to
these words Lord Kåñëa spoke in His sleep.
—Çré Väsudeva

Pitror vismäana-çikñaëäi
Instructions and Other Pastimes That Fill Kåñëa’s Parents
With Wonder
 TEXT 149
kälindé-puline mayä na na mayä çailopaçälye na na
nyägrodhasya tale mayä na na mayä rädhä-pituù praìgane
dåñöaù kåñëa itérite sa-niyamaà gopair yaçodä-pater
vismerasya puro hasan nija-gåhän niryan hariù pätu vaù

kälindé—of
kälindé—of the Yamunä; puline—on
puline—on the shore; maya—by
maya—by me; na—
not; na—not;
na—not; maya—by
maya—by me; saila—on
saila—on Govardhana Hill; upasalye—in
upasalye—in the
outskérts of Vraja Village; na—not;
na—not; na—not;
na—not; nyagrodhasya—of
nyagrodhasya—of the
Banyan tree; tale—at
tale—at the base; maya—by
maya—by me; na—not;
na—not; na—not;
na—not; maya—
by me; rädhä—of
rädhä—of Rädhäräëé; pituù—of
pituù—of the father; praìgane—in
praìgane—in the
courtyard; dåñöaù—has
dåñöaù—has been seen; kåñëaù—Kåñëa;
kåñëaù—Kåñëa; iti—thus;
iti—thus; irite—
spoken; sa—with;
sa—with; niyamam—certainly;
niyamam—certainly; gopaiù—by
gopaiù—by the gopas; yasoda—
of Yasoda; pateù—of
pateù— of the husband; vismeranya—astonished;
vismeranya—astonished; puraù—
home; niryan—going;
niryan—going; hariù—Lord
hariù—Lord Kåñëa; patu—may
patu—may protect; vaù—you
vaù—you
all.

The gopas confidently said, “I did not see Kåñëa at the

Yamunä’s shore. I did not see Him on Govardhana Hill or at the
outskirts of Vraja village. I did not see Him at the base of the
banyan tree. I did not see Him in the courtyard of Rädhä’s father
Mahäräja Våñabhänu.” As Nanda Mahäräja became struck with
wonder to hear all this, smiling Kåñëa slipped out of the house,
from right under Nanda’s nose. May Kåñëa protect you all.
—Çré Umäpatidhara

TEXT 150
vatsa sthävara-kandareçu vicaran düra-pracäre gaväà
hiàsrän vékñya puraù puräëa-puruçaà näräyaëaà dhyäsyani
ity uktasya yaçodayä mura-ripor vavyäj jaganti sphurad-
bimboñöha-dvaya-gäòha-péòana-vaçäd avyakta-bhävaà smitam

vatsa—O
vatsa—O child; sthävara—in
sthävara—in the forests; kandareçu—in
kandareçu—in and the caves
of Govardhana Hill; vicaran—going;
vicaran—going; düra-pracäre—far
düra-pracäre—far away; gaväm—of
gaväm—of
the cows; hiàsrän—wild
hiàsrän—wild beasts; vékñya—seeing;
vékñya—seeing; puraù—in
puraù—in the
presence; puräëa—the
puräëa—the oldest; puruçam—supreme
puruçam—supreme person; näräyaëam—
on Lord Näräyaëa; dhyäsyasi—You
dhyäsyasi—You should meditate; iti—thus;
iti—thus; uktasya—
spoken; yaçodayä—by
yaçodayä—by Mother Yaçodä; mura-ripoù—of
mura-ripoù—of Lord Kåñëa, the
enemy of the Mura demon; avyat—may
avyat—may protect; jaganti—all
jaganti—all the
universes; sphurat—manifesting;
sphurat—manifesting; bimba—bimba
bimba—bimba fruit; oñöha—lips;
oñöha—lips;
dvaya—pair;
dvaya—pair; gäòha—hard;
gäòha—hard; péòana—pressing;
péòana—pressing; vaçät—from
vaçät—from the control;
avyakta—not
avyakta—not manifested; bhävam—nature;
bhävam—nature; smitam—a
smitam—a smile.
 Mother Yaçodä said, “Child, when You take care of the cows
far away in the forests or the caves of Govardhana Hill, and You
see dangerous wild animals, then You should meditate on the
ancient Supreme Person, Lord Näräyaëa, and He will protect
You.” As Lord Kåñëa heard these words it was only with great
difficulty that He prevented a smile from appearing on His
bimba-fruit lips. May that suppressed smile protect all the
worlds.
—Çré Abhinanda

TEXT 151
rämo näma babhüva huà tad-abalä séteti huà täà pitur
väcä païcavaté-vane nivasatas tasyäharad rävaëaù
kåñëayeti purätanéà nija-kathäà äkarëya mätreritaà
saumitre kva dhanur dhanur dhanur iti vyagrä giraù päntu-vaù

rämaù—Räma;
rämaù—Räma; näma—named;
näma—named; babhüva—was;
babhüva—was; hum—yes;
hum—yes; tat—His;
tat—His;
abalä—wife;
abalä—wife; sétä—was
sétä—was Sétä; iti—thus;
iti—thus; hum—yes;
hum—yes; täm—her;
täm—her; pituù—of
pituù—of
the father; väcä—by
väcä—by the words; païcavati-vane—in
païcavati-vane—in Païcavaté forest;
nivasataù—residing;
nivasataù—residing; tasya—of
tasya—of Him; aharat—kidnapped;
aharat—kidnapped; rävaëaù—
rävaëaù—
Rävaëa; kåñëasya—of
kåñëasya—of Kåñëa; iti—thus;
iti—thus; purätaném—ancient;
purätaném—ancient; nija—of
nija—of
Himself; kathäm—the
kathäm—the narrative; äkarëya—hearing;
äkarëya—hearing; mäträ—by
mäträ—by His
mother; éritäm—spoken;
éritäm—spoken; saumitre—O
saumitre—O Lakñmaëa, son of Sumitra; kva— kva—
where; dhanuù—My
dhanuù—My bow; dhanuù—bow;
dhanuù—bow; dhanuù—bow;
dhanuù—bow; iti-thus;
iti-thus; vyagrä
—alarmed; giraù—words;
giraù—words; päntu—may
päntu—may protect; vaù—you
vaù—you all.

“There once was a king named Räma.”

“Yes.”
“His wife was Sétä.”
“Yes.”
“On the order of His father, Räma lived in the Païcavaté
forest. There Rävaëa kidnapped Sétä.”
As Lord Kåñëa heard His mother narrate His own activities
performed in ancient times, He suddenly called out: “Lakñmaëa!
Where is My bow? Where is My bow? Where is my bow?” I pray
these alarmed words of Lord Kåñëa may protect you all.
—author unknown

TEXT 152
çyämoccandra svapiçi na çiço naiti mäm adya nidrä
nidrä-hetoù çånu suta kathäà käm apürväà kuruçva
vyaktaù stambhän naraharir abhüd dänavaà därayiçyann
ity uktasya smitam udayate devaké-nandanasya

çyäma—darkness;
çyäma—darkness; uccandra—the
uccandra—the rising moon; svapiçi—You
svapiçi—You sleep; na
—not; çiço—O
çiço—O child; na—not;
na—not; iti—thus;
iti—thus; mäm—to
mäm—to Me; adya—now;
adya—now; nidrä—
sleep; nidrä—of
nidrä—of sleep; hetoù—of
hetoù—of the cause; çåëu—please
çåëu—please hear; suta—O
suta—O
son; kathäm—a
kathäm—a story; käm—what?;
käm—what?; apürväm—unprecedented;
apürväm—unprecedented; kuruçva
—you may do; vyaktaù—appeared;
vyaktaù—appeared; abhüt—was;
abhüt—was; dänavam—the
dänavam—the demon;
därayiyaçan—about
därayiyaçan—about to rip into pieces; iti—thus;
iti—thus; uktasya—spoken;
uktasya—spoken;
smitam—a
smitam—a smile; udayate—arose;
udayate—arose; devaké-nandanasya—of
devaké-nandanasya—of Lord Kåñëa,
the son of Devaké.

“O my rising dark moon, my child, You are not asleep?”

“No. Sleep has not yet come to Me.”
“Listen, my son. I will tell You a bedtime story that will make
You fall asleep.”
“What is this story I have never heard? Please tell it.”
Mother Yaçodä then told the story. When she came to the
sentences, “Then Lord Nåsiàha appeared from the pillar. Lord
Nåsiùa was very eager to rip the demon to shreds.” a smile
suddenly arose on child Kåñëa’s lips.
—Çré Sarvänanda

Go-rakñädi-lélä
Protecting the Cows and Other Pastimes

TEXT 153
deva tvam eka-jaìghavälayita-läguòi-mürdhni vinyasta-bähur
gäyan go-yuddha-gétir uparacita-çiraù-çekharaù pragraheëa
darpa-sphurjan-mahokña-dvaya-samara-kaläbaddha-dérghänubandhaù
kréòä-gopäla-mürtir mura-ripur avatä atta-go-rakña-léläù

devaù—Lord;
devaù—Lord; tvam—You;
tvam—You; eka—one;
eka—one; jangha—leg;
jangha—leg; avalayita—straight;
avalayita—straight;
lagudi—of
lagudi— of the stick; murdhni—on
murdhni— on the head; vinyasta—placed;
vinyasta—placed; bahuù—
an arm; gayan—singing;
gayan—singing; go—for
go—for a cow; yuddha—of
yuddha—of the battle; gitiù—the
gitiù—the
songs; uparacita—fashioned;
uparacita—fashioned; siraù—on
siraù—on the head; sekharaù—a
sekharaù—a crown;
pragrahena—by
pragrahena—by holding; darpa—arrogance;
darpa—arrogance; sphurjat—manifesting;
sphurjat—manifesting;
mahokña—by
mahokña—by great bulls; dvaya—of
dvaya—of a pair; samara—of
samara—of battle; kala—in
kala—in
the arts; abaddha—entangled;
abaddha—entangled; dirgha—for
dirgha—for a long time; anubandhaù—in
anubandhaù—in
relationship; kréòa—pastime;
kréòa—pastime; gopala—of
gopala—of a cowherd boy; murtiù—in
murtiù—in the
form; mura-ripuù—Lord
mura-ripuù—Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of the Mura demon; avatat—
may protect; atta—great;
atta—great; go—of
go—of the cows; rakña—in
rakña—in protecting; léläù—
whose pastimes.
 Wearing a crown, and His hand on the head of a cane, the
Lord loudly sings the song sung by bulls when they challenge
each other for the sake of a cow. Hearing the challenge, two
large, arrogant bulls appear and for a long time remain
absorbed in the arts of battle. I pray Lord Muräri, the playful
cowherd boy who enjoys pastimes of protecting the cows and
bulls, will always protect you.
—Çré Yogeçvara

TEXT 154
yävad gopä madhura-muralé-näda-mattä mukundaà
manda-spandair ahaha sakalair locanair äpibanti
gävas tävan masåëa-yavasa-gräsa-lubdhä vidüraà
yätä govardhana-giri-daré-droëikäbhyantareñu

yävat—when;
yävat—when; gopaù—the
gopaù—the cowherd boys; madhura—the
madhura—the sweet;
murali—of
murali—of the flute; nada—by
nada—by the sounds; mattaù—intoxicated;
mattaù—intoxicated;
mukundam—Lord
mukundam—Lord Kåñëa; manda—without;
manda—without; spandaiù—movement;
spandaiù—movement;
ahaha—aha!;
ahaha—aha!; sakalaiù—with
sakalaiù—with all; locanaiù—eyes;
locanaiù—eyes; apibanti—drink;
apibanti—drink; gavaù
—the cows; tavat—then;
tavat—then; masrna—soft;
masrna—soft; yavasa—of
yavasa—of grasses; grasa—for
grasa—for
mouthfuls; lubdhaù—eager;
lubdhaù—eager; viduram—far
viduram—far away; yataù—gone;
yataù—gone;
govardhana-giri—of
govardhana-giri—of Govardhana Hill; dari-dronkia-abhyntareëa—in
dari-dronkia-abhyntareëa—in the
caves.

When the cowherd boys become intoxicated by the sweet

sounds of the flute, and with unblinking eyes drink the sight of
Lord Mukunda, then the unattended cows, eager for soft
grasses to eat, wander far away and enter the caves of
Govardhana Hill.
—Çré Keçavacchatré

Gopénäà premotkarñaù
The Exalted Nature of the Gopés’ Love

TEXT 155
dhairyaà mäna-parigrahe ‘pi jaghane yac cäàçukälambanaà
gopénäà ca vivecanaà nidhuvanärambha raho-marganam
sädhvé-sac-caritaà viläsa-viratau patyur gåhänveñaëaà
tat-tad-gaurava-rakñaëaà mura-ripor vaàçé-raväpekñaëam
dhairyam—peaceful composure; mana—in pride; parigrahe—in taking;
api—although; jaghane—on the gopés; yat—which; ca—also; aàsuka—of
garments; alambanam—resting; gopénam—of the gopés; ca—also;
vivecanam—decision; nidhuvana—of amorous pastimes; arambhe—in
the action; rahaù—a solitary place; marganam—the search; sadhvi—of
pious girls; sat—the pious; caritam—actions; vilasa—of amorous
pastimes; viratau—in the cessation; patyuù—of their husbands; gåha—
for the homes; anvesanam—the search; tat-tat—various; gaurava—of
respectable elders; rakñaëam—protection; mura-ripoù—of Lord Kåñëa,
the enemy of the Mura demon; vaàçé—of the flute; rava—for the sound;
apekñaëam—hope.

With an air of peaceful respectability the gopés placed nice

garments around their hips and went to enjoy amorous pastimes
with Kåñëa in a solitary place. The sound of Kåñëa’s flute
stunned their vow of chastity, their attachment to their
husbands’ homes, and all the protections offered by their
elders.
—Çré Sarvavidyävinoda

TEXT 156
vilokya kåñëam vraja-väma-netraù
sarvendriyänäà nayanatvam eva
äkarëya tad-veëu-ninäda-bhaìgéà
aicchan punas täù çravaëatvam eva

vilokya—seeing;
vilokya—seeing; kåñëam—Kåñëa;
kåñëam—Kåñëa; vraja—of
vraja—of Vraja; väma-netraù—the
väma-netraù—the
beautiful-eyed girls; sarva—of
sarva—of all; indriyänäm—the
indriyänäm—the senses; nayanatvam
—hearing; tat—of
tat—of Him; veëu—of
veëu—of the flute; ninäda—of
ninäda—of the sounds;
bhaìgém—the
bhaìgém—the waves; aicchan—desired;
aicchan—desired; punaù—again;
punaù—again; täù—they;
täù—they;
çravaëatvam—the
çravaëatvam— the nature of being ears; eva—certainly.
eva—certainly.

When the beautiful-eyed girls of Vraja saw Lord Kåñëa they

wished all their senses were eyes, and when they heard the
waves of music from His flute they wished all their senses were
ears.
—author unknown

Gopébhiù saha lélä

Pastimes With The Gopés
 TEXT 157
kälindé-jala-keli-lola-taruëir ävéta-cénäàçukä
nirgatyäìga-jaläni säritavatér älokya sarvä diçaù
téropanta-milan-nikuïja-bhavane güòhaà cirät paçyataù
çaureù sambhramayann imä vijayate säküöa-veëu-dhvaniù

kälindé—of
kälindé—of the Yamunä; jala—water;
jala—water; keli—for
keli—for pastimes; lola—eager;
lola—eager;
taruniù—the
taruniù—the young girls; avita—abandoned;
avita—abandoned; cina—their
cina—their silk; aàsuka—
garments; nirgatya—emerging
nirgatya—emerging from the water; aìga—of
aìga—of their bodies;
jaläni—the
jaläni—the water; saritavatiù—removing;
saritavatiù—removing; alokya—looking;
alokya—looking; sarvaù—in
sarvaù—in
all; disaù—directions;
disaù—directions; tira—the
tira—the shore; upanta—near;
upanta—near; milat—meeting;
milat—meeting;
nikuïja—of
nikuïja—of the grove; bhavane—in
bhavane—in the abode; gudham—hidden;
gudham—hidden; cirat—
for a long time; paçyataù—looking;
paçyataù—looking; saureù—of
saureù—of Lord Kåñëa;
sambhramayan—enchanting;
sambhramayan—enchanting; imaù—the
imaù—the gopés; vijayate—all
vijayate—all glories; sa-
akuta—tricky;
akuta—tricky; veëu—of
veëu—of the flute; dhvaniù—to
dhvaniù—to the sound.

Removing their silk saris, the young gopés eagerly sported in

the waters of the Yamunä. After some time they intently looked
in all directions, and then, certain that no one was watching,
emerged from the water and carefully dried their naked bodies.
Meanwhile, hidden in a nearby forest grove, Lord Kåñëa had
been watching their every movement for a long time. At a
certain moment He began to play His flute. All glories to Lord
Kåñëa’s tricky flute-music, which completely charms the girls of
Vraja.
—Çré Puruñottamadeva

Tasu kåñëasya bhavah

Lord Kåñëa’s Love for the Gopés)

TEXT 158
svedäplävita-päëi-padma-mukula-prakränta-kampodayäd
visrastam avijänato muralikäà pädäravindopari
lélä-vellita-ballavé-kavalita-sväntasya våndävane
jéyät kaàsa-ripos tri-bhaìga-vapuñaù çünyodayä phut-kåtiù

sveda—with perspiration; aplavita—infatuated; päni—hands; padma

—lotus; mukula—buds; prakranta—begun; kampa—of trembling; udayat
—from the arisal; visrastam—fallen; avijanataù—unaware; muralikam—
the flute; pada—feet; avijanataù—lotus; upari—on; lélä—with pastimes;
vellita—moving; ballavé—by the gopés; kavalita—devoured; sva-
antasya—whose heart; våndävana—in Våndävana; jiyat—all glories;
kaàsa-ripoù—of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa; tri—three-fold; bhaìga
—bending; vapusaù—whose form; sunyap—nothing; udaya—arising;
phut-kåtiù—blowing.

The gracefully moving gopés captured Lord Kåñëa’s heart.

His hands perspired and trembled. Lord Kåñëa, whose form was
bent in three places, was unaware that the flute had dropped
from His lutus-bud hands and fallen to His lotus feet. He began
to blow into what He though was His flute, but no sound
emerged. All glories to that soundless blowing of Lord Kåñëa.
—Çré Ciraïjéva

Çré-Kåñëasya prathama-darçane çré-rädhä-praçnaù

Çrématé Rädhäräëé’s Inquiry on First Seeing Çré Kåñëa)

TEXT 159
bhrü-valli-täëòava-kalä-madhuränana-çréù
kaìkelli-koraka-karambita-karëapüraù
ko ‘yaà navéna-nikañopala-tulya-deho
vaàçé-ravena sakhi mäm avaçé-karoti

bhrü—of the eyebrows; valli—of the vines; täëòava—of dancing; kalä—

with the art; madhura—charming; anana—of the face; çréù—beauty;
kaìkelli—asoka; koraka—buds; karambita—mixed; karëapüraù—
earrings; kaù—who?; ayam—is this; navéna—new; nikaña-upala—a
black stone; tulya—with the sound; sakhi—O friend; mäm—Me; avasi-
karoti—overwhelms.

Friend, who is this person? His body is like a new black

nikaña stone. He wears earrings of açoka buds. The vines of
eyebrows dance on His charming, handsome face. I am
overcome by the sound of His flute.
—author unknown

TEXT 160
indévarodara-sahodara-medura-çrér
väso dravat-kanaka-våndä-nibhaà dadhänaù
ämukta-mauktika-manohara-hära-vakñaù
ko ‘yaà yuvä jagad anaìgamayaà karoti

indivara—of
indivara—of the blue lotus flowers; udara—of
udara—of the whorlds; sahodara
—the brother; medura—glistening;
medura—glistening; çréù—beauty;
çréù—beauty; vasaù—garments;
vasaù—garments;
dravat—molten;
dravat—molten; kanaka—of
kanaka—of gold; våndä—of
våndä—of an abundance; nibham—
the likeness; dadhanaù—wearing;
dadhanaù—wearing; amukta—wearing;
amukta—wearing; mauktika—of
mauktika—of
pearls; manohara—charming;
manohara—charming; hara—necklace;
hara—necklace; vakñaù—on
vakñaù—on His chest;
kaù—who?;
kaù—who?; ayam—is
ayam—is this; yuva—youth;
yuva—youth; jagat—the
jagat—the entire world; anaìga
—with amorous desire; mayam—filled;
mayam—filled; karoti—does.
karoti—does.

Who is this teen-age boy? A charming pearl-necklace

decorates His chest. He is dressed in garments the color of
molten gold. The splendid complexion is the brother of the blue
lotus whorl. He fills the world with amorous passion.
—Çré Sarvavidyavinoda

Sakhya uttaram
The Reply of Rädhä’s Gopé-friend

TEXT 161
asti ko ‘pi timira-stänandhayaù
kiïcid aïcita-padaà sa gäyati
yan manäg api niçamya kä vadhür
nävadhüta-hådayopajäyate

asti—is;
asti—is; kah api—this
api—this person; timira—dark-complexioned;
timira—dark-complexioned;
stänandhayaù—boy;
stänandhayaù—boy; kaïcit—something;
kaïcit—something; aïcita—beautiful;
aïcita—beautiful; padam—
padam—
music; saù—He;
saù—He; gäyati—plays;
gäyati—plays; yat—which;
yat—which; manäk—slightly;
manäk—slightly; api—even;
api—even;
niçamya—hearing;
niçamya—hearing; kä—what?;
kä—what?; vadhüù—girl;
vadhüù—girl; na—not;
na—not; avadhüta—
avadhüta—
trembling; hådaya—heart;
hådaya—heart; upajäyate—is
upajäyate—is manifested.

He is a dark-complexioned boy who plays very beautiful

music. What girl will not tremble at heart by hearing His music
for even a moment?
—author unknown

Çré-Rädhäyäù pürva-rägaù
The Beginning of Rädhä’s Love

TEXT 162
mano gataà manmatha-bäëa-bädham
ävedayantéva tanor vikäraiù
dénänanä väcam uväca rädhä
tadä tad älé-jana-sammukhe sä
 manaù—in
manaù—in the heart; gatam—gone;
gatam—gone; manmatha—of
manmatha—of cupid; bana—of
bana—of
the arrow; badham—the
badham—the wound; avedayanti—informing;
avedayanti—informing; iva—as
iva—as if;
tanoù—of
tanoù—of the body; vikaraiù—with
vikaraiù—with ecstatic symptoms; dina—unhappy;
dina—unhappy;
anana—face;
anana—face; vacam—words;
vacam—words; uvaca—spoke;
uvaca—spoke; rädhä—Rädhä;
rädhä—Rädhä; tada—then;
tada—then;
tat—of
tat—of Her; ali-jana—of
ali-jana—of the friends; sammukhe—in
sammukhe—in the presence; sa—
She.

Unhappy-faced Rädhä said to Her friends: “My heart is

wounded by Käma’s arrow. My body is now filled with the
symptoms of love.”
—Çré Puruñottamadeva

TEXT 163
yad-avadhi yamunä-kuïje
ghana-rucir avalokitaù ko ‘pi
naliné-dala iva salilaà
tad-avadhi taraläyate cetaù

yat-avadhi—when;
yat-avadhi—when; yamunä—on
yamunä—on the Yamunä’s shore; ku 24je—in
24je—in the
grove; ghana—of
ghana—of a raincloud; ruciù—this
ruciù—this person whose splendid bodily
complexion is like the color; avalokitaù—is
avalokitaù—is seen; kah api—this
api—this person;
nalini—of
nalini—of a lotus flower; dale—on
dale—on the leaf; iva—like;
iva—like; saléläm—a
saléläm—a drop of
water; tat-avadhi—then;
tat-avadhi—then; taralayate—trembles;
taralayate—trembles; cetaù—My
cetaù—My heart.

Since, in the forest by the Yamunä, I saw this person whose

complexion is the color of a dark raincloud, My heart has been
trembling like a drop of water on a lotus leaf.
—Çré Kavicandra

TEXT 164
akasmäd ekasmin pathi sakhi mayä yämuna-taöaà
vrajantye dåñöo ‘yaà nava-jaladhara-çyämala-tanuù
sa dåg-bhaìgyä kià väkuruta na hi jäne tata idaà
mano me vyälolaà kvacana gåha-kåtye na balate

akasmät—by
akasmät—by accident; ekasmin—on
ekasmin—on one; pathi—path;
pathi—path; sakhi—O
sakhi—O
friend; mayä—by
mayä—by Me; yamunä—of
yamunä—of the Yamunä; tatam—to
tatam—to the baìk;
vrajantya—going;
vrajantya—going; dåñöaù—was
dåñöaù—was seen; ayam—He;
ayam—He; nava—fresh;
nava—fresh; jaladhara
—raincloud; çyämala—black;
çyämala—black; tanuù—whose
tanuù—whose body; saù—He;
saù—He; dåk-bhaìgya
—with a crooked glance; kim—what?;
kim—what?; vä—or;
vä—or; akuruta—did;
akuruta—did; na—not;
na—not; hi—
hi—
indeed; jäne—I
jäne—I know; tataù—since
tataù—since then; idam—this;
idam—this; manaù—mind;
manaù—mind; me
—my; vyälolam—restless;
vyälolam—restless; kvacana—something;
kvacana—something; gåha-
gåha-kåtye—in
kåtye—in
household duties; na—not;
na—not; balate—is
balate—is able.

Friend, one time, as I walked on the path to the Yamunä’s

bank I saw a boy whose complexion was the color of a dark
raincloud. What spell did He cast on Me when He glanced at Me
with those crooked eyes? I do not know. Since that time My
heart is always very agitated. It no longer allows Me to perform
My household duties.
—Çré Jayanta

TEXT 165
puro néla-jyotsnä tad anu måganäbhi-parimalas
tato lélä-veëu-kvaëitaà anu käïcé-kala-ravaù
tato vidyud-vallé-valayita-camatkära-laharé-
taraìgäl lävaëyaà tad anu sahajänanda udagät

puraù—in
puraù—in My presence; néla—a
néla—a dark; jyotana—effulgent;
jyotana—effulgent; tat anu—
then; mrganabhi—of
mrganabhi—of musk; parimalaù—the
parimalaù—the fragance; tataù—then;
tataù—then; lélä—
playful; veëu—of
veëu—of the flute; kvanitam—music;
kvanitam—music; anu—then;
anu—then; kaïci—of
kaïci—of a sash
of bells; kala—the
kala—the sweet; ravaù—sound;
ravaù—sound; tataù—then;
tataù—then; vidyut—of
vidyut—of
lightning; valli—of
valli—of a vine; valayita—encircled;
valayita—encircled; camatkara—of
camatkara—of wonder;
lahari-taraìgät—from
lahari-taraìgät—from the waves; lavanyam—beauty;
lavanyam—beauty; tat anu—then;
anu—then;
sahaja—natural;
sahaja—natural; änandaù—bliss;
änandaù—bliss; udagat—arose.
udagat—arose.

First I saw a splendid blue effulgence. Then I smelled the

fragance of musk. Then I heard graceful flute music. Then I
heard the sweet tinkling of a sash of bells. Then I saw waves of
wonderful handsomeness encircled by a vine that was a
stationary lightning flash. Then I became filled with bliss.
—author unknown

TEXT 166
adya sundari kalinda-nandiné-
téra-kuïja-bhuvi keli-lampaöaù
vädayan muralikäà muhur muhur
mädhavo harati mämakaà manaù

adya—now;
adya—now; sundari—O
sundari—O beautiful one; kalinda-nandini—of
kalinda-nandini—of the
Yamunä River, the daughter of Mount Kalinda; tira—on
tira—on the shore; kuïja-
bhuvi—in
bhuvi—in the grove; keli—playful;
keli—playful; lampataù—debauchee;
lampataù—debauchee; vädayan—
playing; muralikam—a
muralikam—a flute; muhuh muhuù—repeatedly;
muhuù—repeatedly; mädhavaù—
Lord Kåñëa; harati—steals;
harati—steals; mamakam—My;
mamakam—My; manaù—heart.
manaù—heart.

O beautiful friend, as He played the flute for a long time on

the Yamunä’s shore, the playful debauchee Mädhava stole My
heart.
—author unknown

TEXT 167
yad-avadhi yamunäyäs téra-vänére-kuïje
muraripu-pada-lélä locanäbhyäm aloki
tad-avadhi mama cittaà kutracit kärya-mätre
na hi lagati muhürtaà kim vidheyaà na jäne

yat-avadhi—since;
yat-avadhi—since; yamunäyaù—of
yamunäyaù—of the Yamunä River; tira—ontira—on the
shore; vanira—of
vanira—of vanira trrees; kuïje—in
kuïje—in the grove; muraripu-pada—of
muraripu-pada—of
Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of the Mura demon; lélä—the lélä—the pastimes;
locanabhyam—with
locanabhyam—with two eyes; aloki—I
aloki—I saw; tat-avadhi—since
tat-avadhi—since then;
karya-matre—in
karya-matre—in household duties; na—not;
na—not; hi—indeed;
hi—indeed; lagati—rests;
lagati—rests;
muhurtam—for
muhurtam—for a moment; kim—what?;
kim—what?; vidheyam—should
vidheyam—should be done; na
—do not; jane—I
jane—I know.

Since with My own eyes I saw Kåñëa’s pastimes in the vänéra

grove on the Yamunä’s shore, My heart has not allowed Me to
perform My household chores. What should I do? I do not know
what to do.
—Çré Kavicandra

TEXT 168
yad-avadhi yadunandanänanenduù
sahacari locana-gocaré-babhüva
tad-avadhi malayänile ‘nale vä
sahaja-vicära-paraëmukhaà mano me

yat-avadhi—since;
yat-avadhi—since; yadu-nandana—of
yadu-nandana—of Lord Kåñëa, the descendent of
Maharaja Yadu; anana—of
anana—of the face; induù—the
induù—the moon; sahacari—O
sahacari—O
friend; locana—of
locana—of the eyes; gocari—within
gocari—within the field of perception;
babhuva—has
babhuva—has come; tat-avadhi—then;
tat-avadhi—then; malaya—from
malaya—from the Malaya Hill;
anile—in
anile—in the breeze; anale—in
anale—in a fire; va—or;
va—or; sahaja—natural;
sahaja—natural; vicara—
discrimination; paraëamukham—turned
paraëamukham—turned away; manaù—mind;
manaù—mind; me—My.
me—My.

O My friend, since the moon of Kåñëa’s face has appeared

within the perception of My eyes, My mind has lost all
discrimination. It no longer has the power to distinguish
between the cooling Malayan breeze and the blazing fire.
—Çré Saïjaya Kaviçekhara

TEXT 169
asamaïjasam asamaïjasam
asamaïjasam etad äpatitam
ballava-kumära-buddhyä
hari hari harir ékñitaù kutukät

asamaïjasam—wrong;
asamaïjasam—wrong; asamaïjasam—wrong;
asamaïjasam—wrong; asamaïjasam—wrong;
asamaïjasam—wrong;
etat—this;
etat—this; äpatitam—has
äpatitam —has ocurred; ballava—cowherd;
ballava —cowherd; kumära—boy;
kumära—boy;
buddhyä—with
buddhyä—with the conception; hari—alas!;
hari—alas!; hari—alas!;
hari—alas!; hariù—Lord
hariù—Lord Hari;
ékñitaù—is
ékñitaù—is seen; kutukät—enthusiastically.
kutukät—enthusiastically.

It is wrong, wrong, wrong! Alas! Alas! I saw the Supreme

Personality of Godhead, Lord Hari, and I thought He was an
ordinary cowherd boy!
—Çré Çaraëa

TEXT 170
çuñyati mukham uru-yugaà puñyati jaòatäà pravepate hådayam
svidyati kapola-pälé
sakhi vana-mälé kim äloki

susyati—dries
susyati—dries up; mukham—My
mukham—My mouth; uru—of
uru—of thighs; yugam—the
yugam—the
pair; pusyati jadatam—becomes
jadatam—becomes stunned; pravepate—trembles;
pravepate—trembles;
hådayam—heart;
hådayam—heart; svidyati—perspires;
svidyati—perspires; kapola-pali—cheekñ;
kapola-pali—cheekñ; sakhi—O
sakhi—O
friend; vana-mali—Lord
vana-mali— Lord Kåñëa, who wears a garland of forest-flowers;
kim—why?;
kim—why?; äloki—when
äloki—when I see.

Friend, when I see Kåñëa, who wears a garland of forest-

flowers, why does My mouth become dry, My thighs become
stunned, My heart tremble, and My cheeks perspire?
—Çré Mukunda Bhaööäcärya

TEXT 171
upari tamäla-taroù sakhi pariëata-çarad-indu-maëòalaù ko ‘pi
tatra ca muralé-khuralé kula-maryädäm adho nayati
 upari—above; tamala-taroù—a tamal tree; sakhi—O friend; parinata
—a full; sarat—autumn; indu-mandalaù—moon; kah api—a certain; tatra
—there; ca—also; murali—flute; khurali—playing; kula-maryadam—
morality; adhah nayati—mocks.

Friend, I have seen an autumn full-moon shining above a

tamäla tree. This moon’s flute music mocks My chastity.
—Çré Saïjaya Kaviçekhara

TEXT 172
hanta käntam api taà didrkñate
mänasaà mama na sädhu yat-kåte
indur indumukhi nanda-märutas
candanaà ca vitanoti vedanam

hanta—indeed;
hanta—indeed; käntam—My
käntam—My lover; api—certainly;
api—certainly; tam—Him;
tam—Him;
didrkñate—desires
didrkñate—desires of see; manasam—heart;
manasam—heart; mama—My;
mama—My; na—not;
na—not;
sadhu—happily;
sadhu—happily; yat-kåte—for
yat-kåte—for His sake; induù—the
induù—the moon; indu-mukhi—
O moon-faced girl; manda—the
manda—the gentle; marutaù—breezes;
marutaù—breezes; vitanoti—
give; vedanam—torment.
vedanam—torment.

O moon-faced friend, the gentle breezes, the moon, and the

scent of sandalwood torment My heart. It is not happy. It yearns
to see My lover, Kåñëa.
—author unknown

TEXT 173
guru-jana-gaïjanam ayaço
gåha-pati-caritaà ca däruëaà kim api
vismärayati samastaà
çiva çiva muralé muräräteù

guru-jana—of
guru-jana—of My elders; gaïjanam—the
gaïjanam—the rebukes; ayasaù—My
ayasaù—My infamy;
gåha-pati—of
gåha-pati—of My husband; caritam—the
caritam—the activities; ca—also;
ca—also; därunam—
harsh; kim api—something;
api—something; vismarayati—causes
vismarayati—causes to forget; samastam—
everything; siva—alas!;
siva—alas!; siva—alas!;
siva—alas!; murali—the
murali—the flute; mura-arateù—of
mura-arateù—of
Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of the Mura demon.

Alas! Alas! Kåñëa’s flute makes Me completely forget the

rebukes of My elders, My own growing infamy, and the harsh
actions of My husband.
 —Çré Sarvavidyävinoda

TEXT 174
draviëaà bhavanam apatyaà tävan mitraà tathäbhijätyaà ca
upayamunaà vana-mälé
yävan netre na närtayati

dravinam—wealth;
dravinam—wealth; bhavanam—home;
bhavanam—home; apatyam—children;
apatyam—children; tavat—
then; mitram—friends;
mitram—friends; tathä—in
tathä—in that way; abhijatyam—good
abhijatyam—good family; ca
—also; upayamunäm—on
upayamunäm—on the shore of the Yamunä; vana-mali—Lord
vana-mali—Lord
Kåñëa, who wears a garland of forest flowers; yävat—as
yävat—as long as; netre—
two eyes; na—does
na—does not; nartayati—cause
nartayati—cause to dance.

My wealth, home, children, friends, and family all seen

important only as long as Vanamälé Kåñëa does not glance on
Me with dancing eyes on the Yamunä’s shore.
—Çré Sarvavidyävinoda

TEXT 175
tuñyantu me chidram aväpya çätravaù
karotu me çasti-bharaà gåheçvaraù
maëis tu vakñoruha-madhya-bhüñaëaà
mamästu våndävana-kåñëa-candramäù

tusyantu—may
tusyantu—may become pleased; me—of
me—of Me; chidram—faults;
chidram—faults; avapya
—attaining; satravaù—enemies;
satravaù—enemies; karotu—may
karotu—may do; me—to
me—to Me; sasti—of
sasti—of
punishment; bharam—a
bharam—a host; gåha-isvaraù—My
gåha-isvaraù—My husband; maniù—the
maniù—the
jewel; tu—indeed;
tu—indeed; vakñoruha—breasts;
vakñoruha—breasts; madhya—in
madhya—in the middle;
bhusanam—the
bhusanam—the ornaments; mama—of
mama—of Me; astu—may
astu—may be; våndävana—
in Våndävana; kåñëa-candramaù—the
kåñëa-candramaù—the dark moon of Lord Kåñëa.

Let My enemies be pleased to find fault with Me. Let My

husband punish Me again and again. I do not care. Lord
Kåñëacandra, who enjoys transcendental pastimes in
Våndävana forest, will always be the precious jewel that
decorates My breasts.
—author unknown

TEXT 176
svämé nihantu vihasantu puraù sapatnyo
bhärtur bhajantu guravaù pitaraç ca lajjäm
etävatä yadi kalaìki-kulaà tathästu
rämänuje mama tanotu mano ‘nurägam

svämi—My
svämi—My husband; nihantu—may
nihantu—may beat Me; vihasantu—may
vihasantu—may laugh;
puraù—in
puraù—in My presence; sapatnyaù—enemies;
sapatnyaù—enemies; bhartuù—of
bhartuù—of My husband;
bhajantu—may
bhajantu—may create; guravaù—elders;
guravaù—elders; pitaraù—parents;
pitaraù—parents; ca—and;
ca—and;
lajjam—shame;
lajjam—shame; etavata—in
etavata—in this way; yadi—if;
yadi—if; kalaìki—polluted;
kalaìki—polluted; kulam—
family; tathä—in
tathä—in that way; astu—let
astu—let it be; rama-anuje—for
rama-anuje—for Lord Kåñëa,
the younger brother of Balarama; mama—My;
mama—My; tanotu—will
tanotu—will do; manaù—
heart; anuragam—love.
anuragam—love.

Let My husband beat Me! Let My enemies laugh in My face!

Let My parents and elderly relatives shame Me before My
husband! Let My whole family become polluted! I do not care.
My heart will continue to love Balaräma’s younger brother,
Kåñëa.
—author unknown

TEXT 177
svämé kupyati kupyatäà parijanä nindanti nindantu mäm
anyat kim prathatäm ayaà ca jagati prauòho mamopädravaù
äçäsyaà punar etad eva yad idaà cakñuç ciraà vardhatäà
yenedaà paripéyate mura-ripoù saundarya-säraà vapuù

svämi—My husband; kupyati—is angry; kupyatam—let him be angry;

parijanaù—friends; nindati—rebuke; nindantu—let them rebuke; mam—
Me; anyat—else; kim—what?; prathatam—may be; ayam—that; ca—
also; jagati—in the world; praudhaù—great; mama—for Me; upadravaù
—catastrophe; asasyam—desired; punaù—again; etat—this; eva—
certainly; yat—which; idam—that; cakñuù—eyes; ciram—eternally;
vardhatam—may increase; yena—by which; idam—this; paripiyate—
may be drunk; mura-ripoù—of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of Mura;
saundarya—of handsomeness; saram—the nectar; vapuù—the form.

My husband is angry? Let him be angry. My friends rebuke

Me? Let them. Let there fall upon Me whatever other
catastrophe there may be in this world. I do not care. I simply
wish that My eyes may eternally drink the nectar of Kåñëa’s
handsome form.
—Çré Puñkaräkña

TEXT 178
kià durmilena mama düti manorathena
tävanti hanta sukåtäni kayä kåtäni
etävad eva mama janma-phalaà murärir
yan netrayoù pathi bibharti gatägatäni

kim—what is the use?; durmilena—of this difficult to attain; mama—My;

duti—O messenger; manorathena—desire; tavanti—is that way; hanta—
indeed; sukåtäni—pious deeds; kaya—by whom?; kåtäni—performed;
etavat—in that way; eva—certainly; mama—My; janma—of the birth;
phalam—the fruit; mura-ariù—Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of the Mura
demon; yat—which; netrayoù—of the eyes; pathi—on the pathway;
bibhati—manifests; gata—going; agatäni—and coming.

O messenger-friend, if Kåñëa would walk on the pathway of My eyes,

then My birth will become fruitful. What is the use of this impossible
desire? Who is able to perform the pious activities to obtain this?
—author unknown

TEXT 179
sakhi mama niyati-hatäyäs
tad-darçana-bhägyam astu vä mä vä
punar api sa veëu-nädo
yadi karëa-pathe patet tad evälam

sakhi—O
sakhi—O friend; mama—of
mama—of Me; niyati—whose
niyati—whose good fortune; hatayaù
—is destroyed; tat—of
tat—of Him; darçana—of
darçana—of the sight; bhagyam—the
bhagyam—the good
fortune; astu—may
astu—may be; va—or;
va—or; ma—not;
ma—not; va—or;
va—or; punah api—again;
api—again; saù
—that; veëu—of
veëu—of the flute; nadaù—the
nadaù—the sound; yadi—if;
yadi—if; karëa—of
karëa—of the
ears; pathe—on
pathe—on the path; patet—may
patet—may fall; tat—then;
tat—then; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly;
alam—greatly.
alam—greatly.

O friend, I am very unfortunate. If the sound of Kåñëa’s flute

fell once again on the pathway of My ears, I would not care even
whether or not I had the fortune to see Him.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 180
täräbhisäraka caturtha-niçä-saçaìka
kämämburäçi-parivardhana deva tubhyam
ardho namo bhavatu me saha tena yünä
mithyäpaväda-vacasäpy abhimäna-siddhiù
 tara—with
tara—with the stars; abhisaraka—meeting;
abhisaraka—meeting; catustha—on
catustha—on the fourth;
nisa—night;
nisa—night; saçaìka—O
saçaìka—O moon; kama—of
kama—of a orous desires; ambu-rasi—
the ocean; parivardhana—causing
parivardhana—causing tidal waves; deva—O
deva—O Lord; tubhyam
—unto you!; arghaù—arghya
arghaù—arghya water; namaù—and
namaù—and obeisances; bhavatu—
let there be; me—for
me—for me; saha—with;
saha—with; tena—Him;
tena—Him; yuna—the
yuna—the youthful
Kåñëa; mithya—lies;
mithya—lies; apavada—negating;
apavada—negating; vacana—with
vacana—with words; api—
also; abhimana—of
abhimana—of desire; siddhiù—the
siddhiù—the perfection.

O moon surrounded by stars on the fourth night on the month

of Bhadrä, O lord, O moon making tidal waves in the ocean of
amorous desire, I respectfully offer arghya water to you and I
bow down before you. I pray (that by your mercy) my desire to
become the beloved of youthful Kåñëa will become fulfilled in
truth.
—author unknown

Anya-catura-sakhé-vitarkaù
The Guess of Another Expert Gopé-friend

TEXT 181
siddhantayati na kiïcid
bhramayati dåçam eva kevalaà rädhe
tad avagataà sakhi lagnaà
kadamba-taru-devatä-marutä

siddhantayati—a definite conclusion; na—not; ki 24cit—something;

bhramayati—restlessly rolling about; dåçam—eyes; eva—certainly;
kevalam—indeed; rädhä—Rädhä; tat—this; avagatam—understood;
sakhi—O friend; lagnam—touched; kadamba-taru-of the kadamba tree;
devata—of the diety; maruta—by the breeze.

Friend,I canot say for certain why Rädhä’s eyes are rolling
about in this way. Perhaps She was touched by the flute-music
breeze blowing from the Supreme Personality of Godhead under
the kadamba tree.
—Çré Raìga

Rädhäà prati sakhé-praçnaù

A Gopé-friend’s Question to Çrématé Rädhäräëé
 TEXT 182
kämaà yapuù pulakitaà nayane dhåtäçre
väcaù sa-gadgada-padaù sakhi kampi vakñaù
jïätaà mukunda-muralé-rava-mädhuré te
cetaù sudhäàçu-vadane taralé-karoti

kamam—completely;
kamam—completely; vapuù—body;
vapuù—body; pulakitam—hairs
pulakitam—hairs standing erect;
nayane—eyes;
nayane—eyes; dhåta—held;
dhåta—held; asre—tears;
asre—tears; vacaù—words;
vacaù—words; sa—with;
sa—with;
gadgada-padaù—stuttering
gadgada-padaù—stuttering with a choked up voice; sakhi—Osakhi—O friend;
kampi—heaving;
kampi—heaving; vakñaù—chest;
vakñaù—chest; jïätam—understood;
jïätam—understood; mukunda—of
mukunda—of Lord
Krans; murali—of
murali—of the flute; rava—of
rava—of the sound; madhuri—the
madhuri—the
sweetness; te—of
te—of You; cetaù—the
cetaù—the heart; sudhaàsu-vadane—O
sudhaàsu-vadane—O moon-
faced girl; tarali-karoti—causes
tarali-karoti—causes to tremble.

The hairs stand erect on Your body. Your eyes are full of
tears. Your words are choked-up. Your chest heaves with sighs.
O moon-faced friend, I know it is the sweetness of Mukunda’s
flute music that makes Your heart tremble.
—Çré Raìga

TEXT 183
gataà kula-vadhü-vrataà viditam eva tat-tad-vacas
tathäpi taraläçaye na viratäsi ko durgrahaù
karomi sakhi kim çrute danuja-vairi-vaàçé-rave
manäg api mano na me sumukhi dhairyam älambate

gatam—gone;
gatam—gone; kula—of
kula—of faithful; vadhu—wife;
vadhu—wife; vratam—the
vratam—the vow;
viditam—known;
viditam—known; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; tat-tat—various;
tat-tat—various; vacaù—words;
vacaù—words; tathä
api—still;
api—still; tarala-asaye—O
tarala-asaye—O fickle-hearted girl; na—not;
na—not; virata—stopped;
virata—stopped;
asi—You
asi—You are; kaù—what?;
kaù—what?; durgrahaù—is
durgrahaù—is the difficulty; karomi—will
karomi—will I do;
sakhi—O
sakhi—O friend; kim—what?;
kim—what?; çrute—when
çrute—when heard; danuja-vairi—of
danuja-vairi—of Lord
Kåñëa, the enemy of the demons; vaàçé—of
vaàçé—of the flute; rave—the
rave—the sound;
manak—slightly;
manak— slightly; api—even;
api— even; manaù—heart;
manaù— heart; na—not;
na— not; me—My;
me—My; su-mukhi
—O beautiful-faced friend; dhairyam—peace;
dhairyam—peace; alambate—attains.
alambate—attains.

“O fickle-hearted girl, I know You broke the vow of a faithful

wife, and I know the harsh words You exchanged with Your
husband and relatives. Still You will not give up this affair with
Kåñëa. Why is it so hard for You to give Him up?”
“My beautiful-faced friend, what will I do? When i hear the
sound of Kåñëa’s flute My heart cannot find a moment’s peace.”
—author unknown
 TEXT 184
astaà tävad akértir me
tvayä tathyaà tu kathyatäm
cittaà katham iväsét te
hari-vaàçé-rava-çrutau

astam—let
astam—let there be; tavat—in
tavat—in that way; akértiù—infamy;
akértiù—infamy; me—my;
me—my;
tvayä—by
tvayä—by You; tathyam—the
tathyam—the truth; tu—indeed;
tu—indeed; kathyatam—should
kathyatam—should be
spoken; cittam—heart;
cittam—heart; katham—how
katham—how is it?; iva—like;
iva—like; asit—because;
asit—because; te—
of you; hari—of
hari—of Lord Kåñëa; vaàçé—of
vaàçé—of the flute; rava—of
rava—of the sound;
çrutau—in
çrutau—in the heaing.

Let Me become infamous as Kåñëa’s mistress! I don’t care.

Tell me the truth. When it heard the sound of Kåñëa’s flute,
what happened to your heart?
—author unknown

TEXT 185
satyaà jalpasi duùsahä khala-giraù satyaà kulaà nirmalaà
satyaà niñkaruëo ‘py ayaà sahacaraù satyaà sudüre sarit
tat sarvaà sakhi nismarämi jhaöiti çroträtithir jäyate
ced unmäda-mukunda-maïju-muralé-nisväna-rägodgatiù

satyam—the
satyam—the truth; jalpasi—you
jalpasi—you speak; duhsaha—diffficult
duhsaha—diffficult to bear;
khal—harsh;
khal—harsh; giraù—words;
giraù—words; satyam—the
satyam—the truth; kulam—family;
kulam—family; nirmalam
—pure and spotless; satyam—the
satyam—the truth; niskarunaù—merciless;
niskarunaù—merciless; api—
also; ayam—this;
ayam—this; sahacaraù—friend;
sahacaraù—friend; satyam—the
satyam—the truth; su—very;
su—very; dure
—far away; sarit—the
sarit—the river; tat—this;
tat—this; sarvam—all;
sarvam—all; sakhi—O
sakhi—O friend;
vismarämi—I
vismarämi—I forget; jhatiti—at
jhatiti—at once; srotra—of
srotra—of the ears; atithiù—a
atithiù—a
guest; jayate—becomes
jayate— becomes manifested; cet—if;
cet— if; unmada—intoxicating;
unmada— intoxicating;
mukunda—of
mukunda—of Lord Kåñëa; maïju—the
maïju—the beautiful; murali—of
murali—of the flute;
nisvana—sounds;
nisvana— sounds; raga—music;
raga— music; udgatiù—manifestation.
udgatiù— manifestation.

You speak the truth. It is true that the harsh rebukes of My

superiors are very hard to bear. It is true that My family’s
reputation is spotless. It is true that this friend Kåñëa is
merciless. It is true that the Yamunä is very far away. Still, when
the beautiful, intoxicating sound of Kåñëa’s flute music becomes
a guest in My ears, I immediately forget all of this.
—Çré Govinda Bhaööa
Çré-Rädhäà prati sakhé-narmäçväsaù
A Gopé’s Joking Words of Encouragement to Çrématé Rädhäräëé

TEXT 186
niçä jalada-saìkulä timira-garbha-lénaà jagad
vayas tava navaà navaà vapur apürva-lélä-mayam
alaà sumukhi nidrayä vraja-gåhe ‘pi naktaïcaré
kadamba-vana-devatä nava-tamäla-néla-dyutiù

nisa—the
nisa—the night; jalada—with
jalada—with clouds; saìkula—is
saìkula—is filled; timira—of
timira—of
darkness; garbham—in
garbham—in the opening; linam—entered;
linam—entered; jagat—the
jagat—the world;
vayaù—age;
vayaù—age; tava—Your;
tava—Your; navam—is
navam—is young; navam—fresh;
navam—fresh; vapuù—body;
vapuù—body;
apurva—unprecedented;
apurva— unprecedented; lélä—of
lélä— of pastimes; mayam—consisting;
mayam— consisting; alam—
what is the use?; su-mukhi—O
su-mukhi—O beautiful-faced girl; nidraya—of
nidraya—of this
sleeping; vraja—of
vraja— of Vraja Villge; gåhe—in
gåhe— in a house; api—even;
api—even; naktam—
in the night; cari—wandering;
cari—wandering; kadamba—of
kadamba—of the kadamba trees; vana—
of the forest; devata—the
devata—the diety; nava—fresh;
nava—fresh; tamala—of
tamala—of a tamala tree;
néla—with
néla—with the dark; dyutiù—splendor.
dyutiù—splendor.

The night is filled with clouds. Darkness has swallwed the

world. You are a young girl and Your body is filled with
unprecedented, ever-fresh, playful, graceful, beauty. O
beautiful-faced girl, what is the use of Your sleeping like this in
a house in Vraja village? Wake up! At this moment Kåñëa, whose
dark complexion is the color of a young tamäla tree, and who is
the Deity of the kadamba forest, wanders about in the night.
—Çré Sarvavidyävinoda

Çré Kåñëaà prati çré-rädhänuräga-kathanaà

Çrématé Rädhäräëé’s Love is Described to Lord Kåñëa

TEXT 187
tväm aïjanéyati phaläsu vilokayanté
tväà çåëvati kuvalayéyati karëapüram
tväà pürëimä-vidhu-mukhé hådi bhävayanté
vak\ço-niléna-nava-nélamaëià karoti

tvam—You; aïjaniyati—makes black mascara; phalasu—in a picture;

vilokayanti—gazing; tvam—You; srnvati—hearing; kuvalayiyati—makes
into a blue lotus flowers; karma-puram—an earrings; tvam—You;
purnima—full; vindhu—moon; mukhi—whose face; hådi—in the heart;
bhavayanti—meditation; vaksaù—on the chest; nilina—placed; nava—
new; nélamanim—sapphire; karoti—makes.

When this girl, whose face is like the full moon, gazes at Your picture,
She transforms You into black mascara anointing Her eyes. When She
hears about You, She makes You into a blue lotus flower on Her ear. In
Her heart She meditates on You as a new sapphire decorating Her
breast.
—author unknown

TEXT 188
gåhétaà tambülaà parijana-vacobhir na sumukhé
smaraty antaù-çünyä murahara gatäyäm api niçi
tathaiväste hastaù kalita-phaëi-vallé-kiçalayaà
tathaiväsyaà tasyäù kramuka-phala-phälé-paricitam

virahena—with
virahena—with separation; yathä—just
yathä—just as; padyavalyam—in
padyavalyam—in
Padyavali; gåhitam—taken;
gåhitam—taken; tambulam—betel-nuts;
tambulam—betel-nuts; parijana—of
parijana—of the
associates; vacobhiù—by
vacobhiù—by the words; na—not;
na—not; su-mukhi—the
su-mukhi—the beautiful-
faced girl; smarati—remembers;
smarati—remembers; antaù—within;
antaù—within; sunya—empty;
sunya—empty; mura-
hara—O
hara—O Kåñëa, killer of the Mura demon; gatayam—gone;
gatayam—gone; api—even;
api—even;
nisayam—the
nisayam—the night; tathä—in
tathä—in that way; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; aste—rests;
aste—rests;
hastaù—the
hastaù—the hand; kalita—manifested;
kalita—manifested; phäni—betel;
phäni—betel; valli—of
valli—of the vine;
kisalayaù—sprouts;
kisalayaù—sprouts; tathä—in
tathä—in that way; eva—certainly;
eva—certainly; asyam—mouth;
asyam—mouth;
tasyäù—of
tasyäù—of her; kramula-phala-phali—with
kramula-phala-phali—with betel nuts; pairicitam—filled.
pairicitam—filled.

O Kåñëa, O killer of the Mura demon, You absence has so

stunned beautiful-faced Rädhäräëé that as She talks at night
with Her friends She cannot remember whether She took any
betelnuts, whether betelnuts are in Her hand, or betelnuts in
Her mouth.
—Çré Harihara

TEXT 189
prema-pävaka-léòhäìgé
rädhä tava jagat-pate
çayyäyäù skhalitä bhümau
punas taà gantum akñamä

prema—of
prema—of love; pavaka—by
pavaka—by the fire; lidha—licked;
lidha—licked; aìgi—whose
aìgi—whose limbs;
rädhä—Rädhä;
rädhä—Rädhä; tava—for
tava—for You; jagat—of
jagat—of the universe; pate—O
pate—O Lord;
sayyayaù—from
sayyayaù—from the bed; skhalita—fallen;
skhalita—fallen; bhumau—on
bhumau—on the ground;
punaù—again;
punaù—again; tam—to
tam—to it; gantum—to
gantum—to go; akñama—unable.
akñama—unable.
 O Lord of the universe, Her body licked by the flames of love
for You, Rädhä fell from Her bed to the floor and could not rise
again.
—Çré Kavicandra

TEXT 190
murahare sahasa-garimä
katham iva väcyaù kuraìga-saväkñyaù
khedärëava-patitäpi
prema-dhüraà te samudvahati

mura-hara—O
mura-hara—O killer of the Mura demon; sahasa-garima—the
sahasa-garima—the
greatness; matham—how?;
matham— how?; iva—like;
iva— like; vacyaù—may
vacyaù— may be described;
kuraìga-sava-akñyaù—of
kuraìga-sava-akñyaù—of fawn-eyed Rädhäräëé; kheda—of
kheda—of suffering;
arëava—in
arëava—in the ocean; patita—fallen;
patita—fallen; api—although;
api—although; prema—of
prema—of love;
dhuram—a
dhuram—a great abundance; te—for
te—for You; samudvahati— .

O Kåñëa, how can I describe the greatness of fawn-eyed

Rädhä’s love for You? Even though She has fallen into the ocean
of suffering, She still loves You deeply.
—Çré Kavicandra

TEXT 191
gäyati géte çaàsati
vaàse vädayati sa vipaïciñu
päöhayati païjara-çukaà
tava sandeçäkñaraà rädhä

gayati—as
gayati—as She sings; gite—songs;
gite—songs; saàsati—plays;
saàsati—plays; vaàse—the
vaàse—the flute;
vädayati—plays;
vädayati— plays; sa—She;
sa— She; vipancisu—the
vipancisu—the vina; pathayati—causes
pathayati—causes to
recite; païjara—in
païjara—in a cage; sukam—a
sukam—a parrot; tava—Your;
tava—Your; sandesa—of
sandesa—of the
letter; akñaram—the
akñaram— the words; rädhä—Rädhä.
rädhä— Rädhä.

Rädhä taught Her caged parrot to recite the words of Your

letter. She turned Your letter into a song She sings to the
accompaniment of flute and véëä.
—Çré Govardhanäcärya

Çré-Rädhäà prati çré-kåñëänuräga-kathanam

Çré Kåñëa’s Love is Described to Çrématé Rädhäräëé

TEXT 192
keli-kaläsu kuçalä nagare murärer
äbhéra-néraja-dåçaù kati vä na santi
rädhe tvayä mahad akäri tapo yad eña
dämodaras tvayi paraà paramänurägaù

keli—of
keli—of amorous pastimes; kalasu—in
kalasu—in the arts; kusalaù—expert;
kusalaù—expert;
nagare—in
nagare—in the village of Vraja; mura-areù—of
mura-areù—of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of
the Mura demon; abhira—gopés;
abhira—gopés; niraja—lotus;
niraja—lotus; dåçaù—with
dåçaù—with eyes; kati—
how many?; va—or;
va—or; na—not;
na—not; santi—are;
santi—are; rädhe—O
rädhe—O Rädhä; tvayä—by
tvayä—by
You; mahat—great;
mahat—great; akari—performed;
akari— performed; tapaù—austerity;
tapaù— austerity; yat—which;
yat—which;
esaù—this;
esaù—this; damodaraù—Lord
damodaraù—Lord Kåñëa; tvayi—for
tvayi—for You; param—then;
param—then;
parama—supreme;
parama— supreme; anuragaù—has
anuragaù— has love.

O Rädhä, in Vraja village are there not very many lotus-eyed

gopés expert in amorous pastimes and completely in love with
Muräri? What great austerities did You perform to make
Dämodara love You so much?
—author unknown

TEXT 193
vatsän na cärayati vädayate na veëum
ämodate na yamunä-vana-märutena
kuïje niléya çithilaà valitottamäìgam
antas tvayä çvasiti sundari nanda-sünuù

vatsan—the
vatsan—the calves; na—does
na—does not; carayati—herd;
carayati—herd; vädayate—plays;
vädayate—plays;
na—not;
na— not; veëum—the
veëum— the flute; amodate—is
amodate— is pleased; na—not;
na—not; yamunä—
from the Yamunä; vana—through
vana—through the forest; marutena—by
marutena—by the breeze;
kuïje—in
kuïje— in the forest grove; niliya—entered;
niliya— entered; sithilam—slackened;
sithilam—slackened; valita—
bent; uttamaìgam—head;
uttamaìgam—head; antaù—within;
antaù—within; tvayä—by
tvayä—by You; svasiti—sighs;
svasiti—sighs;
sundari—O
sundari— O beautiful girl; nanda—of
nanda— of Nanda Maharaja; sunuù—the
sunuù—the son.

He will not take care of the calves. He does not play the flute.
He is not pleased by the cooling breezes blowing into the forest
from the Yamunä River. He sits in the forest grove with His head
bowed down. O beautiful girl, in His heart the son of Nanda
sighs for You.
—Çré Daityäri Paëòita
 TEXT 194
sarvädhikaù sakala-keli-kalä-vidagdhaù
snigdhaù sa eña mura-çätrur anargha-rüpaù
tvaà yäcate yadi bhaja vraja-nägari tvaà
sädhyaà kim anyad adhikaà bhuvane bhavatyäù

sarva—of
sarva—of all; adhikaù—the
adhikaù—the best; sakala—in
sakala—in all; keli—of
keli—of amorous
pastimes; kala—in
kala—in the arts; vidagdhaù—expert;
vidagdhaù—expert; snigdhaù—affectionate;
snigdhaù—affectionate;
saù—he;
saù—he; esaù—He;
esaù—He; mura—of
mura—of the Mura demon; satruù—the
satruù—the enemy;
anargha-rupaù—the
anargha-rupaù—the most handsome; tvam—You;
tvam—You; yacate—begs;
yacate—begs; yadi—
if; bhaja—then
bhaja—then worship; vraja—of
vraja—of Vraja; nagari—O
nagari—O heroine; tvam—You;
tvam—You;
sadhyam—attainable;
sadhyam—attainable; kim—what;
kim—what; anyat—other;
anyat—other; adhikam—greater;
adhikam—greater;
bhuvane—in
bhuvane—in the entire world; bhavatyaù—for
bhavatyaù—for You.

Kåñëa is the best of lovers. He is the most expert in all the

arts of amorous love. He is the most handsome. He loves You. O
heroine of Vraja village, if He begs You, You should respond to
His advances. You should worship Him. What greater lover could
You find in all the world?
—Çré Raìga

Çré-Rädhäbhisäraù
The Meeting With Rädhä

TEXT 195
mandaà vidhehi caraëau paridhehi nélaà
väsaù pidhehi valayävalim aïcalena
me jalpa sähasini çärada-candra-känti-
dantäàsavas tava tamaàsi samäpayanti

mandam—softly;
mandam—softly; vidhehi—place;
vidhehi—place; caraëau—Your
caraëau—Your feet; paridhehi—
wear; nélam—blue;
nélam—blue; vasaù—garments;
vasaù—garments; pidhehi—cover;
pidhehi—cover; valaya—of
valaya—of
bracelets; avalim—the
avalim— the host; aïcalena—with
aïcalena— with the edge of Your sari; ma—
don’t; jalpa—talk;
jalpa—talk; sahasini—O
sahasini—O reckless girl; sarada—autumn;
sarada—autumn; candra—of
candra—of
the moon; känti—the
känti—the effulgence; danta—of
danta—of the teeth; aàsavaù—the
aàsavaù—the rays
of light; tava—of
tava—of You; tamaàsi—the
tamaàsi—the darkness; samapayanti—dispells.
samapayanti—dispells.

Move Your feet softly. Wear these dark blue garments. Cover
Your bracelets with the edge of Your sari. Don’t talk. O reckless
girl, the autumn moonlight of Your teeth dispels the darkness.
—Çré Ñäëmäsika
 TEXT 196
kim uttérëaù panthäù kupita-bhujati-bhoga-viñamo
viçodhä bhüyasyäù kim iti kula-pälé-katu-giraù
iti smäraà smäraà dara-dalita-çétadyuti-rucau
sarojäkñi sonaà diçi nayana-koëaà vikirati

kim—why?; uttirnaù—arisen; panthaù—a path; kupita—angry;

bhujagi—of a snake; bhoga—the coils; visamaù—herd; visodhaù—
tolerated; bhuyasyäù—many; kim—why?; iti—thus; kula-pali—of the
gopés; katu—harsh; giraù—words; iti—thus; smaram—remembering;
smaram—and remembering; dara—slightly; dalita—broken; sitadyuti—of
the moon; rucau—in the effulgence; saroja-akñi—lotus-eyes Rädhä;
sonam—red; disi—in the direction; nayana—of the eyes; konam—the
corner; vikirati—cast.

The gopés said: “What kind of path is this? It turns like the
winding coils of an angry snake. Why must we tolerate this?”
Repeatedly remembering the gopés harsh words and prayers
that the moonlight would light up the darkness, lotus eyed
Rädhä cast in the direction of the very faint moon an angry
glance from the reddish corner of Her eyes. She forbade the
moon to shine.
—Çré Sarvavidyävinoda

TEXT 197
citrokérëäd api visadharäd bhéti-bhäjo rajanyäà
kià vä brümas tvad-abhisaraëe sähasaà mädhaväsyäù
dhvänte yäntyä yad ati-nibhåtaà rädhayätma-prakäça-
träsät päëiù pathi phaëi-phaëä-ratna-rodhé vyadhäyi

citra-utkirnat—engraved
citra-utkirnat—engraved on a medallion; api—even;
api—even; visadharat—from
visadharat—from
a serpent; bhiti—fear;
bhiti—fear; bhajaù—possessing;
bhajaù—possessing; rajanyam—at
rajanyam—at night; kim—
what?; va—or;
va— or; brumaù—we
brumaù— we may say; tvat—with
tvat— with You; abhisarane—at
abhisarane—at the
meeting; sahasam—rashness;
sahasam—rashness; mädhava—O
mädhava—O Mädhava; asyaù—of
asyaù—of Her;
dhvante—in
dhvante—in the darkness; yantya—going;
yantya—going; yat—because;
yat—because; ati—very;
ati—very;
nibhåtam—secretly;
nibhåtam—secretly; rädhäya—by
rädhäya—by Rädhä; atma—of
atma—of it; prakasa—from
prakasa—from the
effulgence; trasat—out
trasat—out of fear; paniù—a
paniù—a hand; pathi—on
pathi—on the path; phäni
—of the serpent; phana—the
phana—the hood; ratna—the
ratna—the jewel; rodhi—covering;
rodhi—covering;
vyadhayi—was
vyadhayi—was done.

O Mädhava, how can we describe Rädhä’s reckless fear of the

serpent engraved on Her medallion? As She walked on the path
to secretly meet You in the middle of the night, She became so
afraid the effulgence of the jewel on that serpent’s hood would
light up the darkness She covered it with Her hand.
—author unknown

Çré-Rädhäà prati sakhé-väkyaà

A Gopé-friend’s Statement to Çrématé Rädhäräëé

TEXT 198
manmathonmathitam acyutaà prati
brühi kiïcana samullasat-smitam
kiïca siïca mågaçäva-locane
locaneìgita-sudhaugha-nirjaharaiù

manmatha—by
manmatha—by amorous desires; unmathitam—agitated;
unmathitam—agitated; acyutam—
infallible Kåñëa; prati—to;
prati—to; bruhi—please
bruhi—please speak; ki 24cana—something;
24cana—something;
samllasat—glistening;
samllasat—glistening; smitam—smile;
smitam—smile; ki 24ca—therefore;
24ca—therefore; sinca—please
sinca—please
sprinkle; mrgasava—fawn;
mrgasava—fawn; locane—with
locane—with eyes; locana—from
locana—from the eyes;
iìgita—of
iìgita—of hints; sudha—of
sudha—of nectar; augha—flooding;
augha—flooding; nirjharaiù—with
nirjharaiù—with
streaàs.

Say something to the splendidly smiling infallible Personality

of Godhead who stands before You filled with amorous desire. O
fawn-eyed girl, sprinkle Him with the flooding nectar of Your
amorous glance.
—author unknown

TEXT 199
govinde svayam äkaroù saroja-netre
emändha vära-vapur-arpanaà sakhi tvam
kärpaëyaà na kuru darävaloka-däne
vikréte kariëi kim aìkuçe vivädaù

govinde—to
govinde—to Lord Kåñëa; svayam—personally;
svayam—personally; akaroù—do;
akaroù—do; saroja-
netre—O
netre—O lotus-eyes girl; prema—by
prema—by love; andha—blinded;
andha—blinded; vara—
beautiful; vapuù—of
vapuù—of the body; arpanam—offering;
arpanam—offering; sakhi—O
sakhi—O friend; tvam
—You; karpanyam—miserliness;
karpanyam—miserliness; na—do
na—do not; kuru—do;
kuru—do; dara—slight;
dara—slight;
avaloka—of
avaloka—of a glance; dane—in
dane—in the gift; vikrite—in
vikrite—in the elephant-goad;
vivadaù—an
vivadaù—an argument.
 My dear friend, You have already sold Yourself and all Your
beauty to Govinda. Now You should not be bashful. Please look
upon Him cheerfully. One who has sold an elephant to another
person should not make a miserly quarrel about selling the
trident which controls the elephant.*
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Srila Rupa Gosvami's

Sri Padyavali

TEXT 200
paramänuräga-parayätha rädhayä
parirambha-kauçala-vikäsi-bhävayä
sa tayä saha smara-sabhäjanotsavaà
niravähayäc chikhi-çikhaëòa-çekharaù

parama—supremely;
parama—supremely; anuräga—to
anuräga—to love; parayä—devoted;
parayä—devoted; atha—
atha—
then; rädhayä—with
rädhayä—with Rädhä; parirambha—in
parirambha—in embracing; kauçala—
kauçala—
expertise; vikäsi-
vikäsi-bhävayä—manifesting;
bhävayä—manifesting; saù—He;
saù—He; tayä—Her;
tayä—Her; saha—
saha—
with; smara—of
smara—of cupid; sabhäjana—welcoming;
sabhäjana—welcoming; utsavam—a
utsavam—a festival;
niravähayat—performed;
niravähayat—performed; çikhi-çikhaëòa-çekharaù—Lord
çikhi-çikhaëòa-çekharaù—Lord Kåñëa, who
wears a peacock feather crown.

With affectionate Rädhäräëé, who is very expert at the art of

embracing, peacock-feather crowned Kåñëa enjoyed a great
festival to welcome the arrival of Kämadeva.
—Çré Kaviräja Miçra

TEXT 201
asmin kuïje vinäpi pracalati pavanaà vartate ko 'pi nünaà
paçyämaù kià na gatvety anusarati gaëe bhéta-bhéte 'rbhakänäm
tasmin rädhä-sakho vaù sukhayatu vilasan kréòayä kaiöabhärir
vyätanväno mågäri-prabala-ghuraghura-räva-raudrocca-nädäù

asmin—in this; kuïje—forest grove; vinä—without; api—even;

pracalati—trembles; pavanam—breeze; vartate—is; kaù api—someone;
nünam—certainly; paçyämaù„—we see; kim—what?; na—not; gatvä—
having gone; iti—thus; anusarati—follows; gaëe—the host; bhéta-bhéte
—terrified; arbhakänäm—of boys; tasmin—in this place; rädhä-
sakhaù„—Lord Kåçëa, the friend of Rädhä; vaù—us; sukhayatu—may
delight; vilasan—playing; kréòayä—playfully; kaiöabha-ariù„—the
enemy of the Kaiöabha demon; vyätanvänaù„—manifesting; mågäri—of
a tiger; prabala—ferocious; ghuraghura—roaring; räva—sounds; raudra
—frightening; ucca—loud; nädän—sounds.

This forest grove trembles even though there is no wind. Someone

must be here. We don't see anyone. The cowherd boys have all fled
from this place in terror. In this place there is only Rädhä's friend Kåñëa,
who enjoys pastimes of loudly playfully, ferociously, and frighteningly
roaring like a tiger. May Lord Kåñëa delight you all.
—author unknown

Kréòänantaraà jänaténäà sakhénäà

narmoktiù
Joking Words of Gopé-friends Aware of the Divine Couple's
Intimate Pastimes

TEXT 202
iha nicula-nikuïje madhyam adhyasya rantur
vijanam ajani çayyä kasya bäla-pravälaiù
iti nigadati våëde yoñitäà päntu yuñmän
smita-çabalita-rädhä-mädhavälokitäni

iha—here; nicula—of nicula trees; nikuïje—in the grove; madhyam—

the middle; adhyasya—attained; rantuù—of the lover; vijanam—solitary;
ajani—was made; çayyä—a bed; kasya—of whom?; bäla—with new;
pravälaiù—flower petals; iti—thus; nigadati—speaking; våëde—to the
host; yoçitäm—of gopés; päntu—may protect; yuñman—you all; smita—
with smiles; çabalita—mixed; rädhä—of Rädhä; mädhava—and Kåñëa;
alokitäni—glances.

The gopés said: “What passionate lover made this couch of new
flower-petals here in the middle of this solitary grove of nicula trees?” I
pray that Çré Rädhä-Mädhava’s smiling glances at these joking gopés
may protect you all.
—Çré Rüpadeva

Mugdha-bäla-väkyam
The Words of an Innocent Child

TEXT 203
kåñëa tvad-vanamälayä saha håtaà kenäpi kuïjodare
gopé-kuntala-arha-däma tad idaà präptaà mayä gåhyatäm
itthaà dugdha-mukhena gopa-çiçunäkhyäte trapä-namrayo
rädhä-mädhavayor jayanti valita-smerälasä dåñöayaù
 kåñëa—O Kåñëa; tvat—Your; vana—of forest flowers; mälayä—the
garland; saha—with; håtam—taken; kena api—by someone; kuïja—of
the forest grove; udare—in the middle gopé—of the gopés; kuntala—in
the hair; barha—of peacock feathers; däma—the necklace; tat—this;
idam—this; präptam—obtained; mayä—by me; gåhyatam—it may be
taken; ittham—in this way; dugdha-mukhena—by a small child; gopa—of
a cowherd; çiçunä—the son; akhyate—spoken; trapä—with
embarrassment; namrayoù—with bowed heads; rädhä-mädhavayoù—of
Çré Rädhä-Kåñëa; jayanti—all glories; valita—manifested; smera—
smiling; älasaù—gentle; dåñöayaù—glances.

A very young gopa said: “Kåñëa, deep in the forest I found

Your forest flower garland and peacock-feather necklace in this
gopé’s hair. Someone must have taken them from You. Please
take them back.” Hearing these words, Rädhä and Mädhava
glanced at each other. All glories to Their gently smiling,
embarrassed glances.
—Çré Lakñmaëa Sena

Çré-Rädhayä saha dinäntara-keliù. atra sakhé-väkyaà

A Gopé-friend Alludes to Rädhä’s Pastimes With Lord Kåñëa on
the Previous Day

TEXT 204
adhunä dadhi-manthanänubandhaà
kuruñe kià guru-vibhramälasäìgi
kalaça-stani lälaséti kuïje
muralé-komala-käkalé muräreù

adhuna—now; dadhi—yogurt; manthana—churning; anubandham—

activity; kuruñe—You do; kim—why?; guru—great; vibhrama—with
fatigue; älasa—tired; aìgi—whose limbs; kalaça-stani—whose breasts
are like waterpots; lälasé—of the flute; iti—thus; kuïje—in the forest;
muralé—flute; komala—the sweet; käkalé—spund; mura-areù—of Lord
Kåñëa, the enemy of the Mura demon.

O girl whose breasts are like waterpots, You are very tired.
Why churn yogurt now? At this moment Lord Muräri sweetly
plays His flute in the forest.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Tasyäù säküta-väkyam
Her Reply With a Hidden Meaning

TEXT 205
çvaçrur iìgita-daivataà nayanayor éhä-liho yätaraù
svämé niùçvasite ‘py asüyati mano-jighraù sapatné-janaù
tad düräd ayam aïjaliù kim amunä dåg-bhaìgi-bhävena te
vaidagdhé-vividha-prabandha-rasike vyartho ‘yam atra çramaù

çvaçruù—of My mother-in-law; iìgita—hints; daivatam—diety;

nayanayoù—of the eys; éhä—activities; lihaù—licking; yätaraù—sisters-
in-law; svämé—husband; niùçvasite—sighs; api—also; asüyati—is
jealous; manaù—the mind; jighraù—smelling; sapatni-janaù—rivals; tat
—therefore; dürät—from far away; ayam—this; aïjaliù—folded hands;
kim—what is the use?; amunä—of these; dåk-bhaìgi-bhävena—crooked
sidelong glances; te—of You; vaidagdhé—in expertize; vividha—various;
prabandha—activities; rasike—expert at relishing transcendental
mellows; vyarthaù—useless; ayam—this; atra—here; çramaù—
endeavor.

My mother-in-law is suspicious. My sisters-in-law watch My

every move, licking Me with their eyes. My husband sighs with
jealousy. My enemies sniff about to discover My intentions. I
cannot go with You now. From a distance please accept My
respects with folded hands. What is the use of these crooked
sidelong glances? O friend expert at relishing transcendental
mellows, these endeavors to convince Me to go with You are all
useless.
—author unknown

TEXT 206
saìketa-kåta-kokilädi-ninadaà kaàsa-dviñaù kurvato
dväronmocana-lola-çaìkha-valaya-kväëaà muhuù çåëvataù
keyaà keyam iti pragalbha-jaraté-väkyena dünätmano
rädhä-präìgaëa-koëa-koli-viöapi-kroòe gatä çarvaré

saìketa-kåta—meeting; kokila—cuckoos; adi—beginning with;

ninadam—the sound; kaàsa-dviñaù—of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of
Kaàsa; kurvataù—doing; dvara—the door; unmocana—opening; lola—
moving; çaìkha—concù-shells; valaya—bracelets; kvanam—sound;
muhuù—repeatedly; çånvataù—hearing; ka—who?; iyam—is it; ka—
who?; iyam—is it; iti—thus; pragalbha—arrogant; jarati—of Jarati;
väkyena—with the words; düna—depressed and pained; ätmanaù—at
heart; rädhä—of Çrématé Rädhäräëé; praìgana—of the courtyard; koëa
—in a corner; koli-viöapi—of a tree; kroòe—in the lap; gatä—passed;
çarvaré—the night.

When Lord Kåñëa arrived in Rädhä’s courtyard for Their

rendezvous, His tinkling ornaments sounded as the cooing of
cuckoos and other birds. He suddenly heard the door open, and
He also heard the continual jingling sounds of conchshell
bracelets. When He heard the arrogant Jaraté call out, “Who’s
there? Who’s there?” He became pained at heart. He spent that
entire night hiding in a tree in a corner of the courtyard.
—Çré Hara

TEXT 207
ähütädya mahotsave niçi gåhaà çünyaà vimucyägatä
kñévaù preñya-janaù kathaà kula-vadhür ekäkiné yäsyati
vatsa tvaà tad imäà nayälayam iti çrutvä yaçodä-giro
rädhä-mädhavayor jayanti madhura-smerälasä dåñöyaù

ähüta—called; adya—now; mahä—to a great; utsave—festival; niçi—

at night; gåham—house; çünyam—empty; vimucya—leaving; ägatä—
came; kñévaù—excited; preñya-janaù—servants; katham—how is it?;
kula-vadhuù—a chaste wife; ekäkiné—alone; yäsyati—will go; vatsa—O
child; tvam—You; tat—then; imäm—to this; naya—bring; älayam—
home; iti—thus; çrutvä—hearing; yaçodä—of Yaçodä; giraù—the words;
rädhä-mädhavayoù—of Çré Rädhä-Kåñëa; jayanti—all glories; madhura
—sweet; smera—smiling; äläsaù—gentle; dåñöayaù—to the glances.

Mother Yaçodä said to Kåñëa: “My child, I invited Rädhä to

a party at night. Her husband wasn’t at home. She left Her
empty home and came here. When She came the servants were
very agitated and said: `How can a chaste wife travel about all
alone? How can She return to Her home unaccompanied?’ For
this reason, my child, I want You to escort Her home.” When
Rädhä and Mädhava heard Mother Yaçodä’s words, They
glanced at each other. All glories to Their sweetly smiling gentle
glances.
—Çré Lakñmaëa Sena

TEXT 208
gacchämy acyuta darçanena bhavataù kià tåptir utpadyate
kintv evaà vijana-sthayor hata-janaù sambhävayaty anyathä
ity ämantraëa-bhaìgi-sücita-våthävasthäna-khedälasam
äçliñyan pulakotkaräïcita-tanur gopéà hariù pätu vaù

gacchämi—I am going; acyuta—O infallible Kåñëa; darçanena—by

the sight; bhavataù—of You; kim—how?; tåptiù—happiness; utpadyate—
is manifested; kintu—furthermore; evam—in this way; vijana-sthayoù—
in a solitary place; hata—ruined; janaù—a person; sambhävayati—
becomes; anyathä—otherwise; iti—thus; ämantraëa—of advice; bhaìgi—
by crooked words; sücita—indicated; våthä—useless; avasthäna—
situation; kheda—unhappy; älasam—immobile; äçliçyan—embracing;
pulaka—with hairs standing up; utkara-aïcita—manifested; tanuù—
whose form; gopém—the gopé; hariù—Lord Kåñëa; pätu—may protect;
vaù—you all.

One day Rädhä accidentally met Kåñëa in the forest. She

said: “I am going. O Acyuta, what happiness will I get by seeing
You? If a girl stays in a secluded place with a man her reputation
is ruined.” After saying these crooked hints, Rädhä feigned
unhappiness and remained motionless. Lord Kåñëa suddenly
embraced Her, making the hairs of His body stand up with joy. I
pray Lord Kåñëa will protect you all.
—author unknown

Sakhé-narma
Joking Words of a Gopé-friend

TEXT 209
sakhi pulakiné sa-kampä
bahiù-sthalitas tvam älayaà präptä
vékñobhitäsi nünaà
kåñëa-bhujaìgena kalyäëi

sakhi—O friend; pulakiné—hairs standing up; sa—with; kampä—

trembling; bahiù-sthalitaù—from outside; tvam—You; älayam—the
house; präptä—entered; vékñobhita—agitated; asi—You have been;
nünam—certainly; kåñëa-bhujaìgena—by the black snake of Kåñëa;
kalyäëi—O beautiful girl.

O friend, You are trembling. The hairs on Your body are

standing up. You have run into the house from outside. O
beautiful girl, You must certainly have been attacked by the
black snake of Lord Kåñëa.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Punar anyedyur abhisärikä tatra sakhé-vakyaà

A Gopé-friend Encourages Çrématé Rädhäräëé to Meet Lord
Kåñëa
 TEXT 210
aklänta-dyutibhir vasanta-kusumair uttaàsayan kuntalän
antaù khelati khaïjaréta-nayane kuïjeñu kaïjekñaëaù
asmän mandira-karmatas tava karau nädyäpi viçramyataù
kim brümo rasikägraëér asi ghaöé neyaà vilamba-kñamä

aklänta—great; dyutibhiù—with splendor; vasanta—spring; kusumaiù

—with flowers; uttaàsayan—decorating; kuntalän—hair; antaù—within;
khelati—enjoys pastimes; khaïjaréta-nayane—O khaïjana-eyed girl;
kuïjeñu—in the forest groves; kaïjekñaëaù—lotus-eyed Kåñëa; asmät—
therefore; mandira-karmataù—from this housework; tava—Your; karau
—hands; na—not; adya—now; api—even; viçramyataù—may be rested;
kim—why?; brümaù—we say; rasikä—of all girls expert at enjoying
transcendental pastimes; agranéù—the leader; asi—You are; ghaöé—
time; na—not; iyam—this; vilamba-kñamä—to be delayed.

O khaïjana-eyed girl, at this moment in the forest groves

lotus-eyed Kåñëa is decorating the gopés’ hair with splendid
springtime flowers. For this reason we say: You are the best of
all girls expert at relishing transcendental pastimes. Why do You
not take Your hands from this housework and go to Him? There
is not a moment to lose.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Parékñaëa-käriëéà sakhéà prati çré-rädhä-väkyaà

Çrématé Rädhäräëé’s Reply to a Questioning Gopé-friend

TEXT 211
lajjaivodghaöitä kim atra kuliçodbaddhä kapäöa-sthitir
maryädaiva vilaìghitä pathi punaù keyaà kalindätmajä
äkñiptä khala-dåñöir eva sahasä vyälävalé kidåçé
präëä eva samarpitaù sakhi ciraà tasmai kim eñä tanuù

lajjä—shame; eva—certainly; udghaöita—manifested; kim—

whether?; atra—here; kuliça—by a thunderbolt; udbaddhä—struck;
kapäöa-sthitiù—the door; maryäda—the boundary; eva—certainly;
vilaìghitä—crossed; pathi—on the path; punaù—again; ka—what?; iyam
—this; kalinda-ätmajä—the Yamunä River, the daughter of Mount
Kalinda; äkñipta—cast; khala—angry; dåñöiù—glance; eva—certainly;
sahasa—violently; vyala—of snakes; avali—the multitude; kidåçi—like
what?; praëaù—life breath; eva—certainly; samarpitaù—offered; sakhi—
O friend; ciram—eternally; tasmai—to Him; kim—whether?; eñä—this;
tanuù—body.

(One day, as Rädhä was hurrying to meet Kåñëa in the forest,

a gopé-friend met Her and asked why She was hurrying so
quickly. Rädhä said:) “I’m embarrassed. Has lightning struck My
door? Does the Yamunä flood My house? Do snakes stare at Me
with angry eyes? Are these the reasons for My haste, or is the
reason that I have eternally offered My body and life to Lord
Kåñëa?”
—author unknown

TEXT 212
dvi-traiù keli-saroruhaà tri-caturair dhammilla-mallé-srajaà
kaëöhän mauktika-mälikä tad anu ca tyaktvä padaiù païcañaiù
kåñëa-prema-vighürnitäntaratayä düräbhisäräturä
tanv-aìgé nirupäyam adhvani paraà çåoëé-bharaà nindati

dvi—with two; traiù—or three; keli—pastime; saroruham—lotus

flower; tri— with three; caturaiù—or four; dhammilla—in braided hair;
mallé—of mallé flowers; srajam—garland; kaëöhät—from the neck;
mauktika—of pearls; mälikä—a necklace; tat—that; anu— following; ca
—also; tyaktvä—leaving; padaiù—feet; païcasaiù—with five; kåñëa—for
Lord Kåñëa; prema—by love; vighürnita—agitated; antaratayä—in the
heart; düra—far away; abhisära—rendezvous; äturä—weak; tanu—
slender; aìgé—body; nirupäyam—without a remedy; adhvani—on the
path; param—great; çåoëé—of Her hips; bharam—weight; nindati—
rebukes.

After two or three steps, She thinks Her toy lotus flower a
burden and sets it down by the road. After three of four steps
She sets down the garland of jasmine flowers decorating Her
braids, and after five steps She removes the pearl-necklace from
Her neck. Then slender Rädhä, unhappy that the meeting is so
far away, and Her heart trembling with love for Kåñëa, rebukes
Her hips for being so heavy, but She cannot abandon them, and
so She is forced to carry them.
—author unknown

Väsaka-sajjä
Çrématé Rädhäräëé Makes Careful Arrangements for the
Rendezvous With Lord Kåñëa

TEXT 213
talpaà kalpaya düti pallava-kulair antar latä-maëòape
nirbandhaà mama puñpa-maëòana-vidhau nädyäpi kim muïcasi
paçya kréòad-amandam andha-tamasaà våndäöavém tastare
tad gopendra-kumäram atra milita-präyaà manaù çaìkate
 talpam—the bed; kalpaya—make; düti—O messenger; pallava—of
flowers; kulaiù—with a multitude; antaù—within; latä—of vines;
maëòape—the cottage; nirbandham—devotion; mama—My; puñpa—
with flowers; maëòana—of decorating; vidhau—in the activity; na—not;
adya—now; api—even; kim—whether; muïcasi—You abandon; paçya—
look; kréòat—playing; amandam—great; andha—blinding; tamasam—
darkness; våndä-atavém—Våndävana forest; tastare—extends; tat—
then; gopa—of the gopas; indra—of the king; kumäram—the son; atra—
here; milita-präyam—the meeting; manaù—heart; çaìkate—hopes.

O messenger friend, why don’t you stop decorating Me with

flowers, and decorate the bed in this forest-cottage instead.
Look! Playful, blinding darkness now covers Våndävana forest.
My heart hopes that here I will meet Lord Kåñëa, the prince of
the gopas.
—Çré Raghunätha däsa

Utkaëöhitä
Çrématé Rädhäräëé Longs to Meet Kåñëa

TEXT 214
sakhi sa vijito véëä-vädyaiù kayäpy apara-striyä
paëitam abhavat täbhyäà tatra kñapä-lalitaà dhruvam
katham itarathä çephäléñu skhalat-kusumäsv api
prasarati nabho-madhye ‘péndau priyeëa vilambyate

sakhi—O friend; saù—He; vijitaù—conquered; véëä—of the véëä;

vädyaiù—by the music; kaya api—by a certain; apara—other; striyä—
woman; paëitam—won in a gambling match; abhavat—was; täbhyäm—
by them; tatra—there; kñapä—the night; lalitam—beauty; dhruvam—
certainly; katham—why?; itarathä—otherwise; çephäléñu—sephali;
skhalat—falling; kusumäsu—as the flowers; api—even; prasarati—
travels; nabhaù—of the sky; madhye—in the middle; api—even; indau—
as the moon; priyeëa—by My lover; vilambyate—there is delay.

My friend, perhaps some other women enticed Kåñëa with

lute-music? Perhaps she won Him in a gambling match? The
night is very beautiful. The çephälé flowers are in bloom. The
moon has already half traversed the sky. Some other woman
have lured My lover, Kåñëa. Otherwise, why is He so late in
coming here?
—author unknown

TEXT 215
aratir iyam upaiti mäà na nidrä
gaëayati tasya guëän mano na doñän
viramati rajané na saìgamäçä
vrajati tanus tanutäà na cänurägaù

aratiù—unhappy;
aratiù—unhappy; iyam—this;
iyam—this; upaiti—approaches;
upaiti—approaches; mäm—Me;
mäm—Me; na— na—
not; nidra—sleep;
nidra—sleep; gaëayati—counts;
gaëayati—counts; tasya—Him;
tasya—Him; guëän—virtues;
guëän—virtues;
manaù—heart;
manaù—heart; na—not;
na—not; doñän—faults;
doñän—faults; viramati—ends;
viramati—ends; rajäni—the
rajäni—the
night; na—not;
na—not; saìgama—of
saìgama—of meeting; äçä—the
äçä—the hope; vrajati—attains;
vrajati—attains;
tanuù—the
tanuù—the body; tanutäm—thinness;
tanutäm—thinness; na—not;
na—not; ca—also;
ca—also; anurägaù—
anurägaù—
love.

Unhappy sleep does not come near Me. My heart counts His
virtues but not His faults. The night ends, but My desire to meet
Him does not end. My body has become weak and thin, but My
love for Him has not become weak at all.
—Çré Kaìka

Vipralabdhä
Çrématé Rädhäräëé is Separated From Lord Kåñëa

TEXT 216
uttiñöha düti yämo
yämo yätas tathäpi näyätaù
yätaù param api jévej
jévita-nätho bhavet tasyäù

uttiñöha—rise; düti—O messenger-friend; yämaù—let us go; yamaù

—the hour; yataù—is past; tathä api—still; na—not; ayataù—has come;
ya—who; ataù—then; param—after; ayataù—has come; ya—who; ataù
—then; param—after; api—even; jévet—lives; jévita—of life; näthaù—
the Lord; bhavet—must be; tasyäù—of her.

Messenger friend, get up! Let us go. The hour is passed, and still He
has not come. A girl who can remain alive in this situation certainly has
the god of life in her control.
—Çré Kaìka

Khaëòitä
Çrématé Rädhäräëé is Cheated by Lord Kåñëa

TEXT 217
läkñä-lakñma laläöa-paööam abhitaù keyüra-mudrä gale
vaktre kajjala-kälimä nayanayos tämbüla-rägo ghanaù
dåñövä kopa-vidhäyi-maëòanam idaà prätaç ciraà preyaso
lélä-tämarasodare måga-dåçaù çväsaù samäptià gataù

lakña—of red lac; lakñma—the mark; lalata—of the forehead; pattam

—the surface; abhitaù—on; keyura—of bracelets and armlets; mudra—
the mark; gale—on the neck; vaktre—on the mouth; kajjala—of
mascara; kalima—the blackness; nayanayoù—on the eyes; tambula—of
betel-nuts; ragaù—the redness; ghanaù—intense; dåñöva—seeing; kopa
—anger; vidhayi—doing; mandanam—the ornament; idam—this; prataù
—at daybreak; ciram—for the ornament; idam—this; prataù—at
daybreak; ciram—for a longtime; preyasaù—of Her lover; lélä—
pastimes; tamarasa—a red lotus flower; udare—within; mrga-dåçaù—of
the doe-eyed gopé; svasaù—the sighs; samaptim—an end; gataù—
attained.

At daybreak seeing marks of red lac on Kåñëa’s forehead, the

impression of armlets on His neck, black mascara on His mouth, and the
red betel stains around His eyes, doe-eyed Rädhä suddenly stopped
sighing. Decorated with intense anger, She was like a red lotus flower.
—Çré Autkala

Tasyä väkyam
Her Words

TEXT 218
kåtaà mithyä-jalpair virama viditaà kämuka cirät
priyäà täm evoccair abhisara yadéyair nakha-padaiù
viläsaiç ca präptaà tava hådi padaà räga-bahulair
mayä kim te kåtyaà dhruvam akuöiläcära-parayä

kåtam—what is the use?; mithya-jalpaiù—of these lies; virama—

stop; viditam—known; kamuka—O debauchee; cirat—for a long time;
priyam—to the beloved; tam—her; eva—certainly; uccaiù—greatly;
abhisara—go; yadiyaiù—of whom; nakha-padaiù—by the scratches;
vilasaiù—glistening; ca—also; präptam—attained; tava—Your; hådi—on
the chest; padam—a place; raga—with redness; bahulaiù—abundant;
maya—with Me; kim—what?; te—for You; kåtyam—is useful; dhruvam—
certainly; akutila—not crooked; acara—to activities; paraya—devoted.

What is the use of these lies? Stop! Stay, O debauchee, with the girl
who placed these glistening red scratch marks on Your chest. What do
You want with an honest girl like Me?
—Çré Rudra

TEXT 219
särdhaà manoratha-çatais tava dhürta käntä
saiva sthitä manasi kåtrima-bhäva-ramyä
asmäkam asti na hi kaçcid ihävakäças
tasmät kåtaà caraëa-päta-viòambanäbhiù

sardham—with; manoratha—of desires; sataiù—hundreds; tava—

Your; dhurta—O rascal; känta—mistress; sa—she; eva—certainly; sthita
—stays; manasi—in the heart; kåtrima—pretended; bhava—with love;
ramya—beautiful; asmäkam—of Us; asti—is; na—not; hi—indeed; kascit
—this; iha—here; avakasaù—opportunity; tasmät—therefore; kåtam—
what is the use?; caraëa—at My feet; pata—of falling; vidambanabhiù—
of pretenses.

Filled with hundreds of lusty desires, Your beautiful new mistress

pretends she loves You in her heart. I am not like her. What is the use of
pretending to fall at My feet?
—Çré Rudra

TEXT 220
analaìkåto ‘pi mädhava
harasi mano me sadä prasabham
kim punar alaìkåtas tvaà
samprati nakha-rakñatais tasyäù

analaìkåtaù—not devorated; apu—even; mädhava—O Kåñëa; harasi

—You enchant; manaù—mind; me—My; sada—always; prasabham—
strongly; kim punaù—how much more; alaìkåtaù—decorated; tvam—
You; samprati—now; nakha-rakñatais—with the scratches; tasyäù—of
her.

O Mädhava, even when You do not wear ornaments You enchant My

heart. How much more enchanting You are decorated with the nice
scratch-marks of this other girl.
—Çré Viçvanätha

Khaëòanäpta-nirvedäyäs tasyä väkyaà

The Statement of Çrématé Rädhäräëé Is Depressed Because She Was
Cheated by Lord Kåñëa, Who Failed to Appear at the Rendezvous

TEXT 221
vyatétäù prärambhaù praëaya-bahu-mäno vigalito
duräçä yätä me pariëatim iyaà präëitum api
yatheñöaà ceñöantäà virahi-vadha-vikhyäta-yaçaso
vibhävä mayy ete pika-madhu-sudhäàsu-prabhåtayaù

vyatitaù—passed; prarambhaù—endeavors; praëaya—of love; bahu-

manaù—respect; vigalitaù—gone; durasa—hope against hope; yata—
attained; me—of Me; parinatim—transformation; iyam—this; pranitum—
to live; api—even; yathä—as; istam—desired; cestantam—activities;
virahi—of lovers separated from their beloved; vadha—killing;
vikhyaata-yasasaù—celebrated; vibhavaù—arousing ecstatic love; mayi
—in Me; ete—then; pika—cuckoos; madhu—spring season; sudhaàsu—
moon; prabhåtayaù—beginning with.

Now all My endeavors have come to and end. Now My heart is

crushed. Now My last hopes have left and I am on the verge of giving up
this life. Now the cuckoos, springtime, moon, and all the others famous
for killing lovers separated from their beloved, torment My heart.
—Çré Puruñottamadeva

TEXT 222
mä muïca païcaçara païca-çaréà çarére
mä siïca sändra-makaranda-rasena väyo
aìgäni tat-praëaya-bhaìga-vigarhitäni
nälambituà kñaëam api kñamate ‘dye jévaù

ma—don’t; muïca—release; païcasara—O cupid; païca—five; sarim—

arrows; sarire—on the body; ma—don’t; sinca—sprinkled; sandra—
intense; makaranda—of honey; rasena—with nectar; vayo—O breeze;
aìgäni—limbs; tat—that; praëaya—of love; bhaìga—breaking; vigarhitäni
—polluted; na—not; alambitum—to rest; kñaëam—for a moment; api—
even; kñamate—is able; adya—now; jévaù—life.

Dear Mr. Cupid, please do not excite Me by throwing your arrows at

My body. Dear Mr. Air, please do not arouse Me with the fragance of
flowers, I am now bereft of Kåñëa’s loving attitude, and so, under the
circumstances, what is the use of My sustaining this useless body?
There is no need for such a body by any living entity.*
 —Çré Puruñottamadeva

Puanù säyam äyäti mädhave sakhé-çikñä

When Lord Kåñëa Returned in the Evening, a Gopé-friend
Spoke the Following Instructions

TEXT 223
kaïcana vaïcana-cature
prapaïcaya tvaà muräntake mänam
bahu-vallabhe hi puruñe
däkñiëyaà duùkham udvahati

kaïcana—something; vaïcana—at cheating; cature—expert;

präpaïcaya—manifest; tvam—You; murantake—to Kåñëa; manam—
anger; bahu-vallabhe—who has many girl-friends; hi—indeed; puruse—
to a man; dakñiëyam—gentlelness; duhkham—suffering; udvahati—
brings.

Now You should be angry with this expert cheater Kåñëa. Being
gentle to a debauchee will bring only suffering.
— Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Mäniné
The Angry Gopé

TEXT 224
bhavatu viditaà cchadmäläpair alaà priya gamyatäà
tanur api na te doño ‘smäkaà vidhis tu paräëmukhaù
tava yadi tathäbhütaà prema präpannam imäà daçäà
prakåti-capale ka na péòä gate hata-jévite

bhavatu—let it be; viditam—known; chadma—deceptive; alapaiù—

with talking; alam—enough!; priye—O beloved; gamyatam—should be
gone; tanuù—slight; api—even; na—not; te—of You; dosaù—fault;
asmäkam—to us; vidhiù—fate; tu—indeed; paramukhaù—is averse; tava
—of You; yadi—if; tathä-bhütam—is that way; prema—love; präpannam
—attained; imam—this; dasam—condition; prakåti—by nature; capale—
fickle; ka—what?; na—not; pida—suffering; gate—gone; hata—wretched;
jévite—life.
 Say it! What is the use of these tricky lies? Beloved, go now. It is not
Your fault at all. Destiny is against us. If Your love me, do this. Alas!
What suffering have I not seen in this wretched, fickle life?
—Çré Amaru

TEXT 225
kas tvaà täsu yadåcchayä kitava yas tiñöhanti gopäìganäù
premäëaà na vidanti yas tava hare kià täsu te kaitavam
eñä hanta hatäçayä yad abhavaà tvayy ekatänä paraà
tenäsyäù praëayo ‘dhunä khalu mama präëaiù samaà yäsyati

kaù—what?; tvam—are You; tasu—to them; yadrcchaya—

accidentally; kitava—O cheater; yaù—who; tisthanti—stand; gopa-
aìganaù—gopés; premanam—love; na—do not; vidanti—find; yaù—who;
tava—for You; hare—O Kåñëa; kim—how?; tasu—to them; te—of You;
kaitavam—cheating; esa-she; hanta—alas!; hata-asaya—without hope;
yat—because; abhavam—I have been; tvayi—for You; ekatana—intent;
param—greatly; tena—by this; asyäù—of her; praëayaù—love; adhuna
—now; khalu—indeed; mama—my; praëaiù—with the life-breath;
samam—equally; yasyati—will attain.

O cheater, to the gopés who have accidentally come here, what are
You? O Lord Hari, these girls don’t love You. How can You cheat them? I
alone have fallen hopelessly in love with You. You are dear to me as life.
—Çré Puruñottamadeva

Niñkramati kåñëe sakhé-väkyaà

A Gopé-friend’s Words as Kåñëa’s Departs

TEXT 226
säci-kandharam amuà kim ékñase
yätu yätu sakhi pütanärdanaù
väma-réti-caturäà hi pämaréà
sevatäà parama-devatäm iva

saci—with tilted; kandharam—neck; amum—on Him; kim—why?;

ékñase—do you gaze; yatu—let go; yatu—let go; sakhi—O friend;
putana-ardanaù—Kåñëa, the killer of Putana; vama-riti—at crookedness;
caturam—expert; hi—indeed; pamarim—wretched person; sevatam—
may serve; parama-devatam—the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iva
—like.
 Why do you tilt your neck and stare at Him? Friend, let Kåñëa go. Let
Him go. Only a fool will treat this tricky debauchee like the Supreme
Personality of Godhead.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Çré Kåñëa-düté-väkyaà
Kåñëa’s Message Sent Through a Gopé-messenger

TEXT 227
premävagähana-kåte
mänaà mä kuru ciräya karambhoru
näkarëi kià nu mugdhe
jätaà péyüña-manthane garalam

prema—of love; avagahana—pluìging into the ocean; kåte—for the

purpose; manam—anger; ma—do not; kuru—do; ciraya—for a long time;
karabhoru—O beautiful girl; na—not; äkarëi—been heard; kim—whether;
nu—indeed; mugdhe—O charming girl; jatam—produced; piyusa—of
nectar; mathane—in the churning; garalam—poison.

O beutiful one, for plunging You into this ocean of love don’t be
eternally angry with Me. O charming one, have You not heard how
poison is produced by churning nectar?
—Çré Raìga

TEXT 228
vidhumukhi vimukhé-bhävaà
bhävini mad-bhäñaëe mä gäù
mudhe nigama-nigüòhaù
katipaya-kalyäëato milati

vidhu-mukhi—O moon-faced girl; vimukhi-bhavam—aversion; bhavini

—O affectionate one; mat—of Me; bhasane—in this words; ma—do not;
gaù—attain; mudhe—O charming girl; nigama—to the Vedas; nigudhaù
—hidden; katipaya—how many?; kalyanataù—from pious activities;
milati—meets.

O moon-faced girl, O affectionate one, don’t turn from My words. O

charming one, how many pious activities must one perform in order to
hear My words, which are carefully kept secret from even the
Personified Vedas?
—Çré Raìga

Dütéà prati çré-rädhä-väkyaà

Çrématé Rädhäräëé’s Statement to the Gopé-messenger

TEXT 229
alam alam aghåtasya tasya nämnä
punar api saiva kathä gataù sa kälaù
kathaya kathaya vä tathäpi düti
prativacanaà dviñato ‘pi mänanéyam

alam—enough!; alam—enough!; aghåtasya—merciless; tasya—of tis

person; namna—with the name; punah api—again; sa—this; eva—
certainly; katha—statement; gataù—gone; saù—the; kalaù—time;
kathaya—tell; kathaya—tell; va—or; tathä api—still; duti—O messenger;
prativacanam—the reply; dviñataù—from the enemy; api—also;
mananiyam—should be carefully heard.

Enough! Stop saying the name of this merciless person! Again the
time is passed talking of Him! O gopé-messenger, tell Me again what He
said! Tell Me! Careful attention should be given to the words of the
enemy.
—Çré Aìgada

Kalahäntaritäà täà prati dakñiëa-sakhé-väkyaà

A Gentle-hearted Friend’s Statement to a Gopé Who has Quarreled With
Lord Kåñëa

TEXT 230
anälocya premëaù pariëatim anädåtya suhådas
tvayäkäëòe mänaù kim iti sarale preyasi kåtaù
samäkåñöä hy ete viraha-dahanodbhäsura-çikhäù
sva-hastenäìgäräs tad alam adhunäraëya-ruditaiù

analocya—not seeing; premnaù—of love; parinatim—the symptoms;

anadåñöya—not respecting; suhådaù—friends; tvayä—by You; akande—
suddenly; manaù—anger; kim—why?; iti—thus; sarale—O pious girl;
preyasi—to Your lover; kåtaù—is done; samakrstaù—pulled; hi—indeed;
ete—they; viraha—of separation; dahana—of the fire; udbhasura—
glistening; sikhaù—flames; sva—own; hastena—with the hand; agaraù—
charcoal; tat—therefore; alam—what is the use; adhuna—now; aranya—
in the wilderness; ruditaiù—with crying.

O pious girl, first You refuse to see His love, then you insult your
friends, and now You are suddenly angry with Your lover. Still, I can see
that you are burning in the flames of separation from Kåñëa, and your
anger at Him is like crying in the wilderness.
—Çré Amaru

Karkaça-sakhé-väkyaà
Harsh Words From a Gopé-friend

TEXT 231
mäna-bandham abhitaù çlathayanté
gauravaà na khalu häraya gauri
ärjavaà na bhajate danujärir
vaïcake saralatä na hi sädhvé

mana—of anger; bandhaù—the knot; abhitaù—completely;

alathayanti—loosening;gauravam—tightness; na—not; khalu—indeed;
haraya—You should remove; gauri—O fair-complexioned girl; arjavam—
honesty; na—does not; bhajate—appreciate; danuja-ariù—Lord Kåñëa,
the enemy of the demons; va 24cake—for a cheater; saralata—honesty;
na—not; hi—indeed; sadhvi—is considered good.

O fair-complexioned gopé, please do not loosen and untie the knot of

Your anger. Kåñëa does not like gentle saintliness. A cheater does not
think honesty is a virtue.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Täà prati çré-rädhä-väkyaà

Çrématé Rädhäräëé’s Reply

TEXT 232
bhrü-bhaìgo guëitaç ciraà nayanayor abhyastam ämélanaà
roddhum çikñitam ädareëa hasitaà maune ‘bhiyogaù kåtaù
dhairyaà kartum api sthiré-kåtam idaà cetaù kathaïcin mayä
baddho mäna-parigrahe parikaraù siddhis tu daive sthite

bhrü—of the eyebrows; bhaìgaù—knitting; gunitaù—practiced; ciram

—for a lont time; nayanayoù—of the eyes; abhyastam—practiced;
smilanam—closing; roddhum—to stop; çékñitam—studied; adareëa—
carefully; hasitam—smiling; maune—in silence; abhiyogaù—practice;
kåtaù—done; dhairyam—calm composure; kartum—to do; api—also;
sthiri-kåtam—somehow; maya—by Me; baddhaù—bound; mana—of
pride; praigrahe—in the taking; parikaraù—preparation; siddhiù—
succes; tu—but; daiva—in destiny; sthita—stands.

I repeatedly practiced knitting My eyebrows. I studied how to stare

without blinking. Again and again I practiced remaining silent with a
sarcastic smile. I studied how to keep My heart steady and not lose My
composure. I can practice how to be angry with Kåñëa, but My final
success still remains in the hands of fate.
—Çré Amaru

TEXT 233
jänämi maunam alasäìgi vaco-vibhaìgér
bhaìgé-çataà nayanayor api cäturéà ca
äbhéra-nandana-mukhämbuja-saìga-çaàsé
vaàçé-ravo yadi na mäm avaçé-karoti

janämi—I understand; alasaìgi—O Alasaìgi; maunam—silence; vacaù

—of words; vibhaìgaiù—with crookedness; bhaìgi—of crooked
movements; satam—hundreds; nayanayoù—of the eyes; api—also;
caturim—expertness; ca—also; abhira—of a cowherd; nandana—of the
son; mukha—of the mouth; ambuja—the lotus flower; saìga-saàsi—from;
vaàçé—of the flute; ravaù—the sound; yadi—if; na—not; mam—Me;
avasi-karoti—overwhelms.

O Alansäìgé, I know how to display an angry silence. I know how to

speak crooked sarcastic words, and I know how to angrily knit My
eyebrows in hundreds of ways. If I do not become overwhelmed by the
sound of the flute on Lord Kåñëa’s lotus mouth, I know how to display all
these angry features.
—author unknown

TEXT 234
satyaà çåëomi sakhi nitya-nava-priyo ‘asau
gopas tathäpi hådayaà madano dunoti
yuktyä kathaïcana samaà gamite ‘pi tasmin
mäà tasya käla-muralé kavalé-karoti
 satyam—truth; srnomi—I hear; sakhi—O friend; nitya—always; nava
—new; priyaù—lovers; asau—He; gopaù—the cowherd; tathä api—still;
hådaya—My heart; madanaù—cupid; dunoti—causes to tremble; yuktya
—with logical arguments; katha 24cana—somehow; samam—pacified;
gamite—chased away; api—even; tasmin—when he is; mam—Me; tasya
—His; kala-murali—the sweet sounds of the flute; kavali-karoti—
devours.

Yes, My friend, I have heard that Kåñëa is a debauchee always

searching for new lovers. Still, My heart trembles with love for Him. I
pacified My heart with many logical arguments and was able to chase
the love from it, but then, in the next moment I found Myself devoured
by the sweet sound of Kåñëa’s flute.
—Çrémän Prabhupäda

TEXT 235
na jäne sammukhäyäte
priyäëi vadati priye
prayänti mama gäträëi
çrotratäà kim u netratäm

na—not; jane—I know; sammukhayate—comes before me; priyäni—

sweet words; vadati—speaking; priye—when my lover Kåñëa; prayanti—
attain; mama—my; gaträni—senses and limbs; srotatam—the status of
being ears; kim u—whether?; netratam—of the status of being eyes.

When My lover, Kåñëa, stands before Me and speaks sweet words, do

all My senses become ears, or do they become eyes? I do not know.
—author unknown

TEXT 236
murärià paçyantyäù sakhi sakalam aìgaà na nayanaà
kåtaà yac chrnvantyä hari-guëa-gaëaà çrotra-nicitam
samän tenäläpaà sapadi racayantyä mukhamayaà
vidhätur naiväyaà ghaöana-paripäöé-madhurimä

mura-arim—Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of the Mura demon; paçyantyaù

—seeing; sakhi—O friend; sakalam—entire; aìgam—body; na—not;
nayanam—eye; kåtam—done; yat—which; srnvantyaù—hearing; hari—
of Lord Kåñëa; guna—of the transcendental qualities; ganam—the
multitude; srotra-alapam—conversation; sapadi—at once; racayantya—
doing; mukha mayan—full of mouths; vidhatuù—of the creator Brahma;
na—not; eva—certainly; ayam—this; ghatana-paripati-madhurima—
great sweetness.

When I gaze at Kåñëa, the creator Brahmä does not transform all My
senses into eyes. When I hear about Kåñëa’s transcendental qualities,
Brahmä does not transform all My senses into ears. When I speak with
Kåñëa, Brahmä does not transform all My limbs into mouths. Brahmä
does not know anything about drinking the nectar of Kåñëa.
—Çré Çaraëa

Sakhyäù säbhyasüya-väkyaà
Jealous Words From a Gopé-friend

TEXT 237
tvam asi viçuddhä sarale
muralé-vaktras tridhä vakraù
bhaìgurayä khalu sulabhaà
tad-uraù sakhi vaijayantyeva

tvam—You; asi—are; visuddha—pure; sarale—O honest girl; murali-

vaktraù—the flute-player Kåñëa; tridha—in three places; vakraù—is
bent; bhanguraya—bending; khalu—indeed; su-labham—easily attained;
tat—His; uraù—chest; sakhi—O friend; vaijayantya—by the vaiyanti
garland; iva—as if.

O honest, upright friend, You are very pure in heart, and this flutist
Kåñëa is very crooked. Because He is so crooked, with His form bending
in three places, the crooked vaijayanté garland finds it very easy to rest
on His chest.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Kñubhita-rädhikoktiù
Words of Agitated Rädhäräëé

TEXT 238
niùçväsä vadanaà dahanti hådayaà nirmülam unmathyate
nidrä naiti na dåçyate priya-mukhaà rätrindivaà rudyate
aìgaà çoñam upaiti päda-patitaù preyäàs tathopekñitaù
sakhyaù kià guëam äkalayya dayite mänaà vayaà käritäù
 nihsvasaù—sighs; vadanam—mouth; dahanti—burn; hådayam—the
heart; nirmulam—uprooted; unmathyate—is agitated; nidra—sleep; na
—does not; eti—come; na—not; dåçyate—is seen; priya—of My lover;
mukham—the face; ratrim—night; divam—and day; rudyate—crying;
aìgam—body; sosam—dried up; upati—attains; pada—of the feet;
patitaù—falling; preyan—lover; tathä—in that way; upekñitaù—awaited;
sakhyaù—O gopé-friend; kim—what?; gunam—the qualities; akalaya—
considering; dayite—to the lover Kåñëa; manam—anger; vayam—we;
karitaù—may do.

Now that I can no longer see the face of My lover, Kåñëa, sighs burn
My mouth, My heart is torn from His roots, sleep refuses to come to Me,
I cry day and night, My limbs have dried up, and I simply wait for the
footsteps of My beloved Kåñëa. O friends, what quality of Kåñëa will I
remember so I may become angry with Him?
—Çré Amaru

Mänaja-viraheëa dhyäyantéà täà prati kasyäçcid väkyaà

A Gopé’s Words to Çrémaöi Rädhäräëé, Who Was Meditating on Lord
Kåñëa in Separation

TEXT 239
ähäre viratiù samasta-viñaya-gräme nivåttiù parä
näsägre nayanaà yad etad aparaà yac caikatänaà manaù
maunaà cedam idaà ca çünyam akhilaà yad viçvam äbhäti te
tad brüyäù sakhi yoginé kim asi bhoù kià vä viyoginy asi

ahare—in eating; viratiù—cessation; samasta—all; visaya—of sense

objects; grame—in the host; nivåttiù—renunciation; pura—previously;
nasa-agre—nostrils; nayanam—eyes; yat—which; etat—this; aparam—
other; yat—which; ca—also; ekatanam—with single-pointed
concentration; manaù—the mind; maunam—silence; ca—also; idam—
this; idam—this; ca—also; sunyam—emptiness; akhilam—all; yat—
which; visvam—the universe; abhati—is manifested; te—they; tat—that;
bruyaù—say; sakhi—O friend; yogini—a mystic yoginé; kim—whether?;
asi—You are; bhoù—Oh; kim—whether?; va—or; viyogini—separated; asi
—You are.

You refuse to eat. You have stopped all activities of the senses. Your
eyes are fixed on the tip of Your nose, and Your mind is fixed on a single
thought. You are now silent, and You see the entire world as a void.
Friend, please tell me, have You become a mystic yoginé, or are You
rapt in meditation on Kåñëa?
—author unknown

Täà prati çré-rädhä-väkhyaà

Çrématé Rädhäräëé’s Reply

TEXT 240
saìgama-viraha-vikalpe
varam iha viraho na saìgamän tasya
ekaù sa eva saìge
tri-bhuvanam api tan-mayaà virahe

saìgama—meeting; viraha—and separation; vikalpe—in the creation;

varam—better; iha—here; virahaù—separation; na—not; saìgamaù—
meeting; tasya—of Him; ekaù—one; saù—He; eva—certainly; saìge—in
meeting; tri-bhuvanam—the three worlds; api—even; tat—of Him;
mayam—consisting; viraha—in separation.

Separation from Kåñëa is better than meeting Him. When I meet Him
there is only one Kåñëa, but when I am separated from Him the three
worlds become filled with Kåñëas.
—author unknown

Kåñëa-virahaù
Kåñëa’s Feelings of Separation

TEXT 241
saïjäte viraha kayäpi hådaye sandänine cintayä
kälindé-taöa-vetasé-vana-ghana-cchäyä-niñaëëätmanaù
päyäsuù kalakaëöha-küjita-kalä gopasya kaàsa-dviño
jihvä-varjita-tälu-mürcchita-marud-visphäritä gétayaù

saïjate—manifested; virahe—in separation; kaya api—from a certain

gopé; hådaye—in His heart; sandanine—agitated; cintaya—with anxiety;
kälindé—of the Yamunä River; tata—on the shore; vetasi—of vetasi
trees; vana—in the grove; ghana—dense; chaya—in the shade; nisanna
—sitting; atmanaù—Himself; payasuù—may protect; kalakaëöha—of the
cuckoos; kujita—warbling; kalaù—soft; gopaçya—of the cowherd boy;
kaàsa—of Kaàsa; dviñaù—the enemy; jihva—His tongue; varjita—
without; talu—palate; murcchita—dumb; marut—a breeze; vispharitaù—
expanded; gitayaù—melodies.
 His heart agitated in separation from a certain gopé, Lord Kåñëa sat
down in the dark shade of the vetasé trees by the Yamunä’s shore.
Without using His tongue or palate, He played flute melodies as sweet
as the warbling of the cuckoos. May those melodies protect you all.
—author unknown

Çré Kåñëänunaya-rädhä-prasädanam
Rädhä and Kåñëa Become Pleased With Each Other

TEXT 242
çiraç-chäyäà kåñëaù svayam akåta rädhä-caraëayor
bhuja-vallé-cchäyäm iyam api tadéya-pratikåtau
iti kréòä-kope nibhåtam ubhayor apy anunaya-
prasädau jéyäs täm api guru-samakñaà sthitavatoù

siraù—of His head; chayam—the shadow; kåñëaù—Kåñëa; svayam—

personally; akåta—placed; rädhä—of Rädhä; caraëayoù—at the feet;
bhuja—of Her arms; valli—of the vine; chayam—the shadow; iyam—this;
api—also; tadiya—to Him; pratikåtau—in response; iti—thus; kréòa—
playful; kope—in anger; nibhåtam—secretly; ubhayoù—of Them both;
api—also; anunaya-prasadau—pleased; jiyaù—all glories; tam—this; api
—even; guru—of Their elder; samakñam—before the eyes; sthitavatoù
—standing.

In the presence of His elders Kåñëa moved His head so it’s shadow
appeared at Rädhä’s feet. Rädhä responded by moving the vines of Her
arms so their shadows embraced Kåñëa. In this way Rädhä and Kåñëa
ended Their playful lover’s quarrel and became again pleased with each
other as Their unsuspecting elders looked on. All glories to Rädhä and
Kåñëa’s again becoming pleased.
—Çré Hara

Çré Kåñëaà prati çré-rädhä-sakhé-väkyam

Words of Rädhä’s Gopé-friend to Lord Kåñëa

TEXT 243
sä sarvathaiva raktä
rägaà guïjeva na tu mukhe vahati
vacana-paöos tava rägaù
 kevalam äsye çukasyeva

sa—She; sarvatha—in all respects; eva—certainly; rakta—is red with

love; ragam—red; guïja—a guïja berry; iva—like; na—not; tu—indeed;
mukhe—only on the mouth; vahati—carries; vacana-patoù—clever-
talking; tava—of You; ragaù—the redness of love; kevalam—is only;
asye—on the mouth; sukasya—of a parrot; iva—like.

Rädhä is completely red with love for You. Her love is not like the
redness of a guïjä berry, which is red not only on the surface, but
through and through. O clever-talking Kåñëa, the redness of Your love
for Her is not in Your heart but only in Your mouth, just as a parrot’s
mouth is red, but the rest of him is some other color.
—Çré Govardhanäcärya

TEXT 244
subhaga bhavatä hådye tasyä jvalat-smara-pävake ‘py
abhiniviçatä premädhikyaà cirät prakaöé-kåtam
tava tu hådaye çéte ‘py evaà sadaiva mukhäptaye
mama sahacaré sä niùsnehä manäg api na sthitä

subhaga—O handsome Kåñëa; bhavata—by You; hådaye—friendly;

tasyäù—of Her; jvalat—burning; smara—passion; pavake—in the fire;
api—even; abhinivisata—entered; prema—of love; adhikyam—
greatness; cirat—for a long time; prakati-kåtam—is manifested; tava—of
You; tu—but; hådaya—in the heart; site—cool; api—even; evam—in this
way; sada—always; eva—certainly; sukha—of happiness; aptaye—for
the attainment; mama—my; sahacari—friend; sa—She; nihsneha—
unloved; manak—slightly; api—even; na—not; sthita—stays.

O handsome Kåñëa, Rädhä’s heart burns with love for You. You
eternally stay in Her heart. On the other hand, Your heart is always very
cool and cheerful. My unloved friend Rädhä is never allowed to enter
there even for a moment.
—Çré Rudra

Dinäntara-värtä
Narration of Another Day’s Pastimes

TEXT 245
ägatya praëipäta-säntvita-sakhé dattäntare sägasi
svairaà kurvati talpa-pärçva-nibhåte dhürte ‘ìga-samvähanam
jïätvä sparça-vaçät tayä kila sakhé-bhränty eva vakñaù çanaiù
khinnäséty abhidhäya mélita-dåçä sänandam äropitam

agatya—arriving; pranipata—by obeisances; santvita—pacified; sakhi

—the gopé-friend; datta—performed; antare—within; sa-agasi—with an
offense; svairam—independently; kurvati—does; talpa—of the bed;
parsva—on the side; nibhåta—secluded; dhurte—when the rascal Kåñëa;
aìga—of the body; samvahanam—massage; jïätva—understanding;
sparsa-vasat—from the touch; taya—by Her; kila—indeed; sakhi—of
being a gopé-friend; bhrantya—by the illusion; iva—as if; vakñaù—
chest; sanaiù—gradually; khinna—unhappy; asi—You are; iti—thus;
abhidhaya—saying; miita—met; dåça—eyes; sa—with; änandam—bliss;
aropitam—risen.

One time Lord Kåñëa offended Rädhä, and They quarreled.

Afterwards, Kåñëa disguised Himself as a gopé, fell down at the feet of
one of Rädhä’s gopé-friends, pacified Her, and by her arrangement was
able to enter Rädhä’s house. When Rädhä was alone on Her bed,
disguised Kåñëa approached Her bedside and began to massage Her
body. The touch of His hand reminded Her of Kåñëa. Still thinking Kåñëa
to be a gopé, She said to Him: Ah! You must be very unhappy. Kåñëa
must have forsaken You as He has Me.” She looked into Kåñëa’s eyes.
After that She slowly and very happily fell into His arms.
—author unknown

TEXT 246
vastutas tu guru-bhétayä tayä
vyaïjite kapaöa-mäna-kuòmale
peçala-priya-sakhé-dåçä harir
bodhitas taöa-latä-gåhaà yayau

vastutaù—genuinesly; tu—indeed; guru—of Her superiors; bhitaya—

afraid; taya—by Her; vyaïjite—manifested; mana—of anger; kudmale—
the bud; pesala—clever; priya—dear; sakhi—of the gopé-friend; dåça—
by the glance; hariù—Kåñëa; bodhitaù—undertanding; tata—the shore
of the Yamunä; lata—of vines; gåham—to the cottage; yayau—went.

Rädhä became genuinely afraid of the possible intrusion of Her

elders, and for this reason the bud of Her feigned anger began to
blossom. Her dear and intelligent gopé-friend cast a meaningful glance
at Kåñëa to apprize Him of the situation. He undertood. He took His
leave and went to the cottage of vines by the Yamunä’s shore, only to
meet Rädhä again in that more secluded place.
 —author unknown

TEXT 247
mädhavo madhura-mädhavé-latä-
maëòape patur aöan madhuvrate
saïjagau çravaëa-cäru gopikä-
mäna-ména-baòiçena veëunä

mädhavaù—Kåñëa; madhura—charming; mädhavi—of mädhavi; lata

—vines; maëòape—in the grove; patuù—intelligent; atan—going;
madhuvrate—with bumble-bees; saïjajagau—played; sravana-caru—
music very pleasing to the ears; gopéka—of the gopés; mana—of the
minds; mina—for the fish; badisena—the fishook; veëuna—with the
flute.

Walking in the mädhavé grove where there were many bumble-bees,

intelligent Mädhava played very beautiful music on His flute, which was
like a fishhook to catch the fish of the gopés’ hearts.
—author unknown

Puñpa-cchalena çré-kåñëam anveñayantéà çré-rädhäà prati kasyäçcid

uktiù
Words of a Certain Gopé to Çrématé Rädhäräëé, Who Was Searching for
Lord Kåñëa on the Pretext of Picking Flowers

TEXT 248
panthäù kñemamayo ‘stu te parihara pratyüha-sambhävanäm
etan mätram adhäri sundari mayä netra-praëälé-pathe
nére néla-sarojam ujjvala-guëaà tére tamäläìkuraù
kuïje ko ‘pi kalinda-çaila-duhituù puàs-kokilaù khelati

panthaù—path; kñemamayaù—auspicious; astu—may be; te—of You;

parihara—give up; pratuha—of obstacles; sambhavanam—the
consideration; etat-matram—here; adhari—bed; sundari—O beautiful
girl; maya—by me; netra—of the eyes; praëali—of the stream; pathe—
on the path; nire—in the water; néla—a blue; sarojam—lotus flower;
ujjvala—splendid; gunam—with qualities; tire—on the shore; tamala-
aìkuraù—a tamala tree; kuïje—in the grove; kah api—a certain; kalinda-
saila-duhituù—of the Yamunä River, the daughter of Mount Kalinda;
pum—male; kokilaù—cuckoo; khelati—plays.
 This is a good path. Don’t think there are obstacles here. I have seen
this path with my own eyes. It leads to the Yamunä’s waters where
there are splendid blue lotus flowers. On the shore is a tamäla tree, and
in the grove nearby the male cuckoo of the Supreme Personality of
Godhead enjoys pastimes.
—Çré Sarvavidyävinoda

Tatra yamunä-tére gatayä çré-rädhayä saha hareù çaìkathä

Conversation Between Rädhä and Kåñëa on the Yamunä’s Shore

TEXT 249
kä tvaà mädhava-dütikä vadasi kià mänaà jahéhi priye
dhürtaù so ‘nyamanä manäg api sakhi tvayy ädaraà nojjhati
ity anyonya-kathä-rasaiù pramuditaà rädhäà sakhé-veçavän
nétvä kuïja-gåhaà prakäçita-tanuù smero hariù pätu vaù

ka—who?; tvam—are You; mädhava—of Kåñëa; dutika—I am the

gopé-messenger; vadasi—You say; kim—what?; manam—anger; jahihi—
please give up; priye—O beloved; dhurtaù—rascal; saù—this; anya—to
another girl; manaù—has given His heart; manak—slightly; api—even;
sakhi—O friend; tvayi—to You; adaram—worship; na—does not; ujjhati—
abandon; iti—thus; anyonya—between each other; katha—of
conversation; rasaiù—with the nectar; pramuditam—delighted; rädhäm
—Rädhä; sakhi—of a gopé; vesavan—in the disguised; nitva—bringing;
kuïja—in the grove; gåham—to the cottage; prakasita—revealed; tanuù
—His actual form; smeraù—smiling; hariù—Lord Kåñëa; patu—may
protect; vaù—you all.

“Who are You?”

“I am a gopé-messenger sent by Mädhava.”
“What is His message?”
“He says: `O beloved, please don’t be angry with Me.’“
“That rascal has given His heart to another girl!”
“O friend, He never stopped worshiping You for a moment.”
Rädhä was pleased by the nectar of this conversation. Disguised as a
gopé, Kåñëa brought Her to a cottage in the forest grove, and then
revealed His real form. May smiling Lord Kåñëa protect you all.
—Çré Vasava

TEXT 250
vasantaù sannaddho vipinam ajanaà tvaà ca taruëé
sphurat-kämäveçe vayasi vayam apy ähita-padäù
vraja tvaà vä rädhe kñaëam atha vilambasva yadi vä
sphuöaà jätas tävac catura-vacanänäm avasaraù

vasantaù—spring; sannaddhaù—is manifested; vipinam—the forest;

ajanam—is secluded; tvam—You; ca—also; taruni—are a young girl;
sphurat—manifested; kama—of amorous desires; avese—in the
entrance; vayasi—in the age; vayam—We; api—also; ahita-padaù—have
entered; vrajam—come here; tvam—You; va—or; rädhe—O Rädhä;
kñaëam—for a moment; atha—now; vilambasva—You delay; yadi—if; va
—or; sphutam—clearly; jataù—manifested; tavat—then; catura—of
clever; vacananam—words; avasaraù—the opportunity.

It is spring. This forest is very secluded. You are a young girl, and I
am an amorous young boy. O Rädhä, come to Me. If You hesitate for a
moment, You will simply become the object of Your friends’ clever
teasing jokes.
—author unknown

Tatra çré-rädhä-vakyaà
Çrématé Rädhäräëé’s Reply

TEXT 251
svämé mugdhataro vanaà ghanam idaà bäläham ekäkiné
kñauëém ävåëute tamäla-malina-cchäyä-tamaù-santatiù
tan me sundara kåñëa muïca sahasä vartmeti rädhä-giraù
çrutvä täà parirabhya manmatha-kaläsakto hariù pätu vaù

svämi—My Lord; mugdhataraù—is quite mistaken; vanam—forest;

ghanam—is dense and dark; idam—this; bala—a young girl; aham—I
am; ekakini—all alone; kñaunim—a young girl; aham—I; ekakini—all
alone; kñaunim—the ground; avåëute—covers; tamala—of the tamala
trees; malina-chaya-tamaù—of dark shade; santatiù—the abundance;
tat—therefore; me—of Me; sundara—O handsome; kåñëa—Kåñëa;
muïca—please leave; sahasa—at once; vartma—the path; iti—thus;
rädhä—of Rädhä; giraù—the words; çrutva—hearing; tam—Her;
parirabhya—embracing; manmatha-kala-asaktaù—amorous; hariù—Lord
Kåñëa; patu—may protect; vaù—you all.

“My Lord, You are mistaken. This forest is dense and dark. I am a
young girl all alone. This place is completely covered by the shade of
these tamäla trees. O handsome Kåñëa, please leave Me at once.”
When Kåñëa heard Rädhä’s words, He at once embraced Her. May
passionate Lord Kåñëa protect you all.
—author unknown

Svädhéna-bhartåkä
The Gopé Who Controls Her Lover

TEXT 252
makaré-viracana-bhangyä
rädhä-kuca-kalasa-mardana-vyasané
åjum api rekhäà lumpan
ballava-veço harir jayati

makari—dolphins; viracana-bhangya—with drawing pictures; rädhä—

of Çrématé Rädhäräëé; kuca—of the breasts; kalasa—the waterpots;
mardana—pressing; vyasäni—intent; rjum—straight; api—also; rekham
—line; lumpan—breaking; ballava-vesaù—the cowherd boy; hariù—
Kåñëa; jayati—all glories.

All glories to the gopa Kåñëa who as He was drawing pictures of

dolphins on Çrématé Rädhäräëé’s waterpotlike breasts became so
agitated He was unable to draw a single straight line.
—author unknown

Kréòänantaraà çré-kåñëasya svapnäyitam

After Enjoying Transcendental Pastimes, Lord Kåñëa Takes a Nap and
Speaks in His Sleep

TEXT 253
ete lakñmaëa jänaké-virahiëaà mäà khedyayanty ambude
marmäëéva ca ghaööayanty alaà amé krüraù kadambänilaù
itthaà vyähåta-pürva-janma-viraho yo rädhayä vékñitaù
serñyaà çaìkitayä sa vaù sukhayatu svapnäyamäno hariù

ete—these; lakñmana—O Lakñmana; janaki—from Janaki; virahinam

—separated; mam—Me; khedayanti—torture; ambudaù—clouds;
marmäni—heart; iva—as if; ca—also; ghattayanti—strike; alam—
violently; ämi—these; kruraù—cruel; kadamba—blowing over the
kadamba flowers; anélaù—breeze; ittham—in this way; vyahåta—
described; purva—previous; janma—of a birth; virahaù—separation from
the beloved; yaù—with; irsyam—jealous anger; saìkitaya—frightened;
saù—He; vaù—you all; sukhayatu—may grant transcendental bliss;
svapnayamanaù—sleeping; hariù—Lord Kåñëa.

“O Lakñmana, now that I am separated from Jänaké, these rainclouds

torture Me, and these cruel breezes blowing from the kadamba flowers
violently strike My heart.” As Rädhä heard sleeping Kåñëa’s description
of His feelings of separation in a previous birth, She became frightened
and filled with jealous anger. May dreaming Lord Kåñëa delight you all.
—Çré Çubhäìka

Vaàsé-cauryam
Theft of the Flute

TEXT 254
nécair nyäsäd atha caraëayor nüpure mükayanté
dhåtvä dhåtvä kanaka-valayäny utkñipanté bhujante
mudräm akñëoç cakita-cakitaà çaçvad älokayanté
smitvä smitvä harati muralém aìkato mädhavasya

nicaih nyasat—from below; atha—then; caraëayoù—of the feet;

nupure—the two aìklets; mukayanti—silencing; dhåtvä dhåtva—
making!; kanaka—golden; vayaläni—armlets; utkñipanti—placing;
bhuja-ante—on the arms; mudrem—the sign; akñoù—of the eyes;
cakita-cakitam—startled; sasvat—continually; alokayanti—observing;
smitvä smitva—repeatedly smiling; harati—steals; muralim—the flute;
aìkataù—from the lap; mädhavasya—of Lord Kåñëa.

Silencing Her anklets by placing them on Her arms as golden

armlets, and carefully observing Kåñëa’s eyes for any sign of His
becoming startled, smiling Rädhä stole the flute from His lap.
—Çré Daityäri Paëòita

Täà muraléà prati çré-rädhä-väkyam

Çrématé Rädhäräëé’s Words to the Flute

TEXT 255
acchidram astu hådayaà paripürëam astu
maukharyam astu mitam astu gurutvam astu
kåñëa-priye sakhi diçäàsi sad-äçiñas te
yad väsare murali me karuëäà karoti
 acchidram—without faults; astu—may be; hådayam—inside;
paripurnam—filled; astu—may be; maukharyam—talkativeness; astu—
may be; mitam—slender; astu—may be; gurutvam—worshippableness;
astu—may be; kåñëa—to Kåñëa; priye—O beloved; sakhi—O friend;
disämi—I will grant; sat—nice; asisaù—benediction; te—to you; yat—
which; vasare—on the day; murali—O flute; me—to Me; karunam—
mercy; karosi—you grant.

O flute who is so dear to Kåñëa, when you grant Me your mercy I will
also give you many benedictions in return. I will bless you, saying, “May
you become faultless. May your heart become filled with the nectar from
Kåñëa’s lips. May you become very eloquent. May you become
charmingly slender. May you become the object of Lord’s Kåñëa’s
worship.”
—Çré Govinda Miçra

TEXT 256
çünyatvaà hådaye sa-läghavam idaà çuñkatvam aìgeñu me
maukharyaà vraja-nätha-näma-kathane dattaà bhavatyä nijam
tat kià no murali prayacchasi punar govinda-vakträsavaà
yaà pétvä bhuvanaà vaçe vidadhaté nirlajjam udgäyasi

sunyatvam—emptiness; hådaye—in the heart; sa—with; laghavam—

lightness; idam—this; suskatvam—dryness; angeñu—in the limbs; me—
My; maukharyam—talkativeness; vraja—of Vraja; nätha—of the Lord;
nama—of the name; kathane—in chanting; dattam—given; bhavatya—
by you; nijam—own qualities; tat—then; kim—why?; na—not; u—indeed;
murali—O flute; prayacchasi—you give; punaù—again; govinda—of Lord
Kåñëa; vaktra—from the mouth; asavam—the honey; yam—which; pitva
—having drunk; bhuvanam—the world; vase-in control; vidadhati—
placing; nirlajjam—shamelessly; udgayasi—you sing.

O flute, you have blessed Me by giving Me the emptiness in your

heart, your lightness, the dryness of your body, and your eloquence in
constantly chanting the holy name of Kåñëa, the king of Vraja. Why do
you now not give to Me the nectar of Kåñëa’s lips, which you drink, turn
into song, and shamelessly use to enchant the entire world and bring it
under your control.
—Çré Govinda Miçra

Säyaà harer vrajägamanam

Lord Hari Returns to Vraja Village in the Evening
 TEXT 257
mandra-kväëita-veëur ahni çithile vyävartayan gokulaà
barhäpéòakam uttamäìga-racitaà go-dhüli-dhümraà dadhat
mläyantyä vana-mälayä parigataù çränto ‘pi ramyäkåtir
gopa-stré-nayanotsavo vitaratu çreyäàsi vaù keçavaù

mandra—sweetly; kvanita—played; veëuù—the flute; ahni—when the

day; sithile—had ended; vyavartayan—bringing back; go—of cows;
kulam—the herd; barha-apidakam—a peacock feather; uttamaìga—
head; racitam—placed; go—of the cows; dhuli—with the dust; dhumram
—darkened; dadhat—wearing; mlayantya—with a wilting; vana—of
forest-flowers; malaya—garland; parigataù—accompanied; srantaù—
tired; api—even; ramya—charming; akåtiù—whose form; gopa-stri—of
the gopés; nayana—of the eyes; utsavaù—a festival; vitaratu—may
grant; sreyaàsi—auspiciousness; vaù—to you all; kesavaù—Lord Kåñëa.

May Lord Keçava who, sweetly playing the flute, a peacock feather in
His hair, blackened with dust, decorated with a wilted forest-flower
garland, tired, handsome, and a festival of happiness for the gopés’
eyes, returns with the surabhi cows at the day’s end, grant
auspiciousness to you all.
—author unknown

Tatra kasyäçcid uktiù

A Certain Gopé’s Words Then

TEXT 258
dåñöya keçava go paräga-håtayä kiïcin na dåñöaà mayä
tenädya skhalitäsmi nätha patitäà kià näma nälambase
ekas tvaà viñameñu khinna-manasäà sarväbalänäà gatir
gopyaivaà gaditaù sa-leçam avatäd goñöhe harir vaç ciram

dåñöya—with the eyes; kesava—O Kåñëa; go—of the cows; paraga—

by the dust; håtaya—taken; kiïcit—somewhat; na—not; dåñöam—seen;
maya—by me; tena—by this; adya—now; skhalita—stumbled; asmi—I
have; nätha—O Lord; patitam—to the fallen soul; kim—why?; nama—
indeed; na—not; alambase—You are inclined; ekaù—alone; tvam—You;
visameñu—among calamities; khinna—unhappy; manasam—at heart;
sarva-of all; abalanam—women; gatiù—the shelter; gopya—by a gopé;
evam—in this way; gaditaù—spoken; sa-pesam—completely; avatat—
may protect; goñöhe—in Vrajabhumi; hariù—Lord Kåñëa; vaù—you;
ciram—eternally.

“O Keçava, my eyes are now filled with the dust raised by the cow’s
hooves and I cannot see anything. I have stumbled and fallen to the
ground. O Lord, are You not kind to the fallen? You are the only shelter
for all women distressed at heart.” I pray Lord Hari, to whom a gopé
spoke these words, will protect you always.
—author unknown

TEXT 259

äbhideça-viniveçita-veëur
dhenu-puccha-nihitaika-karäbjaù
anya-päëi-parimaëòita-daëòaù
puëòaréka-nayano vrajam äpa

nabhidesa—in His waist; vinivesita—placed; veëuù—the flute; dhenu

—of a cow; puccha—on the back; nihita—placed; eka—one; kara—hand;
abjaù—lotus; anya—the other; päni—hand; parimandita—decorated;
dandaù— a stick; pundarika-nayanaù—lotus-eyed Lord Kåñëa; vrajam—
to Vraja Village; apa—went.

His flute tucked into His belt, one lotus hand on a surabhi cow’s back
and the other holding a stick, lotus-eyed Kåñëa entered the village of
Vraja.
—author unknown

Tatraiva çré-rädhikäyaù saubhägyam

Çrématé Rädhäräëé’s Good Fortune

TEXT 260
bhrü-valli-valanaiù kayäpi nayanonmeñaiù kayäpi smita-
jyotsnä-vicchuritaiù kayäpi nibhåtaà sambhävitasyädhvani
garvodbheda-kåtävahela-lalita-çré-bhäji rädhänane
sätaìkänunayaà jayanti patitäù kaàsa-dviño dåñöayaù

bhrü—of the eyebrows; valli—of the vines; valanaiù—with the

movements; kaya api—by one gopé; nayana-unmesaiù—with glances;
kaya api—by one gopé; smita—of smiles; jyotsna-vicchuritaiù—with the
moonlight; kaya api—by one gopé; nibhåtam—secretly; sambhavitasya
—worshipped; adhväni—on the path; garva—pride; udbheda—breaking;
kåta—done; avahela—contempt; lalita—charming; çré-bhaji—beautiful;
rädhä—of Çrématé Rädhäräëé; anane—on the face; sa—with; ataìka—
fear; anunayam—and supplication; jayanti—all glories; patitaù—fallen;
kaàsa-dviñaù—of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa; dåñöayaù—the
glances.

As Kåñëa walked on the path one gopé secretly worshiped Him with
the playful movements of her vine eyebrows, another with her sidelong
glances, and another with the moonlitght of her smiles. However, it was
on Rädhä’s face, which was filled with a graceful beauty that mocked
the other gopés and broke their pride, that His shy, amorous glances
fell. All glories to those glances of Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa.
—Çré Umäpatidhara

TEXT 261
tiryak-kandharam aàsa-deça-milita-çroträvataàsaà sphurad-
barhottambhita-keça-päçam anåju-bhrü-vallaré-vibhramam
guïjad-veëu-niveçitädhara-puöaà säküta-rädhänana-
nyastämélita-dåñöi gokula-pater vakträmbujaà pätu vaù

tiryak—tilted; kandharam—neck; aàsa-desa—shoulders; milita—

meeting; srotra-avataàsam—earrings; sphurat—splendid; barha—
peacock feather; uttambhita—held; kesa-pasam—in the hair; anrju—
crooked; bhrü—of the eyebrows; vallari—the vines; vibhramam—
restless; guïjat—sounding; veëu—flute; nivesita—placed; adhara-putam
—to the lips; sa—with; akuta—meaning; rädhä—of Çrématé Rädhäräëé;
anana—on the face; nyasta—placed; smilita-dåñöi—sidelong glance;
gokula—of Gokula; pateù—of the king; vaktra—face; ambujam—lotus;
patu—may protect; vaù—you all.

May Gokulapati Kåñëa’s lotus face, with neck tilted, earrings

touching His shoulders, a splendid peacock feather decorating His hair,
bending vines of His eyebrows moving restlessly, a flute on His lips
making sweet music, and an amorous sidelong glance falling on Rädhä’s
face, protect you all.
—Çré Lakñmaëa Sena

TEXT 262
aàsäsakta-kapola-vaàça-vadana-vyäsäkta-bimbädhara-
dvandvodérita-manda-manda-pavana-prärabdha-mugdha-dhvaniù
éñad-vakrima-lola-hära-nikaraù pratyeka-rokänana-
nyaïca-caïcad-udaïcad-aìguli-cayas tvaà pätu rädhä-dhavaù
 aàsa—on His shoulders; asakta—resting; kapola—on His cheekñ;
vaàsa—the flute; vadana—the mouth; vyasakta—resting; bimba—bimba
fruit; adhara—of lips; dvandva—on the pair; udirita—arisen; manda-
manda—very gentle; pavana—breeze; prarabdha—begun; mugdha—
beautiful; dhvaniù—sounds; isat—slightly; vakrima—crooked; lola—
moving; hara—of necklaces; nikaraù—group; pratyeka—each; roka-
anana—hole; nya 24cat—placing; candcat—moving; udaïcat—arched;
anguli—of fingers; cayaù—group; tvam—you; patu—may protect; rädhä
—of Çrématé Rädhäräëé; dhavaù—the lover.

May Rädhä’s lover, Kåñëa, who, resting the flute on His cheek and
shoulder, placing the flute’s mouth to His bimba-fruit lips and, gently
blowing, makes a very sweet sound, His necklaces slightly swaying as
He moves His arched fingers over the flute’s holes, protect you.
—Çré Näthoka

Go-dohanam
Milking the Cows

TEXT 263
aìguñöhägrima-yantritäìgulir asau pädärdha-néruddha-bhür
ärdri-kåtya payodharäïcalam alaà dvi-traiù payo-bindubhiù
nyag-jänu-dvaya-madhya-yantrita-ghaöé-vakträntaräla-skhalad-
dhärädhväna-manoharaà sakhi payo gäà dogdhi dämodaraù

angustha—of the thumb; agrima—by the tip; yantrita—held; anguliù

—finger; asau—He; pada—foot; ardha—by half; niruddha—pressed;
bhuù—the ground; ärdri-kåtya—moistening; payodhara—milk; aïcalam—
corner; alaà—greatly; dvi—with two; traiù—or three; payaù—of milk;
bindubhiù—drops; nyak—turned down; janu—of knees; dvaya—the pair;
madhya—in the middle; yantrita—held; ghati—the pot; vaktra—the
mouth; antarala—within; skhalat—falling; dhara—stream; adhvana—
path; manoharam—charming; sakhi—O friend; payaù—milk; gam—from
the cow; dogdhi—milks; damodaraù—Lord Kåñëa.

Resting on half His feet, grasping the under between His thumb and
finger, spraying Himself with two or three stray drops, and making a
charming stream of milk pour into the pail balanced between His arched
knees, Dämodara milks a surabhi cow.
—Çré Çaraëa
Çré Kåñëaà prati candrävalé-sakhé-vakyaà
Words of Candrävalé’s Friend to Lord Kåñëa

TEXT 264
saöhänyasyäù käïcé-maëi-raëitam äkarëya sahasä
yadäçliñöann eva praçithila-bhuja-granthir abhavaù
tad etat kväcakñe ghåta-madhu-mayä tvad-bahu-vaco
viñeëäghürëanté kim api na sakhé me gaëayati

satha—O cheater; anyasyäù—of another girl; kaïci—of the belt; mäni

—of the jewels; ranitam—the tinkling; äkarëya—hearing; sahasa—at
once; yada—when; aslistan—embracing; eva—certainly; prasithila—
slackened; bhuja—of the arms; granthiù—the knot; abhavaù—became;
tat etat—this; kva—where?; acakñe—I speak; ghåta—of ghee; madhu—
and honey; maya—consisting; tvat—Your; bahu—many; vacaù—of the
words; visena—by the poison; aghurnanti—agitated; kim api—anything;
na—not; me—my; sakhi—friend; ganayati—notices.

O cheater, even as You are embrace Candrävalé, when You hear the
tinkling of the jeweled belt of some other girl, Your attention turns to
her and the knot of Your arms around Candrävalé becomes loosened.
How can I tell her? My friend Candrävalé has been poisened by Your
eloquent words mixed with honey and ghee, She can no longer see.
—author unknown

Çré Govardhana-dharaëam
Lifting Govardhana Hill

TEXT 265
sa-träsärti yaçodayä priya-guëa-prétekñaëaà rädhayä
nagnair ballava-sünubhiù sa-rabhasaà sambhävitätmorjitaiù
bhétänandita-vismitena viñamaà nandena cälokitaù
päyäd vaù kara-padmaù su-sthita-mahä-çailaù sa-lélo hariù

sa—with; trasa—fear; arti—suffering; yasodaya—by Yasoda; priya—of

Her lover; guna—the transcendental qualities; prita—with pleasure;
ékñaëam—with the glance; rädhäya—by Çrématé Rädhäräëé; nagnaiù—
naked; ballava—of the gopas; sunubhiù—by the sons; sa—with;
rabhasam—joy; sambhavita—considered; atma—to themselves; urjitaiù
—equal in stregnth; bhita—frightened; änandita—delighted; vismitena—
and struck with wonder; visamam—greatly; nandena—by Nanda
Maharaja; ca—also; alokitaù—seen; payat—may protect; vaù—you all;
kara—hand; padmaù—lotus; su-sthita—comfortably placed; maha—
great; sailaù—hill; sa—with; léläù—playfulness; hariù—Kåñëa.

May Kåñëa on whom, as He playfully lifted tall Govardhana Hill with

His lotus hand, Mother Yaçodä gazed with fear and pain, Rädhä gazed
with pleasure to see the transcendental qualities of Her lover, the small
naked gopa-boys happily gazed, thinking they were as strong as He and
could also lift the hill if they tried, and Mahäräja Nanda gazed with
simultaneous terror, delight, and wonder, protect you all.
—Çré Sohnoka

TEXT 266
ekenaiva ciräya kåñëa bhavatä govardhano ‘yaà dhåtaù
çränto ‘si kñaëam ässva sämpratam amé sarve vayaà dadhmahe
ity ulläsita-doñëi gopa-nivahe kiïcid-bhujäku 24cana-
nyaïcac-chaila-bharärdite viruvati smero hariù pätu vaù

ekena—alone; eva—certainly; ciraya—for a long time; kåñëa—O

Kåñëa; bhavata—by You; govardhana—Govardhana Hill; ayam—this;
dhåtaù—has been held; srantaù—tired; asi—You are; kñaëam—for a
moment; assva—sit down; sampratam—now; ämi— these; sarve—all;
vayam—we; dadhmahe—will hold it; iti—thus; ullasita—raised; dosni—
on the arms; gope—of gopas; nivahe—on the multitude; kiïcit—a little;
bhuja—arms; akuncana—bending; nyaïcat—placing; saila—of the hill;
bhara—by the burden; ardite—distressed; viruvati—screaming; smeraù
—smiling; hariù—Lord Kåñëa; patu—may protect; vaù—you all.

“O Kåñëa, for a long time You held up Govardhana Hill without any
help. You must be very tired now. Please sit down and rest. All of us will
hold the hill in Your place.” Kåñëa then shifted a small portion of the
hill’s weight onto the raised arms of the cowherd men. When they felt
the pressure of the hill, their arms became bent and they began to
scream. May Kåñëa, who smiled to see all this, protect you all.
—Çré Saraëa

TEXT 267
khinno ‘si muïca çailaà
bibhåmo vayam iti vadatsu çithila-bhujaù
bhara-bhugna-vitata-bahuñu
gopeñu hasan harir jayati
 khinnaù—distressed; asi—You are; muïca—give up; sailam—the hill;
bibhrmaù—hold; vayam—we will; iti—thus; vadatsu—speaking; sithila—
slackened; bhujaù—arm; bhara—by the weight; bhugna—bending;
vitata—extended; bahusu—arms; gopeñu—among the cowherd men;
hasan—smiling; hariù—Lord Kåñëa; jayati—all glories.

“You must be exhausted by now. Let go of the hill and we will hold it
for You.” When He shifted a little of the hill’s weight, and the arms of
the cowherd men began to become crushed, Kåñëa began to smile. All
glories to Kåñëa.
—Çré Subandhu

TEXT 268
düraà dåñöi-pathät tirobhava harer govardhanaà bibhratas
tvayy äsakta-dåçaù kåçodari kara-srasto ‘sya mä bhüd ayam
gopénäm iti jalpitaà kalayato rädhä-nirodhäçrayaà
çväsäù çaila-bhara-çrama-bhramakaräù kaàsa-dviñaù päntu vaù

duram—far away; dåñöi—of the glance; pathat—from the path;

tirobhava—You should disappear; hareù—of Lord Kåñëa; govardhanam
—Govardhana Hill; bibhrataù—holding; tvayi—to You; asakta—attached;
dåçaù—glances; krsa-udari—O slender girl; karaù—of the hand; srastaù
—slipping; asya—of Him; ma—not; bhüt—may be; ayam—this; gopénam
—of the gopés; iti—thus; jalpitam—the words; kalayataù—hearing;
rädhä—of Rädhä; nirodha-asrayam—the restraint; svasaù—sighs; saila—
of the hill; bhara—the weight; srama—from fatigue; bhramarakaù—
slipping; kaàsa-dviñaù—of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa; pantu—may
protect; vaù—you all.

“Please go far away from the path of Kåñëa’s eyes. O slender girl,
don’t make Govardhana Hill fall from His hand because He is absorbed
in gazing on You.” When Kåñëa heard the gopés’ words to stop Rädhä,
He sighed and the hill began to slip from His hand. May those sighs of
Lord Kåñëa protect you all.
—Çré Çubhäìka

Nauka-lélä
Boating Pastimes

TEXT 269
kuru päraà yamunäyä
 muhur iti gopébhir utkarähütaù
tari-taöa-kapaöa-çayälur
dvi-guëälasyo harir jayati

kuru—carry us; param—to the other shore; yamunäyaù—of the

Yamunä; muhuù—repeatedly; iti—thus; gopébhiù—by the gopés; utkara
—many times; ahutaù—called; tari—of the boat; tata—on the side;
kapata—pretended; sayaluù—sleepy; dvi-guna—doubled; alasyaù—
laziness; hariù—to Lord Kåñëa; jayati—all glories.

“Take us to the other side of the Yamunä!” Repeatedly called by the

gopés, Kåñëa pretended to nap by His boat. All glories to doubly
indolent Lord Kåñëa.
—Çré Saïjaya Kaviçekhara

TEXT 270
uttiñöharät tarau me taruëi mama taroù çaktir ärohane kä
säkñäd äkhyämi mugdhe taraëim iha raver äkhyayä kä ratir me
väteyaà nau-prasaìge katham api bhavitä nävayoù saìgamärthä
värtäpéti smitäsyaà jita-giram ajitaà rädhayärädhayämi

yathä—just as; padyavalyam—in Padyavali; uttistha—stand; arat—

nearby; tarau—on the boat; me—My; taruni—o young girl; mama—of
Me; taroù—of the tree; saktiù—the power; arohane—in climbing; ka—
what?; sakñat—directly; akhyämi—I say; mugdhe—O charming and
bewildered girl; taranim—boat; iha—in this connection; raveù—of the
sun; akhyaya—by name; ka—what?; ratiù—happiness; me—of Me;
varta—words; iyam—these; nau—to the boat; prasaìge—in relation;
katham api—somehow; bhavita—will be; na—not; avayoù—of Us two;
saìgama—association; artha—for the purpose; varta—words; api—also;
iti—in this way; smita—smiling; asyam—whose face; jita—defeated;
giram—in words; ajitam—undefeateable Lord Kåñëa; rädhäya—with
Çrématé Rädhäräëé; arädhäyämi—I worship.

Kåñëa: My dear young girl, please step into My tari (boat, which
become tarau in the locative case).
Rädhä: What power do I have to climb trees? (Here Rädhä interprets
tarau to be the locative of taru, which means tree.)
Kåñëa: My dear, charming, bewildered girl, I do not mean tree, I
mean taraëi (boat).
Rädhä: Why would I want to go to the sun? (Here She interprets the
word taraëi to mean sun.)
Kåñëa: All these words I have used mean nau (boat).
 Rädhä: All these words are meant to bring Us together. (Here She
interprets the word nau to mean Us.)

I worship unconquerable Lord Kåñëa, who happily smiled as Çré

Rädhä defeated Him in this playful verbal-duel.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 271
muktä taraìga-nivahena pataìga-putré
navyä ca naur iti vacas tava tathyam eva
çaìka-nidänam idam eva mamäti-mätraà
tvaà caïcalo yad iha mädhava näviko ‘si

mukta—free; taraìga—of waves; nivahena—of the multitude;

pataìga-putri—the Yamunä River, the daughter of the sun-god; navya—
new; ca—also; nauù—boat; iti—thus; vacaù—statement; tava—of You;
tathyam—true; eva—certainly; çaìka—of anxiety; nidanam—the cause;
idam—this; eva—certainly; mama—of me; ati-matram—boundless; tvam
—You; caïcalaù—restless; yat—because; iha—here; mädhava—O Kåñëa;
navikaù—the navigator; asi—are.

What You say is true. There are no waves on the Yamunä, and this is
a new, sturdy boat. I am so afraid because You, O Mädhava, are the
reckless captain of the boat.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 272
jérëä taré sarid atéva-gabhéra-nérä
bälä vayaà sakalam ittham anartha-hetuù
nistära-béjam idam eva kåçodaréëäà
yan mädhava tvam asi samprati karëadhäraù

jirna—old; tari—boat; sarit—the river; ativa—very; gabhira—deep;

nira—water; balaù—young girls; vayam—we; sakalam—completely;
ittham—in this way; anartha—of danger; hetuù—the source; nistara—for
crossing; bijam—the method; idam—this; eva—certainly; krsa-udarinam
—of slender girls; yat—because; mädhava—O Kåñëa; tvam—You; asi—
are; samprati—now; karëadharaù—captain of the boat.

The river is very deep, this is an old boat, and we are simply helpless
girls. It is very dangerous for us. Nevertheless, O Mädhava, at the
present moment You are the only boat-captain who can take us slender
girls across the Yamunä.
—Çré Jagadänanda Räya

TEXT 273
ambhasi taraëi-sutäyäù
stambhita-taraëiù sa devaké-sutaù
ätura-virahita-gopyäù
kätara-mukham ékñate smeraù

ambhasi—in the water; taräni—of the Yamunä River, the daughter of

the sun-god; stambhita—motinless; taraniù—boat; saù—He; devaki-
sutaù—Lord Kåñëa, the son of Devaki; atara—the boat-fare; virahita—
without; gopyaù—of the gopé; katara—distressed; mukha—face; ékñate
—gazes; smeraù—smiling.

Kåñëa suddenly stopped the boat in the middle of the Yamunä and
demanded immediate payment of the fare. He smiled as He gazed at
the frightened face of the gopé, who had no money to give.
—Çré Süryadäsa

TEXT 274
väcä tavaiva yadunandana gavya-bhäro
häro ‘pi väriëi mayä sahasä vikérëaù
düré-kåtaà ca kucayor anayor dukülaà
külaà kalinda-duhitur na tathäpy adüram

vaca—by the statement; tava—of You; eva—certainly; yadu-nandana

—O Kåñëa, descendent of Maharaja Yadu; gavya—of milk-products;
bharaù—the great load; haraù—the necklace; api—also; varini—in the
water; maya—by Me; sahasa—at once; vikirnaù—in the water; maya—
by Me; sahasa—at once; vikirnaù—cast; duri-kåtam—thrown far away;
ca—also; kucayoù—on the breasts; anayoù—on them; dukulam—the
garment; kulam—the shore; kalinda—Kalinda; na—not; tathä api—still;
aduram—is near.

O Yadunandana, by Your order I have cast into the water these milk-
products as well as My own necklace. I have thrown My bodice far away.
Still, the shore of the Yamunä has not come any closer.
—author unknown

TEXT 275
payaù-püraiù pürëä sapadi gata-ghürëä ca pavanair
gabhére kälindé-payasi tarir eñä praviçati
aho me durdaivaà parama-kutukäkränta-hådayo
harir väraà väraà tad api kara tälià racayati

payaù—of water; puraiù—with floods; purna—filled; sapadi—at once;

gata—gone; ghurna—tossed; ca—also; pavanaiù—by the winds; gabhire
—into the deep; kälindé—of the Yamunä; payasi—in the water; tariù—
boat; esaù—this; pravisati—enters; aho—alas!; me—my; durdaivam—
misfortune; parama—supreme; kutuka—by eagerness; akranta—
overwhelmed; hådayaù—whose heart; hariù—Kåñëa; varam—again;
varam—and again; tat-api—still; kara—of the hands; talim—the surface;
racayati—does.

The boat is violently tossed by the wind. Filling with water, it is now
sinking into the Yamunä. Alas! Destiny has become my enemy. Even in
this calamity lusty-hearted Kåñëa again and again puts His hand on me!
—Çré Manohara

TEXT 276
pänéya-secana-vidhau mama naiva päëé
viçramyatas tad api te parihäna-väëé
jévämi cet punar ahaà na tadä kadäpi
kåñëa tvadéya-taraëau caraëau dadämi

paniya—of water; secana-vidhau—is splashing; mama—my; na—not;

eva—certainly; päni—hands; visramyataù—exhausted; tat api—sitll; te—
of You; parihasa—joking; väni—words; jévämi—I live; cet—if; punaù—
again; aham—I; na—not; tada—then; kada api—at any time; kåñëa—O
Kåñëa; tvadiya—in Your; taraëau—boat; caraëau—two feet; dadämi—I
will place.

My hands are exhausted. They can no longer push the water out. All
You do is speak joking words. O Kåñëa, if I live through this, never again
will I place my feet in Your boat.
—Çré Manohara

TEXT 277
idam uddiçya vayasyaù
sva-saméhita-daivataà namata
yamunaiva jänu-daghné
bhavatu na vä näviko ‘stv aparaù
 idam—to this; uddiñya—in relation; vayasyaù—O gopé-friends; sva—
own; samihita—desired; daivatam—to the deity; namata—everyone bow
down; yamunä—the Yamunä River; janu—the knees; daghni—as deep
as; bhavatu—may be; na—not; va—or; navikaù—a boat-captain; astu—
may be; aparaù—someone else.

O gopé-friends, all of you please bow down before your chosen deity
and pray that either the Yamunä River will not be deep as our knees, or
we get a boat-captain other than Kåñëa.
—Çré Mukunda Bhaööäcärya

TEXT 278
tarir uttaralä sarid gabhérä
taralo nanda-sutaç ca karëadhäraù
abaläham upaiti bhänur astam
sakhi düre nagaréha kià karomi

tariù—the boat; uttarala—rock to and fro; sarit—the river; gabhira—is

deep; taralaù—reckless; nanda—of Maharaja Nanda; sutaù—the son; ca
—also; karëadharaù—is the boat-captain; abala—a helpless girl; aham—I
am; upaiti—attains; bhanuù—the sun; astam—the western horizon;
sakhi—O friend; kim—what?; karomi—will I do.

The boat rocks to and fro. The river is deep. The reckless son of
Mahäräja Nanda is the captain. I am a helpless girl. The sun is setting in
the west, and the village of Vraja is still far away. O gopé-friend, what
will I do now?
—author unknown

TEXT 279
näpekñate stuti-kathaà na çåëoti käkuà
çaçvat-kåtaà na manute praëipäta-jätam
hä kià vidheyam adhunä sakhi nanda-sünur
madhye taraìgini tarià taralo dhunoti

na—does not; apekñate—pay attention; stuti-katham—to My prayers;

na—does not; srnoti—hear; kakum—My begging with a broken voice;
sasvat—repeatedly; kåtam—done; na—does not; manuta—consider;
pranipata-jatam—My bowing down before Him; ha—alas!; kim—what?;
vidhayam—can I do; adhuna—now; sakti—O gopé-friend; nanda—of
Maharaja Nanda; sunuù—the son; madhye—in the middle; taraìgini—of
the wave-filled river; tarim—the boat; taralaù—reckless; dhunoti—
shakes.

He pays no attention to My prayers. He does not hear My begging in

a broken voice. He does not consider My repeatedly bowing down
before Him. O gopé-friend, what will I do now? In the middle of this
wave-filled river, the reckless son of Mahäräja Nanda violently shakes
the boat.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 280
eñottuìga-taraìga-laìghita-taöosaìgä pataìgätmajä
pürëeyaà tarir ambubhir na hi hareù çaìkä kalaìkäd api
käöhiëyaà bhaja nädya sundari vayaà rädhe prasädena te
jévämaù sphuöam ätaré-kuru giri-droëé-vinodotsavam

esa—this; uttaìga—with tall; taraìga—waves; langhita—crossec; tata-

utsaìga—the surface and shore; pataìga-atmaja—the Yamunä River, the
daughter of the sun-god; purna—filled; iyam—this; tariù—boat;
ambubhiù—with water; na—not; hi—indeed; hareù—of Kåñëa; çaìka—
fear; kalaìkat—from the calamity; api—even; kathiyam—harshness;
bhaja—do; na—not; adya—now; sundari—O beautiful girl; vayam—we;
rädhe—O Rädhä; prasadena—by the mercy; ta—of You; jévanaù—will
live; sphutam—clearly; atari-kuru—pay the fare; giri—of Govardhana
Hill; droni—in the cave; vinoda—of pastimes; utsavam—a festival.

“The Yamunä is filled with huge waves, and the boat is filling with
water. Still, Kåñëa is not afraid.”
“O beautiful Rädhä, don’t be so harsh. By Your mercy We will live
through this. All You need do is pay the boat-fare of a promise to enjoy
with Me a festival of amorous pastimes in the cave of Govardhana Hill.”
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 281
käkuà karosi gåha-koëa-karéña-puïja-
güòhäìga kià nanu våthä kitava prayähi
kuträdya jérëa-taraëi-bhramaëäti-bhéti-
gopäìganä-gaëa-vidambana-cäturé te

kakum—an emotional appeal; karosi—You do; gåha—of the house;

kona—in a corner; karosi—You do; gåha—of the house; kona—in a
corner; karisa—of dried cow-dung; puïja—in a heap; gudha—hidden;
aìga— whose body; kim—why?; nanu—is it not?; våtha—useless; kitava
— O cheater; prayahi—go away; kutra—where?; adya—now; jirna— old;
taräni—in a boat; bhramana—by the rocking motion; ati— great; bhiti—
because of fear; gopa-aìgana—of gopés; gana—the multitude;
vidambana—at tricking caturi—expertize; te—of You.

O Kåñëa, O cheater hiding behind this heap of dried cow-dung, why

do you uselessly beg me in this way? Go away! (This is a foolish trick.)
You used to be very expert at tricking the gopés. You expertly tricked
them when You frightened them in an old boat. Where is that expertise
now?
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Note: One time Lord Kåñëa took the gopés for a ride in an old boat.
When the boat began to rock dangerously in a storm, Kåñëa extorted
various amorous favors from the frightened gopés in return for their
rescue.

Rädhayä saha harer väko-väkyaà

Conversation Between Kåñëa and Rädhä

TEXT 282
aìgulyä kaù kaväöaà praharati kuöile mädhavaù kià vasanto
no cakré kià kulälo na hi dharaëi-dharaù kià dvi-jihvaù phaëéndraù
nähaà ghorä-mardé kim asi khaga-patir no hariù kià kapéço
rädhä-väëébhir itthaà prahasita-vadanaù„ pätu vaç cakra-päëiù

aìgulyä—with a single finger; kaù„—who; kaväöam—on the door;

praharati—taps; kuöila—O crooked girl; mädhavaù„—It is Kåçëa; kim—
whether?; vasantaù„—springtime; na—not; u—indeed; cakré—Kåçëa
who weilds the cakra; kim—whether?; kulälaù„—a potter; na—not; hi—
certainly; dharaëi-dharaù„—Kåçëa, who maintains the earth; kim—
whether; dvi—with two; jihvaù„—tongues; phani-indraù„—Ananta Çeça,
the king of the snakes; na—not; aham—I am; ghora—terrible; ahi—of
snakes; mardé—the crusher; kim—whether; asi—You are; khaga-
patiù„—Garuòa, the king of the birds; na—not; u—indeed; hariù„—I am
Hari; kim—whether; kapi-éçaù„—Hanumän, the king of the monkeys;
rädhä—of Çrématé Rädhäräëé; väëébhiù„—by the words; ittham—in this
way; prahasita—smiling; vadanaù„—whose face; pätu—may protect;
vaù„—you all; cakra-päëiù„—Lord Kåçëa, who wields the Sudarçana
cakra.
 “Who taps on My door with one finger?”
“O crooked girl, it is Mädhava.”
“Mädhava is a name of spring. Has springtime come knocking on My
door?
“Certainly not. It is the holder of the Sudarçana wheel.”
“Potters hold wheels. Are You a potter?”
“I am not. I am the person who holds up the entire world.”
“The forked-tongued serpent king Ananta holds up the world. Are
You He?”
“No. I am a person who crushes serpents.”
“The bird-king Garuòa crushes serpents. Are You he?
“No. I am Lord Hari.”
“Hari is a name of the monkey-king Hanumän. Are You he?

May Lord Kåñëa, who holds the Sudarçana cakra, and who smiled to
hear these clever words from Çrématé Rädhäräëé, protect you all.
—author unknown

TEXT 283
kas tvaà bho niçi keçavaù sirasijaiù kià näma garväyase
bhadre çaurir ahaà guëaiù pitå-gataiù putrasya kià syäd iha
cakré candramukhi prayacchasi nu me kuëòéà ghaöéà dohaëém
itthaà gopa-vadhü-jitottaratayä hréëo hariù pätu vaù

kaù—who; tvam—are You; bhoù—O; nisi—in the night; kesavaù—I

am Kesava; sirasijaiù—with hair; kim—what is the use?; nama—indeed;
garvayase—You are proud; bhadre—O beautiful girl; sauriù—the
descendent of Maharaja Surasena; aham—I am; gunaiù—with virtues;
pitr—to the ancestor; gataiù—gone; putrasya—of the descendant; kim—
what?; syat—is to be done; iha—here; cakri—I am the holder of the
Sudarçana wheel; candra-mukhi—O moon-faced girl; prayacchasi—You
give; nu—will?; dohanim—a milk-bucket; ittham—in this way; gopa-
vadhu—the gopé; jita—defeated; uttarataya—by replies; hrinaù—
embarrassed; hariù—Lord Kåñëa; patu—may protect; vaù—you all.

“Who is there in the darkness of night?”

“It is Keçava.”
“Keça means hair. Why should hair approach Me? You are awfully
proud, hair.”
“O beautiful girl, I am the grandson of Mahäräja Çürasena.”
“Of what use is the worthless son of a virtuous grandfather?”
“O moon-faced girl, I am the holder of the Sudarçana wheel.”
“Ah, You are a potter who spins a potter’s wheel! Will You give Me a
bowl, a pot, and a milk-bucket?”
 May Lord Kåñëa, who was embarrassed by these clever replies of the
gopé Rädhä, protect you all.
—Çré Cakrapäëi

TEXT 284
väsaù samprati keçava kva bhavato mugdhekñaëe nanv idaà
väsaà brühi çaöha prakäma-subhage tvad-gätra-saàsargataù
yäminyäm uñitaù kva dhürta vitanur muñëäti kià yäminé
çaurir gopa-vadhüà chalaiù parihasann evam-vidhaiù pätu vaù

vasaù—garment (or residence); samprati—at present; kesava—O

Kåñëa; kva—where?; bhavataù—of You; mugdha—beautiful; ékñaëe—in
the eyes; nanu—is it not?; idam—this; vasam—garment (or fragance);
bruhi—speak; satha—O cheater; prakama-subhage—O beautiful girl;
tvat—Your; gatra—body; saàsargataù—to be associated; yaminyam—
during the night; usitaù—resided; kva—where?; dhurta—O rascal;
vitanuù—slender; musnati—steals; kim—whether; yamini—night; sauriù
—Lord Kåñëa, the descendent of Maharaja Surasena; gopa-vadhum—the
gopé; chalaiù—with clever words; parihasan—smiling; evam-vidhaiù—in
this way; patu—may protect; vaù—you all.

One morning, when Kåñëa came to Rädhä, Rädhä asked Him, “My
dear Keçava, where is Your väsa at present?” The Sanskrit word “väsa:
has three meanings: one meaning is residence, one meaning is
fragance, and another meaning is dress.
Actually Rädhäräëé inquired from Kåñëa “Where is Your dress?” But
Kåñëa took the meaning as residence, and He replied to Rädhäräëé,
“My dear captivated one, at the present moment My residence is in Your
beautiful eyes.”
To this Rädhäräëé replied, “My dear cunning boy, I did not ask You
about Your residence, I inquired about Your dress.”
Kåñëa then took the meaning of “väsa” as fragance and said, “My
dear fortunate one, I have just assumed this fragance in order to be
associated with Your body.”
Çrématé Rädhäräëé again inquired from Kåñëa, “Where did You pass
Your night?” The exact Sanskrit word used in this connection was
“yäminyämuñitaù”. “Yäminyäm” means “at night”, and uñitaù means
“pass.” Kåñëa, however, divided the word “yäminyämuñitaù into two
separate words, namely “yäminyä” and “musitaù”. By dividing this word
into two, it came out to mean that He was kidnapped by Yäminé, or
night, Kåñëa therefore replied to Rädhäräëé, “My dear Rädhäräëé, is it
possible that night can kidnap Me?” In this way He was answering all of
the questions of Rädhäräëé so cunningly that He gladdened this dearest
of the gopés.* May smiling Lord Kåñëa protect you all.
 —author unknown

TEXT 285
rädhe tvaà kupitä tvam eva ku-pitä srañöäsi bhümer yato
mätä tvaà jagatäà tvam eva jagatäà mätä na vij 24o ‘paraù
devi tvaà parihäsa-keli-kalahe ‘nanta tvam evety asau
smero ballava-sundarém avanamaï chauriù çréyaà vaù kriyät

rädhe—O Rädhä; tvam—You; kupita—are angry; tvam—You; eva—

certainly; ku—of the earth; pita—the father; srasta—the creator; asi—
You are; bhumeù—of the earth; yataù—because; mata—the mother;
tvam—You are; jagatam—of the universes; tvam—You; eva—certainly;
jagatam—of the universes; mata—the mother; na—not; vijïäù—
intelligent; aparaù—another; devi—O goddess; tvam—You; parihasa—
joking; keli—of pastimes; kahale—in the lover’s quarrel; ananta—
boundless; tvam—You are; eva—certainly; iti—thus; asau—He; smeraù
—smiling; ballava-sundarim—to the beautiful gopé; avanaman—bowing
down; sauriù—Lord Kåñëa; çréyam—auspiciousness; vaù—to you all;
kriyat—may do.

“Rädhä, You have become kupitä (angry).”

“Ku means earth, and pitä means father. It is You who are father of
the earth.”
“And You are the mother of all the universes.”
“You are the actual mother of the universes. You are omniscient. No
one is Your equal.”
“O Goddess, Your skill in joking lover’s quarrels is ananta
(unlimited).”
“Nan means bowing down, ta means the state of being, and a means
without. It is You whom possess this quality of ananta (refusing to bow
down).”
May Lord Kåñëa, who smiled as He then bowed down before the
beautiful gopé Rädhä, grant auspiciousness to you all.
—Çré Harihara

Räsa
The Räsa-dance

TEXT 286

åndäraëye pramada-sadane mallikä-puñpa-mode

çré-çubhräàçoù kiraëa-rucire kokilädyair manojïe
rätrau citre paçupa-vanitä-citta-dehäpahäré
kaàsäräter madhura-muralé-vädya-räjo raräja

våndä-aranye—in the forest of Våndävana; pramada—of pleasure;

sadane—the abode; mallika-puñpa—of jasmine flowers; mode—with the
fragance; çré-subhraàsoù—of the beautiful moon; kiraëa—with the
shining; rucire—splendid; kokila-adyaiù—with the cuckoos and other
birds; manojne—charming; ratrau—in the night; citrau—wonderful;
pasupa-vanita—of the gopés; citta—the hearts; deha—and bodies;
apahari—stealing; madhura—sweet; murali—of the flute; vadya—of the
music; rajaù—the king; raraja—was splendidly manifest.

On a wonderful night, in delightful Våndävana forest filled with the

fragance of jasmine flowers, illuminated by beautiful moonlight, and
made charming by the singing of the cuckoos and other birds, Kåñëa’s
sweet, regal flute music, which stole away the gopés hearts and bodies,
was splendidly manifest.
—author unknown

TEXT 287
adharämåta-mädhuré-dhuréëo
hari-lélä-muralé-ninäda eñaù
pratatäna manaù-pramodam uccair
hariëénäà hariëé-dåçäà munénäm

adhara—of the lips; amåta—of the nectar; madhuri—with the

sweetness; dhurinaù—filled; hari—of Lord Kåñëa; lélä—of pastimes;
murali—of the flute; ninadaù—sound; esaù—this; pratatana—gave;
manaù—of the heart; harini-dåçam—of the doe-eyed gopés; muninam—
of the sages.

Filled with the sweet nectar of Kåñëa’s lips, the playful sound of the
flute delighted the does, the doe-eyed gopés, and the sages.
—Çré Mädhavendra Puré

TEXT 288
lélä-mukharita-muralé-
taralé-kåta-gopa-bhäviné-nivahaù
tad-adhara-madhuni sa-tåñëaù
kåñëaù päyäd apäyato bhavataù

lélä—playfully; mukharita—talkative; murali—by the flute; tarali-kåta

—made to tremble; gopa-bhavini—of the gopés; nivahaù—the
multitude; tat—of them; adhara—of the lips; madhuni—for the honey;
sa—with; tåñëaù—thirst; kåñëaù—Lord Kåñëa; payat—may protect;
apayataù—from calamity; bhavataù—you all.

May Kåñëa, who thirsted after the honey of the gopés’ lips, and
whose playful, talkative flute made the gopés tremble, protect you from
all dangers.
—Çré Mädhava Cakravarté

TEXT 289
käraya nämba vilambaà
muïca karaà me harià yäsi
na sahe sthätuà yad asau
garjati muralé pragalbha-dütéva

karaya—make; na—don’t; amba—O mother; vilamba—delay; muïca

—let go; karam—of the hand; me—my; harim—to Kåñëa; yämi—I am
going; na—not; sahe—I am able; sthatum—to stay; yat—because; asau
—this; garjati—sounds; murali—the flute; pragalbha—an audacious; duti
—messenger; iva—like.

Mother, don’t stop me! Let go of my hand! I am going to Kåñëa.

Because Kåñëa’s bold messenger, the flute, calls me, I cannot stay here.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 290
cüòä-cumbita-cäru-candraka-cayaà cämékaräbhämbaraà
karëottaàsita-karëikära-kusumaà kandarpa-kallolinam
vaàçé-vädana-vävadüka-vadanaà vakré-bhavad-ékñaëaà
bhägyaà bhaìgura-madhyamaù pariëataà kuïjäntare bhejire

cuda—crown; cumbita—kissed; caru—beautiful; candraka—of

peacock feathers; cayam—with a host; camikara—of gold; abha—with
the color; ambaram—whose garments; karëa-uttaàsita—earrings;
karnikara—karnikara flowers; kandarpa—of cupid; kallolinam—tossed by
the waves; vaàçé—of the flute; vadana—in the music; vavaduka—
eloquent; vadanam—whose mouth; vakri-bhavat—crooked; ékñaëam—
whose glance; bhagyam—transcendental bliss; bhangura-madhyamaù—
the slender-waisted gopés; parinatam—fully manifested; kuïja—the
forest-grove; antare—within; bhejire—worshiped.
 The top of His head kissed by a crown of peacock feathers, His
garments the color of gold, a karëikära flower in His ear, His heart swept
away by waves of amorous desire, the flute placed to His expert-
musician lips, and His eyes decorated with crooked sidelong glances,
Lord Kåñëa, whose form is the full development of all transcendental
bliss, was worshiped by the slender-waisted gopés in the forest of
Våndävana.
—Çré Jévadäsa Vähinépati

Çré-Kåñëa-väkyam
Çré Kåñëa’s Words

TEXT 291

uñöaù ko ‘pi karoti vaù paribhavaà saìke muhur gokule

dhävantyaù skhalad-ambaraà niçi vane yüyaà yad abhyägatäù
äù kä bhétir amanda-dänava-vadhü-sindüra-mudrä-hare
dor-daëòe mama bhäti divyata pati-kroòe kuraìgé-dåçaù

dustaù—demon; kah api—some; karoti—does; vaù—to you;

paribhavan—harm; saìke—I think; muhuù—repeatedly; gokule—in
Gokula; dhavantyaù—running; skhalat—falling; ambaram—garments;
nisi—in the night; vane—in the forest; yuyam—you; yat—because;
abhyagataù—come here; aù—aha!; ka—what?; bhitiù—fear; amanda—
swift; danava—of the demons; vadhu—of the wives; sindura—of red
sindura; mudra—the mark; hare—removing; doù-dande—arms; mama—
My; bhati—when manifested; divyata—all of you enjoy pastimes; pati—
of your husband; krode—on the chest; kuraìgi-dåçaù—O doe-eyes girls.

All your garments became disarrayed as you ran here through the
forest at night. I think you must have been repeatedly attacked by some
demon. Aha! What fear can remain as long as My arms, which swiftly
turn the demon’s wives into widows, are present. O doe-eyed girls, all of
you go home and enjoy pastimes on the chest of your husbands. I will
take care of this demon.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 292
dhütottäpe vahati gahane dharma-püre vrajäntaù
kä vas tåñëä balati hådaye durmadeyaà saténäm
sémantinyaù spåhayata gåhän mä viruddhaà kurudhvaà
 näyaà dåñöau mama vighaöate hanta puëyasya panthäù

dhuta—shaken off; uttape—sufferings; vahati—is manifested; gahane

—in the forest; dharma-pure—sacred; vraja—Vraja; antaù—within; ka—
what; vaù—of you; tåñëa—thirst; balati—is; hådaye—in the heart;
durmada—impossible; iyam—this; satinam—of pious, chaste girls;
simantinyaù—O girls; sprhayata—please desire; gåhan—homes; ma—
don’t; viruddham—sin; kurudhvam—do; na—not; ayam—this; dåñöau—
in the sight; mama—of Me; vighatate—is broken; hanta—indeed;
punyasya—of piety; panthaù—the path.

What is the overwhelming thirst that troubles your hearts in this

pleasent, sacred forest of Vraja? O pious girls, please return to your
homes. Do not sin. Within My sight the path of religion will never be
broken.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Note: These ambiguous words may also be translated:

“What is the overwhelming thirst that troubles your hearts in this

pleasent, sacred forest of Vraja? O pious girls, please do not return to
your homes. Stay here. Within My sight the path of religion is never
broken.”

Vraja-devénäm uttaram
The Reply of the Goddesses of Vraja

TEXT 293
kathaà véthém asmän upadiçasi dharma-praëayinéà
praséda sväà çiñyäm ati-khala-mukhém çädhi muralém
haranté maryädäà çiva çiva pare puàsi hådayaà
nayanté dhåñöeyaà yaduvara yathä nähvayati naù

katham—why?; vithim—the path; asman—to us; upadisasi—You

teach; dharma-praëayinim—of religion; praside—be kind; svam—to Your
own; siñyam—disciple; ati-khala-mukhim—bad-mouthed; sadhi—order;
muralim—the flute; haranti—removing; maryadam—modesty; siva—
alas!; siva—alas; apre—to the Supreme; pumsi—Personality of Godhead;
hådayaù—the heart; nayanti—bringing; dhrsta—bold; ayam—it; yadu—
of the Yadu dynasty; vara—O best; yathä—as; na—not; ahvayati—calls;
naù—us.
 Why do You teach us the path of religion? Be kind. Teach Your bad-
mouthed disciple, the flute. Alas! Alas! Your bold flute robs our modesty
and carries our hearts to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Teach it
not to call us here.
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 294
gopéjanäliìgita-madhya-bhägaà
veëum dhamantaà bhåça-lola-netram
kalevare prasphuöa-roma-våndäà
namämi kåñëaà jagad-eka-kandam

gopéjana—by the gopés; aliìgita—embraced; madhya-bhagam—

whose waist; veëum—the flute; dhamantam—playing; bhrsa—very; lola
—restless; netram—whose eyes; kalevare—on the body; prasphuta—
standing up; roma—of hairs; våndäm—the multitude; namämi—I offer
my respectful obeisances; kåñëam—to Lord Kåñëa; jagat—for the entire
world; eka—the only; vandam—worshippable Lord.

The gopés arms around His waist, the hairs on His body standing up
in joy, and His eyes restlessly moving, Kåñëa plays the flute. I bow down
to offer my respects to Çré Kåñëa, the only worshipable Lord for the
entire world.
—Çré Puruñottamadeva

TEXT 295
kälindyäù pulineñu keli-kupitam utsåjya räse rasaà
gacchantém anugacchato ‘çru-kaluñaà kaàsa-dviño rädhikäm
tat-päda-pratimä niveçita-padasyodbhüta-romodgatair
akñuëëo ‘nunayaù prasanna-dayitä-dåñöasya puñëätu vaù

kalindyaù—of the Yamunä; pulineñu—of the shores; keli—pastimes;

kupitam—angry; utsrjya—abandoning; rase—in the rasa dance; rasam—
nectar; gacchantim—going; anugacchataù—following; açru—by tears;
kalusam—polluted; kaàsa-dviñaù—of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa;
rädhikäm—Çrématé Rädhäräëé; tat—of Her; pada-pratima—the
footprints; nivesita—entered; padasya—whose feet; udbhüta-roma-
udgataiù—with hairs standing up; akñunnaù—successful; anunayaù—
entreaty; prasanna—pleased; dayita—of the beloved; dåñöasya—seen;
pusnatu—may bless; vaù—you all.

With tears in Her eyes, angry Rädhäräëé left the nectarean pastimes
of the räsa dance and fled to the Yamunä’s shore. His bodily hairs
standing up, Kåñëa followed Her footprints. He eventually caught up
with Her and obtained Her merciful glance. May Lord Kåñëa’s successful
appeal to Her bless you all.
—Çré Bhaööa Näräyaëa

Çré Kåñëäntardhäne täsäà praçnaù

Questions of the Gopés During Çré Kåñëa’s Disappearance

TEXT 296
tulasi vilasasi tvaà malli jätäsi phullä
sthala-kamalini bhåìgaiù saìgatäìgé vibhäsi
kathayata bata sakhyaù kñipram asmäsu kasmin
vasati kapaöa-kandaù kandare nanda-sünuù

tulasi—O Tulasi; tvam—you; vilasasi—are very beautiful; tvam—you;

malli—O jasmine flower; jata—manifested; asi—you are; phulla—
blossoming; sthala-kamalini—O land-growin lotus; bhrngaiù—with bees;
saìgata—accompanied; aìgi—body; vibhasi—you are very splendid;
kathayata—please tell; bata—ah; sakhyaù—friends; kñipram—quickly;
asmasu—among you all; kasmin—in which; vasati—stays; kapata—of
cheaters; kandaù—the crest-jewel; kandare—cave; nanda-sunuù—
Kåñëa, the son of Maharaja Nanda.

O Tulasé, you are very beautiful. O jasmine vine, you are filled with
splendid blossoms. O land-growing lotus flower, you are very lovely with
all these bumble-bees. O friends, please tell me at once: In which cave
did Nandanandana, the king of cheaters, go?
—Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 297
dåñöaù kväpi sa mädhavo vraja-vadhüm ädaya käïcid gataù
sarvä eva hi vaïcitäù sakhi vayaà so ‘nveñaëéyo yadi
dve dve gacchatam ity udérya sahasä rädhäà gåhétvä kare
gopé-veça-dharo nikuïja-kuharaà präpto hariù pätu vaù

dåñöaù—seen; kva—where?; api—whether?; saù—He; mädhavaù—

Kåñëa; vraja—of Vraja; vadhum—a girl; ädaya—taking; kaïcit—a certain;
gataù—gone; sarvaù—all; eva—certainly; hi—indeed; vaïcitaù—are
cheated; sakhi—O friend; vayam—us; saù—He; anvesaniyaù—to be
found; yadi—if; dve dve—two by two; gacchatam—should go; iti—thus;
udirya—speaking; sahasa—at once; rädhäm—Rädhä; gåhitva—taking;
kare—in hand; gopé—of a gopé; vesa—the disguise; dharaù—wearing
nikuïja—into the forest; kuharam—in a cave; präptaù—attained; hariù—
Lord Kåñëa; patu—may protect; vaù—you all.

“Did You see where Mädhava went? He took one vraja-girl and left. O
friend, we are all cheated.”
“If you want to find Kåñëa, then divide into groups of two and go
everywhere searching for Him.”
Saying these words, Kåñëa, disguised as a gopé, at once took
Rädhä’s hand and went with Her deep into the forest. May Lord Kåñëa
protect you all.
—Author Unkown

Çré Rädhä-sakhé-väkyam
The Words of Çrématé Rädhäräëé’s Friend

TEXT 298
adoñäd doñäd vä tyajati vipine täà yadi bhavän
abhadraà bhadraà vä vraja-kula-pate tvaà vadatu kaù
idaà tu krüraà me smarati hådayaà yat kila tayä
tvad-arthaà käntäre kula-tilaka nätmäpi gaëitaù

nayake—the thehero; yukta—proper; vadini—speech; yathä—just as;

padyavalyam-in Padyavali; adosat—without any fault; dosat—with a
fault; va—or; tyajati—abandons; vipine—in the forest; tam—Her; yadi—
if; bhavan—You; abhadram—inauspiciousness; bhadram—
auspiciousness; va—or; vraja-kula-pate—O Prince of Vraja; tvam—You;
vadatu—may describe; kaù—who?; ida—this; tu—indeed; kruram—cruel;
me—of me; smarati—remembers; hådayam—heart; yat—which; kila—
indeed; taya—by Her; tvat—Your; artham—for the sake; käntare—in the
dangerous forest; kula—of Your family; tilaka—O tilaka marking; na—
not; atma—Her own self; api—even; ganitaù—was considered.

O prince of Vraja, who can say whether You are at fault or not at fault
for abandoning this girl? Who can say whether Your actions are
auspicious or inauspicious? Still, O tilaka-marking of Your family, my
cruel heart remembers how this girl entered the dangerous forest for
Your sake, without caring for Her own self.
—Çré Rämacandra däsa

TEXT 299
lakñméà madhya-gatena räsa-valaye vistärayann ätmano
kastüré-surabhir viläsa-muralé-vinyasta-vaktrendunä
kréòä-täëòava-maëòalena parito dåñöena tuñyad-dåçä
tväà halléçaka-çaìku-saìkula-padä päyäd vihäré hariù

lakñmén—splendor; madhya—in the middle; gatena—gone; rasa—of

the rasa dance; valaye—in the circle; vistarayan—displaying; atmana—
personally; kasturi—with musk; surabhiù—fragant; vilasa—with
pastimes; murali—the flute; vinyasta—placed; vaktra—mouth; induna—
with the moon; kréòa—pastimes; tandava—of enthusiastic dancing;
mandalena—with the circle; paritaù—completely; dåñöena—seen;
tusyat—pleased; dåça—by the glance; tvam—you; hallékñaka—of the
hallakñaka dance; saìku-saìkula—following the movements; pada—
whose feet; payat—may protect; vihari—enjoying transcendental
pastimes; hariù—Lord Kåñëa.

Displaying His own splendor, Lord Kåñëa appeared in the middle of

the räsa-dance circle. He was fragant with musk, and the flute was
placed to the moon of His lips. The dancing gopés gazed at Him and He
glanced at them with pleasure. May Lord Kåñëa, who moved His feet in
the räsa-dance, protect you.
—author unknown

Srila Rupa Gosvami's

Sri Padyavali
- author unknown

Tatra khecaräëäm uktiù

Words of the Demigods Observing the Räsa Dance From Their Airplanes
in the Sky

TEXT 300

mukta-munénäà mågyaà
kim api phalaà devaké phalati
tat pälayati yaçodä
nikämam upabhuïjate gopyaù

mukta - liberated; muninam - by the sages; mrgyam - sought; kim

api - a certain; phalam - fruit; devaki - Devaki; phalati - bore fruit; tat -
that fruit; palayati - protects; yasoda - Yasoda; nékamam - to their
hearts' content; upabhuïjate - eat; gopyaù - the gopés.
 Devaké bore a precious fruit sought by the libearated sages, Yaçodä
protected that fruit, and now the gopés taste that fruit to their hearts'
content.
- Çré Dakñiëätya

TEXT 301

taptaà tapobhir anyaiù

phalitaà tad gopa-bälänäm
äsäà yat kuca-kumbhe
néla-nicolayati brahma

taptam - performed austerities; tapobhiù - with austerities; anyaiù -

other; phalitam - borne fruit; tat - therefore; gopa-balanam - of the
young gopés; asam - of them; yat - because; kuca - of the breasts;
kumbha - on the waterpot; néla-nicolayati - has become a blue bodice;
brahma - the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

The young gopés must have performed many austerities and pious
deeds in their previous births so that the Supreme Personality of
Godhead has now become a blue garment covering their waterpotlike
breasts.
- Çré Raghupati Upädhyäya

Jala-keli
Water Pastimes

TEXT 302

jala-keli-tarala-kara-tala-
mukta-punaù pihita-rädhikä-vadanaù
jagad avatu koka-yünor
vighaöana-saìghaöana-kautuké kåñëaù

jala - in the water; keli - pastimes; tarala - trembling; kara - of the

hand; tala - from the surface; mukta - released; punaù - again; pihita -
covered; rädhikä - of Rädhäräëé; vadana - face; jagat - the universe;
avatu - may protect; koka - of cakravaka birds; yunoù - of the youthful
pair; vighatana - separating; saìghatana - and uniting; kautuki - eager;
kåñëoù - Lord Kåñëa.

As a young cakraväka couple separates and then meets again,

Kåñëa, His palms trembling in His water-pastimes, delights in covering
and uncovering Rädhä's face. May Lord Kåñëa protect the entire world.
- author unknown

Note: The male and female cakraväka birds associate during the day,
but separate again at night.

Çré Rädhä-sakhéà prati candrävalé-sakhyäù säsüya-väkyam

Jealous Words From Candrävalé's Friend to Rädhäräëé's Friend

TEXT 303

mä garvam udvaha kapola-tale cakästi

kåñëa-sva-hasta-likhitä nava-maïjarété
anyäpi kià na sakhi bhäjanam édåçénäà
vairé na ced bhavati vepathur antaräyaù

ma - don't; garvam - proud; udvaha - be; kapola - of the cheek; tale -

on the surface; cakasti - is manifested; kåñëa - by Kåñëa; sva - with
His own; hasta - hand; likhita - drawn; nava - a new; maïjari - flower
blossoms; iti - thus; anya - another; api - even; kim - whether; na - not;
sakhi - O friend; bhajanam - object; idåçinam - of those like this; vairi -
the enemy; na - not; cet - if; bhavati - is; vepathaù - trembling;
antarayaù - obstacle.

My friend, please do not be too puffed up because Kåñëa has

decorated Your forehead with His own hand. It many be that Kåñëa is
yet attracted by some other beautiful girl. I see that the decoration on
Your forehead is very nicely made, and so it appears that Kåñëa was not
too disturbed in painting it. Otherwise, He could not have painted such
exact lines!*
- Çré Dämodara

Çré Rädhä-sakhyäù säküta-väkyam

Çrématé Rädhäräëé's Friend's Words, Which Contain a Hidden Meaning
 TEXT 304

yad-avadhi gokulam abhitaù

samajani kusuma-citäsana-çreëé
pétäàsuka-priyeyaà
tad-avadhi candrävalé jätä

yat-avadhi - when; gokulam - in Gokula; abhitaù - everywhere;

samajäni - is born; kusuma - with flowers; cita - filled; asana - of priyara
trees; sreni - a host; pita - of yellow; aàsuka - garments; priya - fond;
iyam - this; tat-avadhi - then; candra - of moons; avali - a multitude;
jata-is born.

When the priyära trees bloom everywhere in Gokula, their flowers

are like a host of moons decked in yellow garments.
- Çré Govardhanäcärya

Note: The second meaning hidden in these ambiguous words is:

"When the priyära trees bloom everywhere in Gokula, then
Candrävalé becomes dear to Lord Kåñëa, who wears yellow garments."

The second meaning implies that Candrävalé is not beautiful by

herself, but only is beautiful when surrounded by beautiful things, such
as priyära flowers.

Gändharväà prati sakhé-väkyam

A Gopé-friend's Words to Çrématé Rädhäräëé

TEXT 305

saujanyena vaçé-kåto vayam atas tvaà kiïcid äcakñmahe

kälindéà yadi yäsi sundari punar mä gäù kadambäöavém
kaçcit tatra nitanta-nirmalatama-stomo 'sti yasmin manäg
lagne locana-sémni notpala-dåçaù paçyanti patyur gåham

saujanyena - by friendship; vasi - conquered; kåtaù - are; vayam -

we; ataù - therefore; tvam - to you; kiïcit - something; acakñmahe - we
will say; kalindam - to the Yamunä River; yadi - if; yasi - You go; sundari
- O beautiful girl; punaù - again; ma - don't; agaù - go; kadamba - of
kadamba trees; atavim - to the forest; kascit - a person; tatra - there;
nitanta - great; nirmala - splendid; tama - darkness; stomaù - an
abundance; asti - is; yasmin - in which; manak - slightly; lagne -
touching; locana - of the eyes; simni - in the corner; na - not; utpala-
dåçaù - lotus-eyed girls; paçyanti - see; patyuù - of their husband;
gåham - the home.

We are conquered by Your friendship. For this reason we will tell You
something. O beautiful one, if You go again to the Yamunä, don't go to
the kadamba forest. In that place is a great splendid darkness. When
that darkness even lightly touches the corner of a young girls lotus
eyes, she is never again able to see her husband's house.
- Çré Govinda Bhaööa

TEXT 306

çyämo 'yaà divasaù payoda-paöalaiù säyaà tathäpy utsukä

puñpärthaà sakhi yäsi yämuna-taöaà yähi vyathä kä mama
kintv ekaà khara-kaëöhaka-kñatam urasy älokya sadyo 'nyathä
çaìkaà yat kuöilaù kariñyati jano jätäsmi tenäkulä

çyämaù - dark; ayam - this; divasaù - day; payoda - of clouds;

patalaiù - with a host; sayam - at sunset; tathä api - still; utsuka - eager;
puñpa - of flowers; artham - for the purpose; sakhi - O friend; yasi - You
are going; yämuna - of the Yamunä; tatam - to the shore; yahi - go;
vyathä - distress; ka - what?; mama - my; kintu - however; ekam - one;
khara - deep; kaëöhaka-kñatam - scratches; urasi - on the breast;
alokya - seeing; sadyaù - at once; anyathä - otherwise; çaìkam - fear;
yat - because; kutilaù - a crooked; kariñyati - will do; janaù - man; jata -
manifested; asmi - I am; tena - for this reason; akula - agitated.

The whole day has been dark with clouds. And now, at sunset, You
are eager to go to the Yamunä's shore for flowers. Go ahead. What is
my distress? When I see the deep thorn-scratches on Your breast I
become afraid some crooked man will attack You.
- Çré Karëapüra

TEXT 307

gantavyä te manasi yamunä vartate cet tadänéà

kuïjaà mä gäù sahaja-sarale väïjulaà mad-vacobhiù
gacches taträpy ahaha yadi vä mä murärer udäre
kuträpy ekä rahasi muralé-nädam äkarëayethäù

gantavya - to be gone; te - by you; manasi - in the heart; yamunä -

the Yamunä; vartate - is; cet - if; tadanim - then; ku 24jam - the grove;
ma - don't; gaù - go; sahaja-sarala - O honest girl; vaïjulam - of asoka
trees; mat - my; vacobhiù - by the words; gaccheù - You go; tatra -
there; api - even; ahaha - aha!; yadi - if; va - or; ma - don't; murareù - of
Kåñëa; udare - O noble girl; kutra api - somewhere; eka-alone; rahasi -
in a secluded place; murali - of the flute; nadam - the sound;
äkarëayethaù - hear.

O pious girl, if in Your heart You wish to go to the Yamunä, then

please follow my advice and don't go to the açoka grove, or if You go
there, don't go alone and listen to the sound of Kåñëa's flute in that
secluded place.
- Çré Tairabhukta Kavi

TEXT 308

tarale na kuru vilambaà

kumbhaà sambhåtya mandiraà yähi
yävan na mohana-mantraà
çaàsati kaàsa-dviño vaàçé

tarale - O restless girl; na - don't; kuru - do; vilambam - delay;

kumbham - jar; sambhåtya - taking; mandiram - home; yahi - go; yävat -
when; na - not; mohana - charming; mantram - spell; saàsati - speakñ;
kaàsa-dviñaù - of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa; vaàçé - the flute.

O restless girl, don't delay. Fill Your jar and go home while Kåñëa's
flute does not recite it's mantra charm.
- Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 309

påñöhena népam avalambya kalindajäyäù

küle viläsa-muraléà kvaëayan mukundaù
präk püraëät kalasam ambhasi lolayantyä
vaktraà vivartayati gopa-kuläìganäyäù
 prsthena - behind; nipam - a kadamba tree; avalambya - staying;
kalindajayaù - of the Yamunä; kule - on the shore; vilasa - pastime;
muralim - flute; kvanayan - playing; mukundaù - Kåñëa; prak - before;
puraëat - filling; kalasam - the jar; ambhasi - in the water; lolayantya -
moving; vaktram - face; vivartayati - causes to turn; gopa-kula-
aìganayaù - of the gopé.

Hiding behind a kadamba tree to the Yamunä's shore, and suddenly

beginning to play His pastime-flute, Lord Mukunda made the gopé
dipping her jar in the water turn her face.
- author unknown

TEXT 310

sakhyo yayur gåham ahaà kalaséà vahanté

pürëam atéva-mahatém anulambitäsmi
ekäkinéà spåçasi mäà yadi nanda-süno
mokñyämi jévanam idaà sahasä puras te

sakhyaù - gopé-friends; yayuù - have gone; gåham - home; aham - I;

kalasim - far; vahanti - carrying; purnam - full; ativa - very; mahatim -
big; anulambita - left behind; asmi - I am; ekakinim - all alone; sprsasi -
You touch; mam - Me; yadi - if; nanda-suno - O son of Nanda Maharaja;
mokñyämi - I will give up; jévanam - life; idam - this; sahasa - at once;
puraù - inthe presence; te - of You.

My gopé-friends have already gone home and I am left behind

carrying this big, full jar. O son of Nanda, if You touch Me now that I am
all alone, I will immediately give up this life in Your presence.
- Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Täà prati kasyäçcid uktiù

One Gopé's Words to Her

TEXT 311

valgantyä vana-mälayä tava håtaà vakñojayoç candanaà

gaëòa-sthä makaré-ghaöä ca makarändolena vidhvaàçitä
kläntä svaira-taraìga-kelibhir iyaà tanvé ca dhürte tanuù
satyaà jalpasi bhänujäm abhi rase magnädya harñäd abhüù

valgantya - moving; vana-malaya - by the garland of forest-flowers;

tava - of You; håtam - removed; vakñojayoù - on the breasts; candanam
- sandalwood paste; ganda-stha - on the cheekñ; makari-ghata - tilaka
pictures of sharks; ca - also; makara - of the shark-shaped earrings;
andolena - by the swinging; vidhvaàçéta - destroyed; klanta - fatigued;
svaira - independent; taraìga - waves; kelibhiù - by pastimes; iyam -
this; tanvi - slender; ca - also; dhurte - O rascal gopé; tanuù - body;
satyam - the truth; jalpasi - You say; bhanujam - the Yamunä; abhi - in;
rase - the nectar water; magna - plunged; adya - now; harsat - out of
joy; abhuù - You are.

"The moving forest-flower garland must wave wiped the sandalwood

paste from Your breasts and the movements of the shark-shaped
earrings must have destroyed the pictures of sharks drawn on Your
cheeks."
"O rascal gopé, this slender body was washed of these things by the
water's playful waves."
"You speak the truth. Even now You are jubilantly submerged in the
nectar waters of the Yamunä."
- Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Note: In this verse a gopé-friend accuses Çrématé Rädhäräëé of

enjoying pastimes with Kåñëa. The gopé says that the sandalwood
paste on Rädhäräëé's breasts must have been wiped away by Lord
Kåñëa's flower garland when He embraced Her, and the picture of the
sharks drawn on Rädhäräëé's cheeks must have become destroyed by
Kåñëa's shark-shaped earrings when He kissed Her. Rädhäräëé then
defends Herself, saying that the sandalwood paste and shark-pictures
were washed away when She bathed in the Yamunä. The gopé is
reluctant to believe it.

Candrävaléà prati tasyä väkyam

This Gopé's Words to Candrävalé

TEXT 312

katyäyané-kusuma-kämanayä kim arthaà

käntära-kukñi-kuharaà kutukäd gatäsi
paçya stana-stabakayos tava kaëöakäìkaà
 gopaù sukaëöhi bata paçyati jäta-kopaù

katyayäni - for goddess Katyayani; kusuma - for flowers; kamanaya -

with a desire; kim artham - why?; käntara-kukñi-kuharam - deep into the
forest; kutukat - eagerly; gata asi - you are going; paçya - look; stana-
stabakayoù - on the breasts; tava - your; käntaka-aìkam - the scratches;
gopaù - the cowherd man; su-kaëöhi - O girl with the beautiful neck;
bata - indeed; paçyati - stares; jata - manifested; kopaù - anger.

Why are you eagerly going into the deep, dark forest to pick flowers
for goddess Katyäyané? Look! O beautiful-necked girl, your gopa-
husband is angrily staring at the scratches on your breasts.
- Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Tad-bhartäraà prati sakhé-väkyam

That Gopé Friend's Words to Candrävalé's Husband

TEXT 313

subhaga mama priya-sakhyäù

kim iva sa-çaìkaà muhur vilokayasi
yamunä-pavana-vikérëa-
priyaka-rajaù-piïjaraà påñöham

subhaga - O handsome one; mama - my; priya-sakhyaù - of the dear

friend; kim - why?; iva - like; sa - with; çaìkam - fear; muhuù -
continually; vilokayasi - you stare; yamunä - from the Yamunä; pavana -
by the breeze; vikirna - spread; priyaka - from the priyaìga vines; rajaù -
from the pollen; pinjaram - yellow; prstham - back.

O handsome one, why do you suspiciously stare at my dear friend's

back, now yellow from the priyäìgu flower pollen blown by the Yamunä
breeze?
- Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Note: Candrävalé's back is yellow because she enjoyed pastimes with

Lord Kåñëa on a bed of flowers.

Nitya-lélä
Eternal Pastimes
 TEXT 314

våndävane mukundasya
nitya-lélä viräjate
spañöam eñä rahasyatväj
jänadbhir api nocyate

våndävane - in Våndävana; mukundasya - of Lord Kåñëa; nitya -

eternal; lélä - pastimes; virajate - are manifested; spastam - clearly; esa
- these pastimes; rahasyatvat - because of being confidential; janadbhiù
- by those who know; api - even; na - not; ucyate - are described.

Lord Mukunda's eternal pastimes are manifested even now in

Våndävana. Because these pastimes are very confidential, they are not
clearly described by they who know of them.

Note: The authorship of texts 314-316 is not given in the original.

TEXT 315

täbhir nitya-vihäram eva tanute våndävane mädhavo

goñöhämbhoja-mukhébhir ity abhi manäk proce priyäyai haraù
lélä-ratna-rahasyatä vraja-pater bhüyasy aho paçya yat
tattva-jïo 'pi purantare ca gamanaà vyäcañöa vaiyäsakiù

tabhiù - with them; nitya - eternal; viharam - pastimes; eva -

certainly; tanute - performs; våndävane - in Våndävana; mädhavaù -
Kåñëa; goñöha - of Vraja; ambhoja-mukhiù - with the lotus-faced girls;
iti - thus; abhi - in this matter; manak - slightly; proce - explained;
priyayai - to his dear wife; haraù - Lord Siva; lélä - of pastimes; ratna - of
the jewel; rahasyata - the secretness; vraja-pateù - of Lord Kåñëa, the
king of Vraja; bhuyäni - great; aho - ah!; paçya - look; yat - because;
tattva - the truth; jïäù - understanding; api - although; pura - Mathurä
City; antare - within; ca - also; gamanam - going; vyacasta - described;
vaiyasakiù - Vyasa's son Sukadeva Gosvami.

Lord Çiva hinted to his wife Pärvaté that Lord Mädhava eternally
enjoys pastimes with the lotus-faced gopés in Våndävana. Because
these jewel-pastimes are a very great secret, Vyäsa's son Çukadeva
Gosvämé, who knows the actual truth, described Lord Kåñëa's entrance
into Mathurä City.

TEXT 316

tathä hi pädme pärvatyai

vyajahära haro rahaù
go-gopa-gopikä-saìge
yatra kréòati kaàsahä

tathä hi - furthermore; padme - in Padma Puraëa; parvatyai - to

Parvati; vyajahara - said; haraù - Lord Siva; rahaù - privately; go - of the
cows; gopa - gopas; gopéka - and gopés; saìge - in the association;
yatra - where; kréòati - enjoys pastimes; kaàsaha - Lord Kåñëa, the killer
of Kaàsa.

In the Padma Puräëa Lord Çiva privately said to Pärvaté: "Lord

Kåñëa, the killer of Kaàsa, eternally enjoys pastimes in Våndävana with
the cows, gopas, and gopés.

Prakaöa-lélänusäreëa bhävini harer mathurä-prasthäne rädhä-sakhé-

väkyam
Words of Çrématé Rädhäräëé's Gopé Friend As In His Manifest Pastimes
Kåñëa Is About To Leave for Mathurä City

TEXT 317

adyaiva yat pratipad-udgata-candralekha-

sakhyaà tvayä vapur idaà gamitaà varäkyäù
kåñëe gate kusuma-säyaka tat prabhäte
bäëävalià kathaya kutra vimokñyasi tvam

adya - now; eva - certainly; yat - which; pratipat - on the first day;
udgata - risen; candra-lekha - with the crescent moon; sakhyam -
friendship; tvayä - by you; vapuù - body; idam - this; gamitam - made to
go; varakhyaù - of the insignificant girl; kåñëe - when Kåñëa; gate - has
gone; kusuma-sayaka - O cupid, who shoots flower-arrows; avalim - a
host; kathaya - tell; kutra - where?; vimokñyasi - will release; tvam -
you.
 O Kämadeva, you have given this lowly girl's body friendship with the
new moon. Tell me, after Kåñëa leaves at sunrise, where will you shoot
your arrows?
- Çré Rudra

Note: Anxious because of Kåñëa's imminent departure, Rädhä has

become thin and pale as the new moon.

Çré Rädhä-vakyaà
Words of Çrématé Rädhäräëé

TEXT 318

prasthänaà valayaiù kåtaà priya-sakhair asrair ajasraà gataà

dhåtyä na kñaëam äsitaà vyavasitaà cittena gantuà puraù
gantuà niçcita-cetasi priyatame sarve samaà prasthite
gantavye sati jévita priya-suhåt särthaà kathaà tyajyate

prasthana - going; valayaiù - by the bracelets; kåtam - down done;

priya - dear; sakhaiù - with friends; asraiù - tears; ajasram - continually;
gatam - gone; dhåtya - with peacefulness; na - not; kñaëam - for a
moment; asitam - seated; vayasitam - is; cittena - with the heart;
gantum - to go; puraù - in the presence; gantum - to go; niscita -
determined; cetasi - in heart; priyatame - beloved; sarve - all; samam -
with; prathitaù - set own; gantavye - about to go; sati - when He is;
jévita - O life; priya - dear; suhåt - friend; sa-artham - genuinely; katham
- how is it possible?; tyajyate - is abandoned.

The bracelets repeatedly slide from My wrists. My tears fall without

interruption. Peacefulness will not sit in My heart for even a moment. In
His heart My beloved has decided to go. Everyone has come. Now He is
about to go. O My life, how can My dear friend be abandoned?
- Çré Amaru

Harer mathurä-praveçe taträyänäm autsukyam

The Eagerness of the Citizens When Lord Kåñëa Entered Mathurä

TEXT 319
chäyäpi locana-pathaà na jagäma yasyäù
seyaà vadhür nagara-madhyam alaìkaroti
kià cäkalayya mathurä-nagare mukundam
andho 'pi bandhukara-datta-karaù prayäti

chaya - shadow; api - even; locana - of the eyes; patham - the path;
na - not; jagama - went; yasyäù - of whom; sa-iyam-vadhuù - a girl;
nagara - of the city; madhyam - the middle; alaìkaroti - decorates; kim
ca - furthermore; akalayya - learning; mathure - of Mathurä; nagare - in
the city; mukundam - Lord Mukunda; andhaù - blind; api - although;
bandhukara - a bandhukara flower; datta - placed; karaù - in the hand;
prayati - goes.

A blind girl, on the path of whose eyes even the shadow of a form
never entered, decorated the city of Mathurä. When she heard that
Mukunda had entered the city, she at once took a bandhukara flower
offering in her hand, and went to meet him.
- Çré Väëéviläsa

Tatra pura-stréëäà väkyaà

Words of the Women of Mathurä When Lord Kåñëa Entered the City

TEXT 320

asram ajasraà moktuà

dhiì naù karëayate nayane
drañöavyaà paridåñöaà
tat kaiçoraà vraja-strébhiù

asram - tears; ajasram - continually; moktum - to shed; dhik - fie!;

naù - on our; karëa - to the ears; ayate - reaching; nayane - eyes;
drastavyam - to be seen; paridåñöam - seen; tat - that; kaisoram - ;
vraja - of Vraja; stribhiù - by the girls.

Fie on our large beautiful eyes reaching to our ears! By continually

shedding tears they interrupt our vision of the young man the girls of
Vraja saw.
- Çré Tairabhukta Kavi
 TEXT 321

sändränandam anantam avyayam ajaà yad yogino 'pi kñaëaà

säkñät kartum upäsate pratidinaà dhyänaika-tänäù param
dhanyäs tä vraja-väsinäà yuvatayas tad brahma yäù kautukäd
äliìganti samälapanti çatadhä karñanti cumbanti ca

sandra - intense; änandam - bliss; anantam - limitless; avyayam -

imperishable; ajam - unborn; yat - which; yoginaù - the yogis; api - even;
kñaëam - for a moment; sakñat-kartum - to directly see; upasate -
worship; pratidinam - every day; dhyana-ekatanaù - fortunate; taù -
they; vraja - of Vraja; vasinam - of the residents; yuvatayaù - the young
girls; tat - that; brahma - Brahman; yaù - who; kautukat - happily;
alinganti - embrace; samlapanti - speak with; satadha - hundreds of
times; karsanti - pull; cumbanti - kiss; ca - and.

The same intensely blissful, limitless, eternal, unborn Supreme

Brahman, whom the yogés worship in a trance of meditation in order to
directly see for a moment, was completely conquered by the fortunate
young girls of Vraja. Hundreds of times they happily spoke with Him,
kissed Him, and embraced Him.
- Çré Vähinépati

TEXT 322

priya-sakhi na jagäma väma-çélaù

sphuöam amunä nagare na nanda-sünuù
adalita-naliné-dalaiva väpi
yad ahata-pallava eva känanäntaù

priya - O dear; sakhi - friend; na - did not; jagama - go; vama -

handsome; silaù - by nature; sphutam - clearly; amuna - with him;
nagare - in the town; na - not; nanda - of Nanda Maharaja; sunuù - the
son; adalita - unblossomed; nalini - lotus; dala - petals; eva - certainly;
vapi - the lake; yat - because; ahata - unblossomed; pallavaù - flower;
eva - certainly; kanana - the forest; antaù - in.

O dear friend, the lotus flowers in the lake remain with petals
unopened, and the flowers in the forest refuse to blossom. From this I
can understand that the handsome son of Mahäräja Nanda has not yet
returned to Vraja Village.
 - Çré Kumära

Çré Rädhäyä viläpaù

Çrématé Rädhäräëé's Lament

TEXT 323

yäsyäméti samudyatasya vacanaà viçrabdham äkarëitaà

gacchan düram upekñito muhur asau vyävåtya paçyann api
tac chünye punar ägatäsmi bhavane präëas ta eva sthitäù
sakhyaù paçyata jévita-praëayiné dambhäd ahaà rodimi

yasyämi - I will go; iti - thus; samudyatasya - about to go; vacanam -

the statement; visrabdham - peacefully; äkarëitam - heard; gacchan -
going; duram - far away; upekñitaù - ignored; asau - He; vyavåtya -
hiding; paçyan - looking; api - although; tat - then; sunye - in the empty;
punaù - again; agata asmi - I went; praëaù - life-breathing; taù - they;
eva - certainly; sthitaù - staying; sakhyaù - O friends; paçyata - look!;
jévita - of life; praëayini - fond; dambhat - bypocritically; aham - I;
rodimi - cry.

When Kåñëa was about to leave, and I heard Him say, "Now I will
go." I remained peaceful. As He was leaving He continually fixed His
eyes on Me, even from a distance, and I responded by ignoring Him and
turning from Him. When I returned to My empty house, the breath was
still present in My body. O friends, look! I, who love only My own life, am
pretending to cry.
- ǵré Rudra

TEXT 324

gato yämo gatau yämau

gatä yämä gataà dinam
ha hanta kim kariñyämi
na paçyämi harer mukham

gataù - gone; yamaù - one yama (a period to three hours); gatau -

gone; yamau - two yamas; gataù - gone; yamaù - more yamas; gatam -
gone; dinam - the day; ha - alas!; hanta - alas!; kim - what?; kariñyämi -
will I do; na - not; paçyämi - I see; hareù - of Kåñëa; mukham - the face.
 Three hours have passed. Six hours have passed. Nine hours have
passed. The day has passed. Alas! Alas! What will I do? I do not see
Kåñëa's face!
- Çré Çaìkara

TEXT 325

yamunä-puline samutkñipan
nata-veçaù kusumasya kandukam
na punaù sakhi lokayiñyate
kapaöäbhéra-kiçora-candramäù

yamunä - of the Yamunä River; puline - on the shore; samutkñipan -

tossing; nata - of a dancer; vesaù - with the appearance; kusumasya - of
a flower; kandukam - the bell; na - not; punaù - again; sakhi - O friend;
lokayiñyate - will be seen; kapata - treacherous; abhora - cowherd;
kisora - youth; candramaù - the moon.

O friend, the moon who pretends to be a young gopa will never again
be seen dancing and playing ball with a flower on the Yamunä's shore.
- Çré Ñañöhé däsa

TEXT 326

yäù paçyanti priyaà svapne

dhanyäs täù sakhi yoñitaù
asmäkan tu gate kåñëe
gatä nidräpi vairiëé

atha - now; jagaraù - insomnia; yathä - just as; padyavalyam - in

Padyavali; yaù - those girls who; paçyanti - see; priyam - their beloved
svapne - in dream; dhanyaù - fortunate; taù - they; sakhi - O friend;
yositaù - women; asmäkam - of Us; tu - indeed; gate - gone away;
kåñëe - since Lord Kåñëa has; gata - gone away; nidra - sleep; api - also;
vairini - enemy.

O My friend, girls who can see their lover in dreams are very
fortunate. As for Me, since Kåñëa left, My enemy sleep has left Me for
good.
- Çré Dhanya

TEXT 327

so 'yaà vasanta-samayo vipinaà tat etat

so 'yaà nikuïja-viöapé nikhilaà tadäste
ha hanta kintu nava-nérada-komaläìgo
näloki puñpa-dhanuñaù prathamävatäraù

sah ayam - this; vasanta - spring; samayaù - time; vipinam - forest;

tat etat - this; sah ayam - this; nikuïja - of the forest; vitapi - the tree;
nikhilam - everything; tada - then; aste - is; ha - alas!; hanta - alas!;
kintu - however; nava - a fresh; nirade - raincloud; komala - delicate;
aìgaù - whose body; na - not; aloki - is seen; puñpa-dhanusaù - of cupid,
who carries a bow of flowers; prathama - the first; avataraù -
incarëation.

It is the same springtime. It is the same forest. It is the same tree.

Everything is the same as it was then, but, alas! Alas! That person
whose delicate body is splendid as a fresh raincloud, that person who is
the first incarnation of Kämadeva, is nowhere to be seen.
- Çré Saïjaya Kaviçekhara

TEXT 328

yugäyitaà nimeçena
cakñuçä prävåçäyitam
çünyäyitaà jagat sarvaà
govinda-viraheä me

yugäyitam - appearing like a great millennium; nimeçena - by a

moment; cakñuçä - from the eyes; pravåçäyitam - tears falling like
torrents of rain; çünyäyitam - appearing void; jagat - the world; sarvam
- all; govinda - from Lord Govinda, Kåñëa; viraheëa me - by My
separation.

My Lord Govinda, because of separation from You, I consider even a

moment a great millennium. Tears flow from My eyes like torrents of
rain, and I see the entire world as void.*
 - Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu

TEXT 329

dalati hådayaà gäòhodvegaà dvidhä na tu bhidyate

vahati vikalaù käyo mürchaà na muïcati cetanam
jvalayati tanum antar dahaù karoti na bhasmasät
praharati vidhir marma-cchedé na kåntati jévitam

dalati - breaks; hådayaù - heart; gadha - violently; udvegam -

trebling; dvidha - in two; na - not; tu - but; bhidyate - is broken; vahati -
carries; vikalaù - wretched; kayaù - body; murcham - the state of being
stunned; na - does not; muïcati - abandon; cetanam - consciousness;
jvalayati - burns; tanum - the body; antaù - within; dahaù - fire; karoti -
does; na - not; bhasmasat0 - into ashes; praharati - attacks; vidhiù -
fate; marma - the vital part; chedi - cutting; na - does not; krntati - cut;
jévitam - the life.

My trembling heart is torn, but will not break in two. My wretched

body is stunned, but will not lose consciousness. A fire burns in My body,
but does not turn it to ash. Fate wounds My heart, but will not destroy
My life.
- Çré Bhavabhüti

TEXT 330

bhramaya jaladän ambho-garbhän pramodaya cätakän

kalaya çikhinaù kekotkaëöhän kaöhoraya ketakän
virahiëi jane mürchaà labdhvä vinodayati vyathäm
akaruëa punaù samjïä-vyädhià vidhäya kim éhase

bhramaya - move; jaladan - the clouds; ambhaù-garbhan - filled with

water; pramodaya - delight; catakan - the cataka birds; kalaya - cause
to sing; sikhinaù - the peacocks; keka-utkaëöhan - calling out "keka";
kathoraya - make blossom; ketakan - the ketaka flowers; virabhini -
separated from the beloved; jane - in the person; murdham -
unconsciousness; labdhva - attaining; vinodayati - relieves; vyathäm -
the pain; akaruna - O merciless one; punaù - again; samjïä - of
consciousness; vyadhim - the disease; vidhaya - giving; kim - why?;
ihase - you endeavor.
 O fate, go move the raincloud! Please the cätaka birds! Make the
peacocks cry "keka"! Make the ketaké flowers bloom! When a lover
separated from his beloved faints and loses consciousness, that drives
away the pain. O merciless fate, why do you again afllict him with the
disese of consciouness?
- Çré Bhavabhüti

TEXT 331

dåñöaà ketaki-dhüli-dhüsaram idaà vyoma kramäd vékñitaù

kacchantaç ca çiléndhra-kandala-bhåtaù soòhaù„ kadambäniläù
sakhyaù samvåëutäçru muïcata bhayaà kasmän mudhaiväkulä
etän apy adhunäsmi vajra-ghaöitä nünaà sahiñye ghanän

dåñöam - seen; ketaki - of jetaki flowers; dhuli - with the pollen;

dhusaram - grey; idam - this; vyoma - sky; kramat - one after another;
vékñitaù - seen; kaccha-antaù - the shores of the Yamunä; ca - also;
silindrhra-kandala - plaintain flowers; bhåtaù - holding; sodhaù -
tolerated; kadamba - from the kadamba flowers; anélaù - the breezes;
sakhyaù - O friends; samvåëuta - supress; açru - tears; muïcata - give
up; bhayam - fear; kasmät - why?; mudha - without reason; eva -
certainly; akulaù - you are suffering; etan - these; api - even; adhuna -
now; asmi - I am; vajra - of thunderbolt; ghatita - made; nunam - is it
not?; sahiñye - I will tolerate; ghanan - these hard things.

I have already seen the sky gray with ketaké pollen. I have seen the
river's shore filled with new banana flowers. I have already tolerated the
breeze blowing from the kadamba flowers. O friends, wipe your tears.
Give up your anxiety. Why are you unnecessarily pained? I am made of
thunderbolts, I will be able to withstand the ferocious attack of all these
things.
- Çré Rudra

TEXT 332

seyaà nadé kumudabandhu-karas ta eva

yad yämunaà taöam idaà vipinaà tad etat
te mallikä-surabhayo marutas tvam eva
he praëa-vallabha sudurlabhatäà gato 'si
 sa iyam - this; nadi - the river; kumukabandhu - of the moon; karaù -
the shining; te - this; eva - certainly; yat - which; yamunäm - of the
Yamunä River; tatam - the shore; idam - this; vipinam - forest; tat etat -
this; te - they; mallika - of mallika flowers; surabhayaù - with the scent;
marutaù - breezes; tvam - You; eva - certainly; ha - O; praëa - than life;
vallabha - more dear; su-durlabhatam - the state of being very hard to
reach; gataù - attained; asi - You have.

This is the same river. This is the same moonlight. This is the same
shore of the Yamunä. This is the same forest. These are the same
jasmine-scented breezes. O love more dear to Me than life, You have
now become unattainable for Me.
- Çré Hari Bhaööa

TEXT 333

yadhunätha bhavantam ägataà

kathayiñyanti kada mad-älayaù
yugapat paritaù prädhävitäù
vikasadbhir vadanendu-maëòalaiù

yadu - of the Yadu dynasty; bhavantam - You; agatam - have arrived;

kathayiñyanti - will tell; kada - when?; mat - My; alayaù - gopé-friends;
yugapat - simultaneously; paritaù - from all directions; prädhävitaù -
running; vikasadbhiù - with expanded; vadana - faces; indu - of the
moon; mandalaiù - with the circles.

O Yadunätha, when will My friends come running from all directions

with full-moon faces to tell Me that You have come?
- Çré Tairabhukta Kavi

TEXT 334

ayi déna-dayärdra nätha he

mathurä-nätha kadävalokyate
hådayaà tvad-äloka-kätaraà
dayita bhramyati kià karomy aham

ayi - O my Lord; dina - on the poor; daya-ärdra - compassionate;

nätha - O master; he - O; mathurä-nätha - the master of Mathurä; kada -
when; avalokyase - I shall see You; hådayam - my heart; tvat - of You;
aloka - without seeing; kataram - very much aggrieved; dayita - O most
beloved; bhramyati - becomes overwhelmed; kim - what?; karomi - shall
do; aham - I.

O my Lord! O most merciful master! O master of Mathurä! When

shall I see You again? Because of not seeing You, my agitated heart has
become unsteady. O most beloved one, what shall I do now?*
- Çré Mädhavendra Puré

TEXT 335

äçaika-tantum avalambya vilambamänä

rakñämi jévam avadhir niyato yadi syät
no ced vidhiù sakala-loka-hitaika-käré
yat kälaküöam asåjat tad idaà kim artham

asa - of hope; eka - on a single; tantum - rope; avalambya - resting;

vilambamana - waiting; rakñasi - I protect; jévan - this life; avadhiù -
time; niyataù - eternal; yadi - if; syat - must be; na - not; u - indeed;
vidhiù - the creator; sakala - all; loka - to people; hita - welfare; eka -
sole; kari - doer; yat - which; kalakutam - deadly poison; asrjat - created;
tat - that; idam - this; kim artham - why?

If I must remain alive in this way, eternally hanging by a single

thread of hope, then why did the supremely benign creator Brahmä not
create a deadly poison (to save Me)?
- Raghunätha däsa

TEXT 336

cütäìkure sphurati hanta nave nave 'smin

jévo 'pi yäsyatitaräà tarala-svabhävaù
kintv ekam eva mama duùkham abhüd analpaà
präëeçvareëa sahito yad ayaà na yätaù

cuta - mango; aìkure - when the sprouts; sphurati - appear; hanta -

indeed; nave - new; nave - new; asmin - in this; jévaù - life; api - even;
yasyatitaram - about to depart; tarala - fickle; svabhavaù - by nature;
kintu - however; ekam - sole; eva - certainly; mama - My; duhkham -
suffering; abhüt - has been; analpam - great; praëa - of My life; isvareëa
- the Lord; sahitaù - with; yat - because; ayam - this; na - not; yataù -
gone.

When the mango trees begin to bloom, this fickle life becomes eager
to depart. The Lord of My life is not here. That alone is the intense pain
that afflicts Me.
- Çré Raìga

TEXT 337

prathayati na tathä mamärtim uccaiù

sahacari ballava-candra-viprayogaù
kaöubhir asura-maëòalaiù paréte
danuja-pater nagare yathäsya väsaù

prathayati - manifests; na - not; tathä - in that way; mama - of Me;

artim - suffering; uccaiù - greatly; sahacari - O gopé-friend; ballava - of
the gopas; candra- - from the moon; viprayogaù - separation; katubhiù -
cruel; asura - of demons; mandalaiù - by the hosts; parite - filled; danuja
- of the demons; pateù - of the king; nagare - in the city; yathä - just as;
asya - of Him; vasaù - the residence.

O friend, I don't suffer because I am separated from Kåñëa, the moon

of the gopas. I suffer because Kåñëa is now in Kaàsa's city, which is
filled with cruel demons.
- Çré Raghunätha däsa

TEXT 338

prasara çiçirämodaà kaundaà saméra saméraya

prakaöaya çaçinn äçäù kämaà manoja samullasa
avadhi-divasaù pürëaù sakhyo vimuïcata tat-katham
hådayam adhunä kiïcit kartum mamänyad ihecchati

prasara - spread; sisira - O cool season; amodam - the fragance;

kaundam - of the jasmine flowers; samira - O breeze; samiraya - blow;
prakataya - illuminate; sasin - O moon; asaù - the directions; kamam -
desire; manoja - O cupid; samullasa - arouse; avadhi - these; divasaù -
days; purnaù - are over; sakhyaù - O gopé-friends; vimuïcata - give up;
tat - of Him; katham - talk; hådayam - heart; adhuna - now; kiïcit -
something; kartum - to do; mama - My; anyat - else; iha - here; icchati -
wishes.

"O Çiçira season, please spread the fragance of these jasmine

flowers. O breeze please blow nicely. O moon, please illuminate the
directions. O Kämadeva, now you may arouse desire." Those days have
passed. Friends, please give up talking of Him. Now My heart wishes to
do something else in this place.
- Çré Rudra

TEXT 339

nayati ced yadu-patiù sakhi naitu kämaà

präëaà tadéya-virahäd yadi yäntu
ekaù paraà hré mahän mama vajra-päto
bhüyo yad indu-vadanaà na vilokitaà tat

na - not; ayati - comes; cet - if; yadu - of the Yadus; patiù - the king;
sakhi - O friend; na - not; etu - let Him come; kamam - of His own wish;
praëaù - life-breath; tadiya - from Him; virahat - from the separation;
yadi - if; yanti - goes; yantu - let it go; ekaù - one; param - afterwards;
hådi - in the heart; mahan - great; mama - My; vajra-pataù -
thunderbolt; bhuyaù - again; yat - which; indu - vadanam - the moon of
the face; na - not; vilokitam - seen; tat - that.

O friend, if Yadupati Kåñëa will not come here, let Him not come. If,
out of separation from Him, My life-breath goes away, let it go. The fact
that I will never again see the moonlike face of Kåñëa is a great
thunderbolt striking My heart.
- Çré Hari Bhaööa

TEXT 340

païcatvaà tanur etu bhüta-nivahaù sväàçe viçantu sphuöaà

dhätäraà praëipatya hanta çirasä taträpi yäce varam
tad-väpéñu payas tadéya-mukure jyotis tadéyäìgaëa-
vyomni vyoma tadéya-vartmani dharä tat-täla-vånte 'nilaù

païcatvam - to death; tanuù - this body; etu - let go; bhüta - of

elements; nivahaù - the group; sva-aàse - into their parts; visantu - may
enter; sphutam - clearly; dhataram - to the creator Brahma; pranipatya
- bowind down; hanta - indeed; sirasa - with My head; tatra api - still;
tace - I beg; varam - for a benediction; tat-vapisu - in His lake; payaù -
the water; tadiya - in His; mukure - mirror; jyotiù - the fire; tadiya - in
His; aìgana - courtyard; vyomni - in the space; vyoma - the space;
tadiya - on His; vartmäni - pathway; dhara - the earth; tat - in His; tala-
våëte - palm-leaf fan; anélaù - the air.

Let this body die. Let it's elements merge with the other elements. I
bow My head before the creator Brahmä and beg from Him the
benediction that the water of My body may enter the waters of Kåñëa's
lake, Çyäma-kuëòa, the fire of My body may enter Kåñëa's mirror, the
ether of My body may enter His courtyard, the earth in My body may be
placed before His path, and the air in My body may join the breeze
created by His palm-leaf fan.
- Çré Ñäëmäsika

TEXT 341

äçliçya vä päda-ratäà pinañöu mäm

adarçanän marma-hatäà karotu vä
yathä tathä vä vidadhätu lampaöo
mat-präëa-näthas tu sa eva näparaù

äçiçya - embracing with great pleasure; vä - or; päda-ratäm - who is

fallen at the lotus feet; pinaçtu - let Him trample; mäm - Me; adarçanät -
by not being visible; marma-hatäm - brokenhearted; karotu - let Him
make; vä - or; yathä - as (He likes); tathä - so; vä - or; vidadhätu - let
Him do; lampaöaù„ - a debauchee who mixed with other women; mat-
präëa-näthaù„ - the Lord of My life; tu - but; saù„ - He; eva - only; na
aparaù„ - not anyone else.

Let Kåñëa embrace this maidservant, who has fallen at His lotus feet.
Let Him trample Me or break My heart by never being visible to Me. He
is a debauchee, after all, and can do whatever He likes, but He is still no
one other than the worshipable Lord of My heart.*
- Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu

Mathuräyäà yaçodäà småtvä çré-kåñëa-väkyam

Remembering Mother Yaçodä, Çré Kåñëa Spoke the Following Words in
Mathurä City

TEXT 342

tämbülaà sva-mukhärdha-carcitam itaù ko me mukhe nikñiped

unmarga-prasåtaà ca cäöu-vacanaiù ko mäà vaçe sthäpayet
ehy ehéti vidüra-särita-bhujaù sväìke nidhäyädhunä
keli-srasta-çikhaëòakaà mama punar vyädhüya badhnätu kaù

tambulam - betel-nuts; sva - own; mukha - by the mouth; ardha -

half; carcitam - chewed; itaù - then; kaù - who?; me - My; mukhe - in the
mouth; nékñipet - will place; unmarga - from the right path; prasrtam -
gone; ca - and; catu - with sweet; sthapayet - wil bring; ehi - come; ehi -
come; iti - thus; vidura - from far away; sarita - waving; bhujaù - his
arms; sva - own; aìke - on the lap; nidhaya - placing; adhuna - now; keli
- by pastimes; srasta - slipped; sikhandakam-peacock feather; mama -
My; punaù - again; vyadhuya - loosening; badhnata - will tie; kaù - who?

Now who will take half-chewed betelnuts from his own mouth and
place them in Mine? Now who will subdue Me with sweet words when I
depart from the path of righteousness? Now who will call: "Come!
Come!" wave his arm, and place Me on his lap? Now who will re-tie My
peacock-feather when it falls because of My pastimes?
- Çré Tairabhukta Kavi

Çré Rädhä-småtyä harer väkyam

Remembering Çrématé Rädhäräëé, Lord Kåñëa Spoke the Following
Words

TEXT 343

yadi nibhåtam araëyaà prantaraà väpy apanthaà

katham api cira-kälaà puëya-päkena lapsye
avirala-galad-asrair gharghara-dhväna-miçraiù
çaçimukhi tava çokaiù plävayiñye jaganti

yadi - if; nibhåtam - solitary; sranyam - a forest; prantaram - lonely

path; va - or; api - even; apantham - without a path; katham api -
somehow; cira - for a long; kalam - time; punya - of pious reactions;
pakena - by the maturity; lapsye - I will attain; avirala - ceaseless; galat
- flowing; asraiù - with tears; gharghara-dhvana - with moans; misraiù -
mixed; sasi-mukhi - O moon-faced girl; tava - of You; sokaiù - with
lamentation; plavayiñye - I will flood; jaganti - the universes.

O moon-faced girl, because the reactions of My past deeds have

become mature, I walk on a solitary forest path, or away from the path,
and I flood the universes with My lamentations filled with loud moans
and ceaselessly flowing tears for You.
- Çré Tairabhukta Kavi

Uddhavaà prati harer väkyam

Lord Kåñëa's Words to Uddhava

TEXT 344

viñayeñu tävad abaläs

täsv api gopyaù svabhäva-mådu-väcaù
madhye täsäm api sä
tasyäm api säci-vékñitaà kim api

visayeñu - among the resident of Vraja; tavat - then; abalaù - the

women; tasu - among them; api - also; gopyaù - the gopés; svabhava -
naturally; mådu - of them; api - also; sa - She; tasyam - in whom; api -
also; saci - crooked; vékñitam - glances; kim api - something.

Among the vrajaväsés the gopés are the best, and their best quality
is their sweet words. Among the gopés there is one who is the best, and
Her best quality is Her crooked sidelong glance.
- author unknown

Uddhavena rädhäyäà hareù sandeçaù

Lord Kåñëa's Message to Çrématé Rädhäräëé Delivered by Uddhava

TEXT 345

ävirbhäva-dine na yena gaëito hetus tanéyän api

kñiyetäpi na cäparädha-vidhinä natyä na yo vardhate
péyüña-prativeditaà tri-jagaté-duùkha-druhaù sämprataà
 premëas tasya guroù kathaà nu karavai väì-niñöhatä-läghavam

avirbhava - of appearance; dine - on the day; na - not; yena - by

which; ganitaù - counted; hetuù - cause; taniyan - the slightest; api -
even; kñiyeta - is diminished; na - not; ca - also; aparädhä-vidhina - by
offense; nytya - by prayers; na - not; yaù - which; vardhate - increases;
piyusa - nectar; prativeditaù - giving; tri - three; jagati - of the worlds;
duhkha - of the sufferings; druhaù - the enemy; sampratam - now;
premnaù - of love; tasya - of that; guroù - intense; katham - how is it
possible?; nu - indeed; karavai - I will do; nak - of words; nisthata - faith;
laghavam - lightness.

On the day We met Your love suddenly appeared without the

slightest cause. Your love is not diminished by My offenses, nor
increased by My prayers. It is full of nectar and it destroys the sufferings
of the three worlds. How can I easily describe Your intense love for Me?
- author unknown

TEXT 346

ästäà tävad vacana-racanäbhajanatvaà vidüre

düre cästäà tava tanu-parérambha-sambhävanäpi
bhüyo bhüyaù praëatibhir idaà kintu yäce vidhäya
smäraà smäraà svajana-gaëane käpi rekhä mamäpi

astam - let be; tavat - then; vacana-racana-bhajanatvam -

conversation; vidure - far away; dure - far away; va - or; astam - let be;
tava - of You; tanu - of the body; parirambha - of embraces;
smabhavana - the possibility; api - also; bhuyat - again; bhuyaù - and
again; praëatibhiù - with obeisances; idam - this; kintu - however; yace -
I beg; vidheya - may be done; smaraà smaram - remembering again and
again; svajana - among friends; ganane - in the counting; ka api - some;
rekha - line; mama - of Me; api - also.

The possibility of Our conversing is very distant. So be it! The

possibility of My embracing Your transcendental body is also distant. So
be it! However, again and again I bow down before You and beg: Please
always count Me among Your friends, and please write a line to Me.
- Çré Keçava Bhaööäcärya

Våndävanaà gacchata uddhavasya väkyam

Uddhava's Words on Arriving in Våndävana

TEXT 347

iyaà sä kälindé kuvalaya-dala-snigha-madhurä

madändha-vyäküjat-tarala-jalaraìku-praëayiëé
purä yasyäs tire sa-rabhasa-sa-tåñëaà mura-bhido
gataù präyo gopé-nidhuvana-vinodena divasäù

iyam - this; sa - this; kälindé - the Yamunä River; kuvalaya - lotus;

dala - petals; snigdha - glistening; madhura - charming; mada - with joy;
andha - blinded; vyakujat - warbling; tarala - restless; jalaraìku - of
jalaraìku birds; praëayini - the favorite place; pura - formerly; yasyäù -
of which; tire - on the shore; sa - with; rabhasa - joy; sa - with; tåñëam -
thirst; mura-bhidaù - of Lord Kåñëa, the killer of Mura; gataù - spent;
prayaù - for the most part; gopé - with the gopés; nidhuvana - amorous;
vinodena - with pastimes; divasaù - the days.

This is the Yamunä, very beautiful with many blue lotus petals, and
the favorite place of restless, warbling jalaraìku birds blinded with
happiness. On this shore Lord Kåñëa's days were mostly spent in
passionate and blissful amorous pastimes with the gopés.
- Çré Daçaratha

TEXT 348

pureyaà kälindé vraja-jana-vadhünäm stana-taöé-

tanu-rägair bhinnä çabala-saliläbhüd anudinam
aho täsäà nityaà rudita-galitaiù kajjala-jalair
idänéà yäte 'smin dvi-guëa-malinäbhün mura-ripau

pura - formerly; iyam - this; kälindé - Yamunä River; vraja-jana-

vadhunam - of the vraja-gopés; stana - of the breasts; tati - of the
surface; tanu - of the bodies; ragaiù - with the musk ointment; bhinna -
broken; sabala - spotted; salélä - the water; abhüt - became; anudinam -
every day; aho - ah!; tasam - of them; nityam - always; rudita - from
crying; galitaù - fallen; kajjala - of mascara; jalaiù - by the water; idanim
- now; yate - has gone; asmin - now that; dvi-guna - doubled; malina -
dark; abhüt - has become; mura-ripau - Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of the
Mura demon.
 In the past the Yamunä would every day become muddied with the
black musk anointing the vraja-gopés bodies and breasts. Now that
Kåñëa has left the water is twice as muddy, but this time with the
mascara washed away by the gopés' constant tears.
- Çré Sarvänanda

TEXT 349

idaà tat kälindé-pulinam iha kaàsäsura-bhido

yaçaù-çåëvad-vaktra-skhalita-kavalaà gokulam abhüt
bhramad-veëu-kväëa-çravaëa-masåëottära-madhura-
svaräbhir gopébhir diçi diçi samudghürëam aniçam

idam - this; tat - that; kälindé - of the Yamunä River; pulinam - the
shore; iha - here; kaàsasura - of Kaàsasura; bhidaù - the killer; yasaù -
the glories; srnvat - hearing; vaktra - from the mouths; skhalita - fallen;
kavalam - morsel; go - of cows; kulam - the herd; abhüt - became;
bhramat - wandering; veëu - of the flute; kvana - the sound; sravana -
by hearing; masrna - glistening; uttara - wide open eyes; madhura -
sweet; svarabhiù - with the sounds; gopébhiù - by the gopés; disi disi -
in all directions; samudghurnam - trembling; anisam - day and night.

This is the shore of the Yamunä. In this place, when the cows heard
the glories of Kåñëa, the grass fell from their mouths. When the gopés
in different places heard the sweet sounds of Kåñëa's flute, their
beautiful eyes opened wide and they trembled continually.
- Çré Moöaka

TEXT 350

tabhyo namo ballava-vallabhäbhyo

yäsäà guëais tair abhicintyamänaiù
vakñaù-sthale niùçvasitaiù kad-uñëair
lakñmé-pater mläyati vaijayanté

tabhyaù - to them; namaù - respectful obeisances; ballava-

vallabhyaù - to the gopés; yasam - of whom; gunaiù - by the
transcendental qualities; taiù - by them; abhicintyamanaiù - meditated;
vakñaù-sthale - on the chest; nihsvasitaiù - by the sighs; kat-usnaiù -
warm; lakñmé-pateù - of Lord Kåñëa, the husband of the goddess of
fortune; mlayati - wilts; vaijayanti - the vaijayanti garland.

I offer my respectful obeisances to the gopés. When Kåñëa, the

husband of the goddess of fortune, remembers their transcendental
qualities, His warm sighs wilt the vaijayanté garland on His chest.
- author unknown

Vraja-devé-kulaà praty uddhava-väkyam

Uddhava's Words to the Goddesses of Vraja

TEXT 351

viyoginénäm api paddhatià vo

na yogino gantum api kñamante
yad dhyeya-rüpasya parasya puàso
yüyaà gatä dhyeya-padaà duräpam

viyogininam - separated from Lord Kåñëa; api - even; paddhatim -

the path; vaù - of you; na - not; yoginaù - the yogis; gantum - to travel;
api - even; kñamante - are able; tat - by them; dhyeya - meditated
upon; rupaçya - whose form; parasya pumsaù - of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; yuyam - you; gataù - have attained; dhyeya - of
the object of meditation; padam - the position; durapam - difficult to be
achieved.

O gopés separated from Lord Kåñëa, even the great yogés are not
able to travel your path. They meditate on the transcendental form of
the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but the Supreme Person
meditates on you. This is your rare good fortune.
- author unknown

Uddhave dåñöe sakhéà prati çré-rädhä-väkyam

Çrématé Rädhäräëé's Words to Her Gopé-friend On Seeing Uddhava

TEXT 352

kalyäëaà kathayämi kià sahacari svaireñu çaçvat purä

yasyä näma saméritaà mura-ripoù präëeçvaréti tvayä
sähaà prema-bhidä bhayät priyatamaà dåñöväpi dütaà prabhoù
sandiñöäsmi na veti saàçayavaté påcchämi no kiïcana

kalyana - auspiciousness; kathayämi - I will tell; kim - what?; sahacari

- O friend; svaireñu - among My rivals; sasvat - always; pura -
previously; yasyäù - of whom; nama - the name; samiritam - spoken;
mura-ripoù - of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of the Mura demon; praëa - of
the life; isvari - the queen; iti - thus; tvayä - by you; sa - She; aham - I;
prema - of love; bheda - breaking; bhayat - because of fear; priyatamam
- most dear; dåñöva - seeing; api - although; dutam - the messenger;
prabhoù - of the Lord; sandista - the message spoken to; asmi - I am; na
- not; va - or; iti - thus; saàsayävati - full of doubts and fears; prcchämi -
I ask; na - not; u - indeed; kiïcana - anything.

O friend, what good thing will I tell you? You used to approach My
rivals, speak My name, and affirm that I was the queen of Lord Kåñëa's
life. Now when I see this messenger I become afraid he will tell Me that
Kåñëa's love for Me has broken. I refuse to hear his message. I will not
ask him any question.
- Çré Rämacandra däsa

Çré Rädhäà praty uddhava-väkyam

Uddhava's Statement to Çrématé Rädhäräëé

TEXT 353

malinaà nayanämbu-dhärayä
mukha-candraà karabhoru mä kuru
karuëä varuëälayo haris
tvayi bhüyaù karuëäà vidhäsyati

malinam - polluted; nayana - from Your eyes; ambu - of water;

dharaya - with a stream; mukha - of Your face; candram - the moon;
karabha-uru - O girl with beautiful thighs; ma - do not; kuru - do; karuna
- of mercy; varunalayaù - an ocean; hariù - Lord Kåñëa; tvayi - to You;
bhuyaù - again; karunam - mercy; vidhasyati - will give.

O beautiful-thighed Rädhäräëé, don't stain Your moonlike face with

these tears from Your eyes. Lord Hari, who is an ocean of mercy, will be
merciful to You again."
- Çré Ñañöhévara däsa
Uddhavaà prati rädhä-sakhé-väkyam
The Words of Çrématé Rädhäräëé's Gopé-friend to Uddhava

TEXT 354

hastodare vinihitaika-kapola-päëer
açränta-locana-jala-snapitänanäyäù
prasthäna-maìgala-dinävadhi mädhavasya
nidrä-lavo 'pi kuta eva saroruhäkñyäù

hasta - of Her hand; udare - in the middle; vinihita - placed; eka -

one; kapola - of the cheek; paneù - the middle; asranta - ceaseless;
locana - from the eyes; jala - water; snapita - bathed; ananayaù - whose
face; prasthana - of the departure; maìgala - auspicious; dina - day;
avadhi - since; mädhavasya - of Kåñëa; nidra - of sleep; lavaù - a
moment; api - even; kutaù - where?; eva - certainly; saroruha-akñyaù -
of this lotus-eyed girl.

She rests a cheek on Her hand and bathes her face in continaul
tears. Since the auspicious day of Kåñëa's departure, how what method
could this lotus-eyed girl employ to obtain even a moment's sleep?
- Çré Harihara

TEXT 355

niçcandanäni vaëijäm api mandiräëi

niñpallaväni ca dig-antara-känanäni
niñpaìkajäny api sarit-sarasé-kuläni
jätäni tad-viraha-vedanayä na çäntam

niù-candanasi - witout sandalwood; vanijam - of the vaiñyas; api -

even; mandiräni - the homes; niù-pallaväni - without flowers; ca - also;
dik-antara - in all directions; kananäni - the forests; niù-paìkajäni -
without lotus flowers; api - also; sarit - of the streaàs; sarasi-kuläni - the
waters; jatäni - manifested; tat - from Him; viraha - of separation;
vedanaya - by the torment; na - not; santam - peaceful.

There is no sandalwood incense in the homes of the vaiçyas. There

are no flower in any forest. There are no lotuses in the waters of the
rivers and streams. Because of the torture of separation from Kåñëa, no
one is peaceful.
- Çré Harihara

TEXT 356

präëas tvaà jagatäà harer api purä saìketa-veëu-svanän

ädäya vraja-subhruväm iha bhavän märgopadeçe guruù
hamho mäthura-niñkuöänila sakhe sampraty api çré-pater
aìga-sparça-pavitra-çétala-tanus trätä tvam eko 'si naù

praëaù - the life-breath; tvam - you; jagatam - of the universes;

hareù - of Lord Kåñëa; api - also; pura - formerly; saìketa - of the
rendezvous; veëu - of the flute; svanan - the sounds; ädaya - taking;
vraja-subhruvam - of the beautiful-eyebrowed girls of Vraja; iha - here;
bhavan - you; marga - of the path; upadesa - in the teaching; guruù -
the teacher; hamho - O; mathura - of Mathurä; niskuta - of the
garndens; anila - O breeze; sakhe - O friend; samprati - now; api - also;
çré-pateù - of Lord Kåñëa, the husband of the goddess of fortune; aìga -
of the body; sparsa - by the touch; pavitra - pure; sitala - cool; tanuù -
whose form; trata - the protector; tvam - you; ekaù - alone; api - even;
naù - of us.

O breeze, you are the life-breath of all the universes. By picking up

the sound of Kåñëa's flute and revealing the path to Him, you formerly
became the leader of the beautiful-eyebrowed girls of Vraja. O breeze
from the gardens of Mathurä, by touching the transcendental body of
Lord Kåñëa you have become very pure and cool. At this moment you
are our only protector.
- Çré Rämacandra däsa

Rädhä-sakhyä eva kåñëa-sandeçaù

A Letter to Kåñëa From Rädhä's Gopé-friend

TEXT 357

tvad-deçägata-märutena mådunä saïjäta-romä 24cayä

tvad-rüpäìkita-cäru-citra-phalake santarpayantyä dåçam
tvan-nämämåta-sikta-karëa-puöayä tvan-märga-vätäyane
 tanvyä païcama-géta-garbhita-girä rätran divaà sthéyate

tvat - Your desa - from the courtyard; agata - arrived; marutena - by

the breeze; måduna - gentle; saïjata - manifested; rimaïcaya - hairs
standing up; tvat - Your; rupa - form; aìkita - drawn; caru - beautiful;
citra-phalake - in the picture; santarpayantya - satisfying; dåçam - Her
eyes; tvat - Your; nama - of the name; amåta - by the nectar; sikta -
sprinkled; karëa-putaya - ears; tvat - Your; marga - path; vatayane - at
the window; tanvya - by the slender girl; païcama - in the fifth raga; fita
- with songs; garbhita - filled; gira - whose words; ratram - night; divam -
and day; sthiyate - is stood.

The gentle breeze blowing from the place where You stay makes the
hairs of Her body stand up. She satisfies Her eyes by showing them the
beautiful picture of Your transcendental form. Her ears are sprinkled
with the nectar of Your name. Her words filled with songs in the fifth
räga, day and night this slender girl stays by the window overlooking
the path where You might return.
- Çré Trivikama

TEXT 358

aìge 'naìga-jvara-huta-vahaç cakñuñi dhyäna-mudrä

kaëöhe jévaù kara-kiçalaye dérgha-çäyé kapolaù
aàse veëé kuça-parisare candanaà väci maunaà
tasyäù sarvaà sthitam iti na ca tvaà vinä kväpi cetaù

ange - on the body; anaìga - of cupid; jvara - of the fever; hutavahaù

- the fire; cakñusi - on the eyes; dhyana - of meditation; mudra - the
mark; kaëöhe - on the throat; jévaù - the life; kara - of the hand;
kisalaye - the flower bud; dirgha - for a long time; sayi - resting; kapolaù
- the cheek; aàse - on the shoulders; veni - braids; kuca - of the breasts;
parisare - in the aerea; candanam - sandalwood paste; vaci - on the
words; maunam - silence; tasya - of Her; sarvam - everything; sthitam -
situated; iti - thus; na - not; ca - and; tvam - You; vina - without; kva api
- anywhere; cetaù - the heart.

Flames of amorous yearning burn in Her body. The mark of rapt

meditation rests in Her eyes. Her life rests in Her throat. Her cheek rests
for a long time on Her flower-bud hand. Her braid rests on Her shoulder.
Sandalwood paste rests on Her breasts. Silence rests in Her words.
These things rest firmly in their places, but Her heart and mind cannot
rest anywhere without You.
- Çré Kñemendra

TEXT 359

dåñöe candramasi pralupta-tamasi vyomäìgana-stheyasi

sphurjan-nirmala-tejasi tvayi gate düraà nija-preyasi
çväsaù kairava-korakéyati mukhaà tasyäù sarojéyati
kñérodéyati manmatho dåg api ca dräk candrakäntéyati

dåñöe - when seen; candramasi - the moon; pralupta - removed;

tamasi - the darkness; vyoma - of the sky; aìgana - in the courtyard;
stheyasi - staying; sphurjat - manifesting; nirmala - splendid; tejasi -
effulgence; tvayi - You; gate - ate gone; duram - far away; nija - own;
preyasi - beloved; svasaù - sighs; kairava-korakiyati - become like a
lotus flower with its petals closed; kñirodiyati - becomes like an ocean of
milk; manmathaù - amorous desire; drk - eyes; api - also; drak - at once;
candrakäntiyati - become candrakänta jewels.

When She sees that You, Her beloved, the splendid moon that
dispells the darkness in the courtyard of the sky, have gone far away,
Her sighs become like lotus buds, Her face becomes like a lotus flower
with petals closed, Her love for You becomes like a churning ocean of
milk with great waves, and Her eyes become like two melting
candrakänta jewels.
- Çré Bhéma Bhaööa

TEXT 360

asyäù sadä viraha-vahni-çikhä-kaläpa-

tapte sthito 'si hådaye tvam iha priyäyäù
präleya-çékara-same hådi te muräre
rädhä kñaëaà vasati naiva kadäpi dhürte

asyäù - of Her; sada - always; viraha - of separation; vahni - of fire;

sikha - of flames; kalapa - by the multitude; tapte - heated; sthitaù -
situated; asi - are; hådaye - in the heart; tvam - You; iha - here;
priyayaù - of the beloved; praleya-sikara - to snow; same - equal; hådi -
in the heart; te - of You; mura-are - O Kåñëa, the enemy of the Mura
demon; rädhä - Rädhä; kñaëam - for a moment; vasati - resides; na -
not; eva - certainly; kada api - ever; dhurta - O cheater.
 O cheater Kåñëa, You eternally stay in Your lover Rädhä's heart,
which burns with flames of separation from You. Still, Rädhä cannot stay
for even a moment in Your heart, which is as cool as ice and snow.
- Çré Çaìkara

TEXT 361

asyäs täpam ahaà mukunda kathayämy eëé-dåças te kathaà

padminyäù sa-rasaà dalaà vinihitaà yasyäù sa-täpe hådi
ädau çuñyati saìkucaty anu tataç cürëatvam äpadyate
paçcän murmuratäà dadhad dahati ca çväsävadhütaù çikhé

asyäù - of Her; tapam - the suffering; aham - I; mukunda - O Kåñëa;

kathayämi - will describe; eni-dåçaù - of the doe-eyes girl; te - to You;
katham - how?; padminyaù - of a lotus flower; sa-rasam - beautiful;
dalam - petal; vinihitam - placed; yasyäù - of whom; sa-tape - burning;
hådi - on the heart; adau - at first; susyati - dries up; saìkucati - shrivels;
anu - then; tataù - then; curnatvam - the state of being powder;
apadyate - attains; pascat - then; murmuratam - a fire made from
burning chaff; dadhat - places; dahati - burns; ca - also; svasa - by sighs;
avadhutaù - fanned; sikhi - the flame.

O Mukunda, how will I describe the sufferings of this doe-eyed girl?

Her sighs constantly fan the flames of Her suffering. When a beautiful
lotus petal is placed on Her burning breast it first become dried, then
shriveled, then turns to powder, and then becomes a blazing dust-fire.
- Çré Çäntikara

TEXT 362

uddhyeta tanü-lateti naliné-patreëa nodvéjyate

sphoöaù syäd iti näìgakaà malayaja-kñodämbhasä sicyate
syäd asyäti-bharät paräbhava iti präyo na vä pallavä-
ropo vakñasi tat kathaà kåça-tanor ädhiù samädhéyatäm

uddhuyeta - may tremble; tanu - of the body; lata - the vine; iti -
thus; nalini - lotus; patreëa - with a petal; na - not; udvijyate - is fanned;
sphotaù - burst; syat - may become; iti - thus; na - not; aìgakam - the
body; malayaja - sandalwood; kñoda - powder; ambhasa - with water;
sicyate - is sprinkled; syat - may be; asya - of that; ati - great; bharat -
from the burden; parabhavaù - defeat; iti - thus; prayaù - for the most
part; na - not; va - or; pallava - of a flower; aropaù - placing; vakñasi - on
the breast; tat - that; katham - how?; krsa-tanoù - of the slender girl;
adhiù - the disesase of the heart; samadhiyatam - may be cured.

Because the vine of Her body may violently tremble, we do not fan
Her even with a single lotus petal. Because She may become
overwhelmed we do not sprinkle Her body with sandalwood powder and
water. Because She may become crushed by the great burden, we
generally do not place even a flower on Her breast. How may the
disease of this slender girl's heart become cured?
- Çré Ananda

TEXT 363

nivasati yadi tava hådaye

sä rädhä vajra-ghaöite 'smin
tat khalu kuçalaà tasyäù
smara-viçikhais täòyamänäyäù

nivasati - resides; yadi - if; tava - Your; hådaye - in the heart; sa -

She; rädhä - Rädhä; vajra - of thunderbolts; ghatite - constructed; asmin
- in this; tat - then; khalu - certainly; kusalam - well-being; tasyäù - of
Her; smara - of cupid; visikhaiù - by the sharpened arrows;
tadyamanayaù - struck.

Rädhä is again and again attacked by the sharpened arrows of cupid.

If She may live in the protection of Your thunderbolt-heart, that will be
very good for Her.
- author unknown

TEXT 364

unmélanti nakhair lunéhi vahati kñaumäïcalenävåëu

kréòä-känanam äviçanti valaya-kväëaiù samuträsaya
itthaà pallava-dakñiëänila-kuhükaëöhéñu saìketika-
vyähäräù subhaga tvadéya-virahe rädhä-sakhénäà mithaù

unmilanti - they are opening; nakhaiù - with fingernails; lunihi - cut

them; vahati - it blows; kñauma - of cloth; a 24calena - with the corners;
avåëu - cover; kréòa - of pastimes; kananam - the forest; avisanti -
enters; valaya - of bracelets; kvanaiù - with the sounds; samutrasaya -
frighten; ittham - in this way; pallava - to the flowers; dakñiëa -
southern; anila - breeze; kuhukaëöhisu - and cuckoos; saìketika -
meeting; vyaharaù - words; subhaga - O handsome one; tvadiya - from
You; virahe - in separation; rädhä - of Rädhä; sakhinam - of the gopé-
friends; mithaù - mutual.

"They are blooming."

"Cut them with fingernails."
"It is blowing."
"Stop it with the edge of your sari."
"They are now entering the pastime-forest."
"Frighten them away with the tinkling of your bracelets."

O handsome Kåñëa, afflicted by separation from You. Rädhä's friends

spoke about the blooming flowers, pleasent southern breeze, and
cooing cuckoos in this way.
- Çré Çambhu

TEXT 365

galaty ekä mürchä bhavati punar anyä yad anayoù

kim apy äsén madhyaà subhaga nikhiläyam api niçi
likhantyäs taträsyäù kusumaçara-lekhaà tava kåte
samäptià svastéti prathama-pada-bhägo 'pi na gataù

galati - falls; eka - one gopé; murcha - unconscious; bhavati - is;

punaù - again; anya - another; yat - which; anayoù - of the two gopés;
kim api - something; asit - was; madhyam - the middle; subhaga - O
handsome one; nikhilayam - in all; api - also; nisi - at night; likhantyaù -
writing; tatra - there; asyäù - of her; kusumasara - a love; lekham -
letter; tava - for Your; kåte - sake; samaptim - completion; svasti -
greetings; iti - thus; prathama - first; pada-bhagaù - word; api - even; na
- not; gataù - gone.

One evening one of the gopés fainted, and then a second, and
gradually all the gopés fainted. O handsome Kåñëa, one gopé tried to
write a love letter to You, but she became overwhelmed and was unable
to complete the fist word "svasti" (greetings).
- Çré Çacépati
 TEXT 366

citräya tvayi cintite tanu-bhuvä cakre tatajyaà dhanur

vartim dhartum upägate 'ìguli-yuge bäno guëe yojitaù
prärabdhe tava citra-karmaëi dhanur-muktästra-bhinne bhåçaà
bhittià dräg avalambya keçava ciraà ca tatra citräyate

citraya - for drawing a picture; tvayi - You; cintite - were meditated

upon; tanu-bhuva - by cupid; cakre - was done; tatajyam - stretched;
dhanuù - the bow; vartim - the paintbrush; dhartum - to hold; upagate -
approached; anguli - of fingers; yuge - the pair; banaù - the arrow; gune
- on the bowstring; yojitaù - was placed; prarabdhe - was begun; tava -
of You; citra - of the picture; karmäni - the activity; dhanuù - from the
bow; mukta - was released; astra - by the weapon; bhinna - wounded;
bhrsam - sorely; bhitim - breaking; drak - at once; avalambya -
attaining; kesava - O Kåñëa; ciram - for a long time; sa - She; tatra -
there; citrayate - became like a picture.

When She meditated on You in order to draw Your picture,

Kämadeva drew his bow. When Her two fingers moved to grasp the
paintbrush, Kämadeva placed an arrow on the bowstring. When She
began to draw, Kämadeva shot an arrow. She was severely wounded. O
Keçava, She fainted and for a long time She was motionless as a
painted picture.
- Çré Bäëa

TEXT 367

tväm antaù-sthira-bhävanä-pariëataà matvä puro 'vasthitaà

yävad dor-valayaà karoti rabhasäd agre samäliìgitum
tävat taà nijam eva deham aciräd äliìgya romäïcitaà
dåñövä våñöi-jala-cchalena ruditaà manye payodair api

tvam - You; antaù - in Her heart; sthira - constant; bhavana - by

meditation; parinatam - transformed; matva - considerating; puraù - in
Her presence; avasthitam - standing; yävat - when; doù - of arms;
valayam - the bracelets; karoti - does; rabhasat - passionately; agre - in
the presence; samaliìgitum - to embrace; tavat - then; tam - that; nijam
- own; eva - certainly; deham - body; acirat - for a long time; alingya -
embracing; romancitam - hairs standing up; dåñöva - seeing; vrsti-jala -
of rain; chalena - on the pretext; ruditam - crying; manye - I think;
payodaiù - by rainclouds; api - even.

Constantly meditating on You in Her heart, and imagining that You

had appeared before Her, She made Her arms like a bracelet around
You. Her hairs standing up, She passionately embraced Her own body
for a long time. When I saw Her, I thought Her tears were a monsoon
rain is disguise.
- author unknown

TEXT 368

acchinnaà nayanämbu bandhuñu kåtaà täpaù sakhéñv ähito

dainyaà nyastam açeñataù parijane cintä gurubhyo 'rpite
adya çvaù kila nirvåtià vrajati sä çväsaiù paraà khidyate
viçrabdho bhava viprayoga-janitaà duùkhaà vibhaktaà tayä

acchinnam - unbroken; nayana-ambu - tears; bandhusu - among

friends; kåtam-done; tapaù - suffering; sakhisu - among other friends;
ahitaù - placed; dainyam - humble supplication; nyastam - placed;
asesataù - completely; parijane - to other friends; cinta - anxiety;
gurubhyaù - to elderly relatives and superiors; arpita - to given; adya -
today; svaù - tomorrow; kila - indeed; nirvåtim - happiness; vrajati -
attains; sa - She; svasaiù - by sighs; param - greatly; khidyate -
troubled; visrabdhaù - peaceful; bhava - please become; virpayoga -
from separation; janitam - born; duhkham - suffering; vibhaktam - in
different ways; taya - by Her.

In the presence of some friends She sheds continual tears, to other

friends She narrates Her grief, to other friends She humbly begs mercy,
and because of Her superiors and elderly relatives She is anxious. These
are the ways She suffers in separation from You. Please become
peaceful. She will become happy today or tomorrow. She is only really
tortured by the constant sighing.
- Çré Rudra

Asyä eva sa-praëayerñyaà jalpitam

Her Words Mixed With Love and Anger

TEXT 369
mukha-mädhurya-samåddhyä
para-hådayasya grahétari prasabham
kåñëätmani para-puruñe
sauhåda-kämasya kä çaréräçä

mukha - of the face; madhurya - of the sweetness; samåddhya - with

the opulence; para - of others; hådayadya - of the heart; grahitari - the
thief; prasabham - violently; kåñëa-atmäni - with the dark-
complexioned; para-puruse - Supreme Personality of Godhead; sauhåda
- friendship; kamasya - of one who desires; ka - what; sarira - of the
body; asa - hope.

The dark-complexioned Supreme Personality of Godhead is expert at

capturing the hearts of others with the sweet handsomeness of His face.
What hope is left for a person who desires friendship with Him?
- Çré Jagannätha Sena

Vraja-devénäà sotpräsaù sandeçaù

A Joking Message From the Goddesses of Vraja

TEXT 370

väcä tåtéya-jana-çaìkaöa-duùsthayä kià

kià vä nimeña-virasena vilokitena
he nätha nanda-suta gokula-sundaréëäm
antaç-caré sahacaré tvayi bhaktir eva

vaca - with words; trtiya - a third; jana - person; çaìkata-duhsthaya -

without; kim - what is the use?; kim - what is the use?; va - or; nimesa -
blinking; virasena - without; vilokitena - with seeing; he - O; nätha -
Lord; nanda - of Nanda; suta - O son; gokula - of Gokula; sundarinam - of
the beautiful girls; antaù-cari - within the heart; sahacari - the friend;
tvayi - for You; bhaktiù - devotion.

What is the use of talking with You in a solitary place? What is the
use of gazing at You with unblinking eyes? O Lord, O son of Nanda, it is
the love they bear for You in their hearts that is the only real friend of
the beautiful girls in Gokula.
- author unknown
Yathärtha-sandeçaù
A Very Appropriate Letter

TEXT 371

muralé-kala-nikvaëair na yä
guru-lajjä-bharam apy ajégaëan
virahe tava gopikäù kathaà
samayaà tä gamayantu mädhava

murali - of the flute; kala - by the sweet; nikvanaiù - sounds; na - not;

yaù - who; guru - of their superiors; lajjam - embarrasment; api - even;
ajiganan - considered; viraha - in separation; tava - of You; gopékaù - O
gopés; katham - why?; samayan - an opportunity; taù - they;
gamayantu - may cause to go; mädhava - O Kåñëa.

When they heard the sweet sounds of Your flute they were not shy of
their superiors. Why should the gopés become shy now that they are
separated from You?
- Çré Ñañöhé däsa

TEXT 372

mathurä-pathika murärer
upageyaà dväri ballavé-vacanam
punar api yamunä-salile
käliya-garalänalo jvalati

mathura - to Mathurä; pathika - O travellers; mura-areù - to Lord

Kåñëa, the enemy of the Mura demon; upageyam - should be spoken;
dvari - at the door; ballavé - of the gopés; vacanam - the statement;
punaù - again; api - also; yamunä - of the Yamunä; salile - in the water;
kaliya - of Kaliya; garala - of the poison; analaù - the fire; jvalati - burns.

O traveler to Mathurä, at Lord Kåñëa's door please speak this

message from the gopés: "The fire of Käliya's poison again burns in the
Yamunä's water."
- Çré Véra Sarasvaté
Dväravaté-sthasya harer virahaù
Lord Kåñëa's Feelings of Separation in Dvärakä

TEXT 373

kälindém anuküla-komalarayäm indévara-çyämaläù

çailopanta-bhuvaù kadamba-kusumair ämodinaù kandarän
rädhäà ca prathamäbhisära-madhuraà jätänutäpaù smarann
astu dväravaté-patis tri-bhuvanämodäya dämodaraù

kälindém - the Yamunä; anukula-komalarayam - gently flowing;

indivara - with lotus flowers; çyämalaù - dark; saila - of Govardhana Hill;
upanta-bhuvaù - the aerea around; kadamba - kadamba; kusumaiù -
with flowers; amodinaù - fragant; kandaran - the caves; rädhän - Rädhä;
ca - also; prathama - first; abhisara - in the meeting; madhuram - sweet;
jata - born; anutapaù - suffering; smaran - remembering; astu - may be;
dvaravati - of Dvärakä; patiù - the king; tri - the three; bhuvana - worlds;
amodaya - for the delight; damodaraù - Lord Kåñëa.

Remembering the gently flowing Yamunä River, the area around

Govardhana Hill, dark with blue lotuses, and the valleys fragrant with
many kadamba flowers, and also remembering sweetly beautiful Rädhä
during Their first meeting, He became filled with pain. May Lord
Dämodara, the king of Dvärakä, delight the three worlds.
- Çré Çaraëa

TEXT 374

kämaà kämayate na keli-nalinéà nämodate kaumudé-

nisyandair na saméhate måga-dåçäm äläpa-léläm api
sédann eña niçäsu niùsaha-tanur bhogäbhiläñälasair
aìgais tämyati cetasi vraja-vadhüm ädhäya mugdho hariù

kamam - voluntarily; kamayate - desired; na - not; keli - the pastime;

nalinim - lotus; na - not; amodate - is pleased; kaumudi - of the
moonlight; niñyandaiù - by the flowing; na - not; samihate - endeavor;
mrga-dåçam - of the doe-eyed girls; alapa - of conversation; léläm - the
pastime; api - even; sidan - sitting down; esaù - He; nisasu - during the
nights; nihsaha - desponded; tanuù - and thin; bhoga - pleasures;
abhilasa - desire; alasaiù - without; aìgaiù - with limbs; tamyati - pale
and wilting; cetasi - in His heart; vraja - of Vraja; vadhum - a girl;
adhaya - taking; mugdhaù - fainted; hariù - Lord Kåñëa.

He does not wish the pastime lotus flower. The moonlight does not
please Him. He does not try to playfully talk with His doe-eyed queens.
He spends the evenings sitting down, pale, wan, and languid, without
desiring to enjoy anything. A vraja-gopé staying in His heart, Lord Hari is
stunned.
- Çré Çaraëa

TEXT 375

ratna-cchäyä-cchurita-jaladhau mandire dvärakäyä

rukmiëyäpi prabala-pulakodbhedam äliìgitasya
viçvaà päyän masåëa-yamunä-téra-vänéra-kuïje
rädhä-keli-bhara-parimala-dhyäna-mürchä muräreù

tatra - in this matter; känta - with the lover; asliste - in contact; api -
even; harau - Lord Kåñëa; murcha - fainting; karitvam - the cause; yathä
- just as; padyavalyam - in Padyavali; ratna - of jewels; chaya - in the
shadow; churita - covered; jaladhau - in the ocean; mandire - in the
palace; dvarakaya - of Dvärakä; rukminya - by Rukmini; api - even;
prabala - strongly; pulakodbhedam - hairs standing up; aliìgitasya -
embraced; visvam - the universe; payat - protects; maåñëa - charming;
yamunä - of the Yamunä; tira - on the shore; vanira - of vanira plants;
ku 24je - in the grove; rädhä - of Çrématé Rädhäräëé; keli - of pastimes;
bhara - of the abundance; parimala - on the fragance; dhyana - by
meditation; murcha - fainting; mura-reù - of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of
the Mura demon.

Even though tighly embraced by Rukmiëé-devé in a jeweled palace

in Dvärakä by the sea, Lord Kåñëa, remembering the fragance of
Çrématé Rädhäräëé's transcendental pastimes in the vänéra grove by
the lovely shore of the Yamunä, suddenly fainted.
- Çré Umäpatidhara

TEXT 376

nirmagnena mayämbhasi praëayataù pälé samäliìgitä

 kenälékam idaà tavädya kathitaà rädhe mudhä tämyasi
ity utsvapna-paramparäsu çayane çrutvä vacaù çärìgino
rukmiëyäù çithilé-kåtaù sa-kapaöaà kaëöha-grahaù pätu vaù

nirmagnena - plunged; maya - by Me; ambhasi - in the water;

praëayataù - out of love; pali - Pali; samaliìgita - is embraced; kena -
why?; alikam - harsh words; idam - this; tava - of You; adya - now;
kathitam - is spoken; rädhe - O Rädhä; mudha - in vain; tamyasi - You
pine; iti - thus; utsvapna-paramparasu - in sleep; sayane - on the bed;
çrutva - hearing; vacaù - the words; sarìginaù - of Lord Kåñëa, who holds
the Sarnga bow; rukminyaù - of Rukmini; sithili-kåtaù - loosened; sa -
with; kapatam - cheating; kaëöha - of the neck; grahaù - the hold; patu -
may protect; vaù - you all.

"Now I am passionately embracing Pälé in the water. Why do You

speak angry words? O Rädhä, You pine for Me in vain!" Hearing these
crooked words from Kåñëa as He slept on the bed, Rukmiëé stopped
embracing His neck. May Lord Kåñëa protect you all.
- Çré Umäpatidhara

Våndävanädhéçvaré-viraha-gétam
The Queen of Våndävana's Words of Separation

TEXT 377

yäte dväravaté-puraà madhu-ripau tad-vastra-samvyänayä

kälindé-taöa-kuïja-vaïjula-latäm älambya sotkaëöhayä
udgétaà guru-bäñpa-gadgada-galat-tära-svaraà rädhayä
yenäntar jala-cäribhir jala-carair apy utkam utküjitam

tiracam - like a bird; api - even; rodanam - crying; yathä - just as;
padyavalyam - in Padyavali; yate - hasd gone; dvaravati - Dvärakä;
puram - to the city; madhu-ripau - when Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of the
Mura demon; tat - of Him; vastra - of the Yamunä; tata - on the shore;
kuïja - in the grove; vaïjula - a vaïjula; latam - vine; alambya - resting; sa
- with; utkaëöhaya - yearning; udgitam-sung; guru - intense; baspa -
tears; gadgada - choked up voice; galat - falling; tara - shrill; svaram -
notes; rädhäya - by Çrématé Rädhäräëé; yena - by which; jala-caraiù -
by the fish; api - also; utkam - anxious; utkujitam - warbling.

When Kåñëa left for Dvärakä, Rädhä wrapped Herself in His

garments and sat down by a charming vine in a grove on the Yamunä's
shore. Filled with longing, She shed tears and sang in a shrill, choked up
voice. When the fish in the water heard Her they became anxious,
thinking the singing the warbling of a predator crane or pelican.
- Çré Aparäjita

Vraja-devénäà sandeçaù
A Letter From the Goddesses of Vraja

TEXT 378

päntha dväravatéà prayäsi yadi he tad devakénandano

vaktavyaù smara-moha-mantra-vivaçä gopyo 'pi nämojjhitäù
etäù keli-kadamba-dhüli-paöalair äloka-çünyo diçaù
kälindé-taöa-bhümayo 'pi bhavato näyänti cittäspadam

pantha - O traveller; dvaravatim - to Dvärakä; prayasi - you go; yadi

- if; he - O; tat - this; devaki-nandanaù - Kåñëa, the son of Devaki;
vaktavyaù - should be told; smara - of cupid; moha - enchanted; mantra
- by the mantra; vivasaù - overwhelmed; gopyaù - the gopés; api - even;
nama - indeed; ujjhitaù - are rejected; etaù - they; keli - of Your
pastimes; kadamba - of the kadamba flower; dhuli - of pollen; patalaiù -
by the multitude; aloka - seeing; sunyaù - without; disaù - the directions;
kälindé - of the Yamunä; tata - of the shore; bhumayaù - the ground; api
- even; bhavataù - of Your na - does not; ayanti - go; citta - of the heart;
aspadam - to the abode.

O traveler, if you go to Dvärakä, tell this to the son of Devaké: "Now

that You have rejected them, the gopés are overwhelmed by
Kämadeva's mantra-charm, and their eyes are blinded by the kadamba
pollen of Your pastimes. In spite of all this, the shore of the Yamunä still
does not enter Your heart.
- Çré Govardhanäcärya

TEXT 379

te govardhana-kandaräù sa yamunä-kacchaù sa ceñöo vaöo

bhäëòéraù sa vanaspatiù sahacaräs te tac ca goñöhäìgaëam
kià te dväravaté-bhujaìga hådayaà näyäti doñair apéty
avyäd vo hådi duùsahaà vraja-vadhü-sandeça-çalyaà hareù
 te - they; govardhana - of Govardhana Hill; kandaraù - the caves; saù
- that; yamunä - of the Yamunä; kacchaù - shore; saù - that; ca - also;
istaù - favorite; vataù - vata trees; bhandiraù - named Bhandira; sa -
that; vanaspatiù - kadamba tree by Kaliya lake; sahacaraù - friends; te -
they; tat - that; ca - also; goñöha-aìganam - the Village of Vraja; kim -
whether?; te - they; dvaravati - of Dvärakä; bhujaìga - O debauchee;
hådayam - to the heart; na - not; ayati - go; dosaiù - with faults; api -
even; iti - thus; avyat - may protect; vaù - you all; hådi - in the heart;
duhsaham - unbearable; vraja - of Vraja; vadhu - of the girls; sandesa -
of the message; sakyam - the javelin; hareù - of Kåñëa.

"Why do Govardhana's caves, the Yamunä's shore, Your favorite

vaöa tree named Bhäëòéra, the kadamba tree at Käliya Lake, Your
friends, and Vraja village, not enter Your heart, even to be criticized, O
debauchee of Dvärakä". These words of the vraja-gopés were an
unbearable javelin wounding Lord Hari's heart. May that javelin protect
you all.
- Çré Néla

TEXT 380

kälindyäù pulinaà pradoña-maruto ramyäù çaçäìkäàçavaù

santäpaà na harantu näma nitaräà kurvanti kasmät punaù
sandiñöaà vraja-yoñitäm iti hareù saàçåëvato 'ntaù-pure
niùçväsäù prasåtä jayanti ramaëé-saubhagya-garva-cchidaù

kalindyaù - of the Yamunä river; pulinam - the shore; pradosa - at

sunset; marutaù - the breezes; ramyaù - charming; saçaìka - of the
moon; aàsavaù - the rays of light; santapam - burning suffering; na - do
not; harantu - remove; nama - indeed; nitaram - continually; kurvanti -
doing; kasmät - for what reason?; punaù - again; sandistam - the
instructions of a letter; vraja - of Vraja; yositam - of the girls; iti - thus;
hareù - of Lord Kåñëa; saàsrvataù - listening; antaù-pure - in the
women's quarters in the middle of the house; nihvasaù - sighs; prasrtaù
- manifested; jayanti - all glories; ramäni - of all beautiful girls;
saubhagya - of the good fortune; garva - the pride; chidaù - breaking.

The girls of Vraja wrote Lord Kåñëa a letter, that said: "(O Kåñëa)
why is it that the constantly shining charming moonlight and the
constant breezes on the shore of the Yamunä are not able to cool the
burning sufferings we feel?' When He heard these words within His
palace, Kåñëa began to sigh. Those sighs broke into pieces the pride of
His beautiful queens.
- Çré Païcatantrakåt

Sudämänaà vipraà prati dvärakeçvara-väkyam

Words of Dvärakä's King to Sudämäa Vipra

TEXT 381

mä gä ity apamaìgalaà vraja sakhe snehena çünyaà vacas

tiñöheti prabhutä yathäbhilañitaà kurv ity udäsénatä
brümo hanta sudäma-mitra-vacanaà naivopacäräd idaà
smartavyä vayam ädareëa bhavatä yävad bhavad-darçanam

ma - don't; gaù - go; iti - thus; apamaìgalam - inasuspiciousness;

vraja - attain; sakhe - O friend; snehena - of affection; sunyam - devoid;
vacaù - words; tistha - stay; iti - thus; prabhüta - independence; yathä -
just as; abhilasitam - desired; kuru - you may do; iti - thus; udasinata -
aloofness; brumaù - we say; hanta - indeed; sudama - O Sudama; mitra
- friend; vacanam - words; idam - this; smartavyaù - may be
remembered; vayam - wer; adareëa - with respect; bhavata - by you;
yävat - as long as; bhavat - of you; darçanam - the sight.

Please don't go. Friend, it is not auspicious for you to speak these
unloving words. Stay here. You can be completely independent. You can
do whatever you like. You can remain completely aloof. O friend
Sudämä, I tell you until I see you again I will always remember you with
reverence and love.
- Çré Hari

Sva-gåhädikaà dåñövä tasya vacanam

Sudämä's Words on Seeing His Home, Possessions and Family

TEXT 382

tad gehaà nata-bhitti mandiram idaà labdhävakäçaà divaù

sä dhenur jaraté caranti kariëäm etä ghanäbhä ghaöäù
sa kñudro muñala-dhvaniù kalam idaà saìgétakaà yoñitäà
citraà hanta kathaà dvijo 'yam iyatéà bhümià samäropitaù
 tat - that; geham - home; nata - with slanting; bhitti - walls;
manidaram - a palace; idam - this; labdha - attained; avakasam - a
place; divaù - of the heavenly planets; sa - that; dhenuù - cow; jarati -
old; caranti - move; karinam - of elephants; etaù - they; ghana - of a
cloud; abhaù - the appearance; ghataù - multitude; saù„ - that; kñudraù
- little; musala - of a pestle; dhvaniù - sound; kalam - sweet; idam - this;
saìgitakam - singing; yositam - of women; citram - a great wonder;
hanta - indeed; katham - how is it?; dvijaù - brahmana; ayam - this;
iyatim - like this; bhumim - place; aropitaù - attained.

Before my home was a small shack with slanted walls, and now it is a
heavenly palace. Before I had only one old cow, and now there are
many elephants moving like a great cloud. Before there was only the
occasional sound of the grinding mortar, and now there is the sweet
singing of many women. This is very wonderful. How has this brähmaëa
obtained a place like this?
- author unknown

Kurukñetre çré-våndävanädhéçvaré-ceñöitam
The Queen of Våndävana's Activities at Kurukñetra

TEXT 383

yenaiva sücita-naväbhyudaya-prasaìgä
ménähata-sphurita-tämarasopamena
anyän nimélya nayanaà muditaiva rädhä
vämena tena nayanena dadarça kåñëam

yena - by which; eva - certainly; sucita - indicated; nava - hew;

abhyudaya - good fortune; prasaìga - touching; mine - of a fish; ahata -
struck; sphurita - glistening; tamarasa - a red lotus flower; upamena -
like; anyat - the other; nimilya - closing; nayanam - eye; mudita -
jubilant; eva - certainly; rädhä - Rädhä; vamena - with the left; tena -
with that; nayanena - eye; dadarça - saw; kåñëam - Kåñëa.

Jubilant, fortunate Rädhä closed Her right eye, and with Her left eye,
which was like a glistening red lotus flower pushed by a fish, gazed at
Lord Kåñëa.
- Çré Hara
 TEXT 384

änandodgata-bäñpa-püra-pihitaà cakñuù kñamaà nekñituà

bähu sédata eva kampa-vidhurau çaktau na kaëöha-grahe
väëé sambhrama-gadgadäkñara-padä saìkñobha-lolaà manaù
satyaà vallabha-saìgamo 'pi su-ciräj jäto viyogäyate

änanda - from bliss; udgate - arisen; baspa - of tears; pura - a flood;

pihitam - placed; cakñuù - eyes; kñamam - able; na - not; ékñitum - to
see; bahu - arms; sidata - remained; eva - certainly; kampa-vidhurau -
trembling; saktau - able; na - not; kaëöha - the neck; grahe - in holding;
väni - words; sambhrama - being overwhelmed; gadgada - choked up;
akñara-pade - in words; saìkobha-lolam - restless; manaù - heart;
satyam - in truth; vallabha - with Her beloved; saìgamaù - association;
api - even; su-cirat - after a long time; jataù - was manifested;
viyogayate - as separation.

Her eyes flooded with tears and could no longer see. Her arms were
overwhelmed with trembling and could not wrap themselves around His
neck. Her choked voice could speak no words, and Her heart was
restless. After such a long time, the meeting with Her lover was just like
Her separation from Him.
- Çré Çubhra

Rahasy anunayantaà kåñëaà prati rädhä-väkyam

Lord Kåñëa Tries to Console Çrématé Rädhäräëé With Sweet Words in a
Solitary Place, and She Replies in the Following Way

TEXT 385

kià pädänte luöhasi vimanäù svämino hi svatanträù

kiïcit kälaà kvacid abhiratas tatra kas te 'parädhaù
ägas-käriëy aham iha yayä jévitaà tvad-viyoge
bhartå-präëäù striya iti nanu tvaà mamaivänuneyaù

kim - why; pada - of the feet; ante - at the end; luthasi - You have
fallen; vimanaù - unhappy at heart; svaminaù - the husband; hi - indeed;
svatantraù - are independent; kiïcit - somewhat; kalam - time; kvacit -
somewhere; abhirataù - devoted; tatra - there; kaù - what?; te - of You;
aparädhäù - offense; agaù - sin; karini - doing; aham - I am; iha - here;
yaya - by whom; jévitam - lived; tvat - of You; viyoge - in separation;
bhartr - for whom the husband; praëaù - is the very life and soul; striyaù
- wives; iti - thus; nanu - is it not?; tvam - You; mama - by Me; anuneyaù
- should be apologized to.

Why have You fallen disconsolate at My feet? The husband is always

independent. He may stay for some time, and then He may also go
away. What fault is there on Your part? It is I who am the sinner, for I
remained alive even when separated from You. The wife should always
consider her husband to be her very life and soul. It is I who should
apologize to You.
- author unknown

Tatraiva sakhéà prati çré-rädhä-vacanam

Çrématé Rädhäräëé's Words to a Gopé-friend at Kurukñetra

TEXT 386

yaù kaumära-haraù sa eva hi varas tä eva caitra-kñapäs

te conmélita-mälaté-surabhayaù prauòhäù kadambäniläù
sä caivä smi tathä pi tatra surata-vyäpära-lélä-vidhau
revä-rodhasi vetasi-tanu-tale cetaù samutkaëöhate

yaù„ - that same person who; kaumära-haraù„ - the thief of my heart

during youth; saù„ - he; eva hi - certainly; varaù„ - lover; täù„ - these;
eva - certainly; caitra-kñapaù„ - moonlit nights of the month of Caitra;
te - those; ca - and; unmélita - fructified; mälaté - of mälaté flowers;
surabhayaù„ - fragance; prauòhäù„ - full; kadamba - with the fragance
of the kadamba flower; aniläù„ - the breezes; sä - that one; ca - also;
eva - certainly; asmi - I am; tathäpi - still; tatra - there; surata-vyäpära -
in intimate transaction; lélä - of pastimes; vidhau - in the manner; revä -
of the river named Revä; rodhasi - on the baìk; vetasé - of the name
Vetasé; taru-tale - underneath the tree; cetaù„ - my mind;
samutkaëöhate - is very eager to go.

That very personality who stole away my heart during my youth is

now again my master. These are the same moonlit nights of the month
of Caitra. The same fragance of mälaté flowers is there, and the same
sweet breezes are blowing from the kadamba forest. In our intimate
relationship, I am also the same lover, yet still my mind is not happy
here. I am eager to go back to that place on the bank of the Revä under
the Vetasé tree. That is my desire.*
- author unknown

TEXT 387

priyaù so 'yaà kåñëaù sahacari kuru-kñetra-militas

tathähaà sä rädhä tad idam ubhayoù saìgama-sukham
tathäpy antaù-khelan-madhura-muralé-päcama-juçe
mano me kälindi-pulina-vipinäya spåhayati

priyaù - very dear; saù„ - He; ayam - this; kåñëaù„ - Lord Kåñëa;
saha-cari - O My dear friend; kuru-kñetra-militaù„ - who is met on the
field of Kuruçetra; tathä - also; aham - I; sä - that; rädhä - Rädhäräëé;
tad - that; idam - this; ubhayoù„ - of both of Us; saìgama-sukham - the
happiness of meeting; tathäpi - still; antaù„ - within; khelan - playing;
madhura - sweet; muralé - of the flute; païcama - the fith note; juçe -
which delights in; manaù„ - the mind; me - My; kälindé - of the River
Yamunä; pulina - on the baìk; vipinäya - the trees; spåhayati - desires.

My dear friend, now I have met My very old and dear friend Kåñëa on
this field of Kurukñetra. I am the same Rädhäräëé, and now We are
meeting together. It is very pleasent, but still I would like to go to the
bank of the Yamunä beneath the trees of the forest there. I wish to hear
the vibration of His sweet flute playing the fifth note within that forest of
Våndävana.*
- Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

Samäptau maìgaläcaraëam
Auspicious Conclusion

TEXT 388

mugdhe muïca viñädam atra balabhit kampo gurus tyajyatäm

sad-bhävaà bhaja puëòaréka-nayane mänyän imän mänayä
lakñméà çikñayataù svayamvara-vidhau dhanvantarer väk-chaläd
ity anya-pratiñedham ätmani vidhià çåëvan hariù pätu vaù

mugdhe - O beautiful girl; muïca - abandon; visadam - Siva; atra -

here; balabhit - Indra; kampaù - Varuna; guruù - Brhaspati; tajyatam -
should be rejected; sat-bhavam - the transcendental Supreme Person;
bhaja - you should worship; pundarika-nayane - O lotus-eyed girl; ma -
don't; anyan - others; iman - these; manaya - accept; lakñmén - the
goddess of fortune; çékñayataù - instructions; svayamvara-vidhau - in
the matter of selecting a husband; dhanvantareù - of Dhanvantari; vak-
chalat - from the clever words; iti - thus; anya - of the others;
pratisedhau - rejection; atmäni - in Himself; vidhim - acceptance; srnvan
- hearing; hariù - May Lord Hari; patu - protect; vaù - you all.

"O beautiful girl, reject Çiva. Reject Indra, Varuëa, and Båhaspati. O
lotus-eyed girl, worship the transcendental Personality of Godhead, and
reject all the others."
May Lord Hari, who overheard Dhanvantari as he was instructing
Lakñmé-devé to select the Lord as her husband, protect you all."
- author unknown

TEXT 389

yadu-vaàçävataàsäya
våndävana-vihäriëe
saàsära-sagarottära-
taraye haraye namaù

yadu - of the Yadu; vaàsa - dynasty; avataàsaye - the crown;

våndävana - in Våndävana; vilasine - who enjoys transcendental
pastimes; saàsara - of repeated birth and death; sagara - the ocean;
uttara - for crossing; taraye - the boat; haraye - to Lord Kåñëa; namaù -
obeisances.

To Kåñëa, the crown of the Yadu dynasty, the Lord who enjoys
transcendental pastimes in Våndävana, and the boat for crossing the
ocean of repeated birth and death, I offer my respectful obeisances.
- Çré Avilamba Sarasvaté

TEXT 390

bhramyad-bhäsvara-mandarädri-çikhara-vyäghaööanäd visphurat-
keyüräù puruhüta-kuïjara-kara-präg-bhära-samvardhinaù
daityendra-pramadä-kapola-vilasat-paträìkura-cchedino
dor-daëòäù kali-käla-kalmaña-muñaù kaàsa-dviñaù päntu vaù
 bhramyat - wandering; bhasvara - splendid; mandara-adri - Mandara
Mountain; sikh ara - the summit; vyaghattanat - from striking; visphurat
- glistening; keyuraù - with armlets; puruhuta-kuïjara - of the elephant
Airavata; kara - of the trunk; prak-bhara - the front; sammardinaù -
eclipsing; daitya - of the demons; indra - of the kings; pramada - of the
wives; kapola - on the cheekñ; vilasat - the splendid; patra-aìkura -
decorations; chedinaù - breaking; doù-dandaù - the arms; kali - of Kali;
kala - of the time; kalmusa - the sins; musaù - removing; kaàsa-dviñaù -
of Lord Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa; pantu - may protect; vaù - you all.

May Lord Kåñëa's arms, which are decorated with armlets glistening
because of striking the splendid summit of Mount Mandara, which
eclipse the beauty of the forepart of Airävata Elephant's trunk, which
break the decoration on the cheeks of the great demons' wives by
turning them into widows, and which remove the sins of the age of Kali,
protect you all.
- Çré Yogeçvara

TEXT 391

jayadeva-bilvamaìgala-
mukhaiù kåtä ye 'tra santi sandarbhäù
teñäà padyäni vinä
samähåtänétaräëy atra

jayadeva - by Jayadeva Gosvami; bilbamaìgala - and Bilvamaìgala

Thakura; mukhaiù - headed; kåtaù - written; ye - which; atra - hers;
santi - have been; sandarbhaù - many books; tesam - of them; padyäni -
the verses; vina - without; samahåtäni - collected; itaräni - others; atra -
here.

Jayadeva Gosvämé, Bilvamaìgala Öhäkura, and other famous authors

have written many books. Without referring to their verses, the work of
other, less-famous authors has been assembled in this book.
- Çré Rüpa Gosvämé

TEXT 392

lasad-ujjvala-rasa-sumanä
gokula-kula-pälikäli-kalitaù
mad-abhépsitam abhidadyät
taruëa-tamäla-kalpa-pädapaù ko 'pi

lasat - splendid; ujjvla-rasa - in the mellows of conjugal love;

sumanaù - very expert; gokula - of Gokula; kula-palika-of the pious girls;
ali - by the multitudes; kalitaù - worshiped; mat - my; abhipsitam -
desire; abhidadyat - may grant; taruna - young; tamala - tamala; kalpa-
padapaù - desire trees; kah api - a certain.

I pray that the young tamäla kalpa-vrkña tree expert at enjoying

splendid amorous pastimes and worshiped by the pious girls of Gokula
will grant my desire.
- Çré Rüpa Gosvämé